The Embodiment of Sovereignty: Outrages, Section 1983 Litigation, and the Federalism Revival

A remarkable number of canonical Section 1983 cases and many other less well-known civil rights cases involve extraordinary violence—brutality that cannot be described either as a bureaucratically rational, dispassionate expression of state power, or as marginally disproportionate in relation to the legally authorized level of force incident to the state’s monopoly on violence. They instead involve what the drafters of Section 1983 called “outrages”—extraordinary excess, a level of violence that is not merely disproportionate, but unbridled, not merely painful, but severe, degrading, abusive, extended, grotesque, gratuitous, orgiastic, carnivalesque, barbaric, and all too often fatal for Black people. What accounts for this cruelty (and the apparent pleasure taken in inflicting it) on the part of officers of the state? Why does it persist?

Reading across a range of interdisciplinary sources on extravagant violence, I argue that it involves the interaction of a number of elements: the fantasy of finding/generating legal certainty in the imposition of bodily suffering, the enactment of social and political domination (including controlling color and gender lines), the role of terror and physical abuse in relationships structured by dependency, and ambivalence in officers’ embodiment of sovereignty (officers who are both bound by and always potentially above the law). Extraordinary violence was also well known to the drafters of Section 1983. Unfortunately, the modern Court’s limitations on the Section 1983 cause of action and remedies betray the text of the statute and its unmistakable legislative purpose to provide redress for “outrages.”

INTRODUCTION

The exception explains the general and itself. . . . It brings everything to light more clearly than the general itself. After a while, one becomes disgusted with the endless talk about the general—there are exceptions. If they cannot be explained, then neither can the general be explained.

—Søren Kierkegaard1Giorgio Agamben, Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life 16 (Werner Hamacher & David E. Wellberry eds., Daniel Heller-Roazen trans., Stanford Univ. Press 1998) (1995) (quoting Carl Schmitt, Political Theology 19–22 (George Schwab trans., MIT Press 1985) (1922) (quoting Kierkegaard)).

The landscape of Section 1983 precedent is littered with dead, mutilated bodies. It is saturated with blood. The children strewn across this landscape who are not dead themselves (shot in the back, even the face)2See, e.g., Guyton v. Phillips, 606 F.2d 248, 251 (9th Cir. 1979) (denying right of recovery for a civil rights conspiracy arising from officers’ attempt to cover up shooting an unarmed fourteen-year-old Tyrone Guyton “while he was face down on the ground” and already wounded); Guyton v. Phillips, 532 F. Supp. 1154, 1158 (N.D. Cal. 1981) (upholding damages claims against individual officers); see also Hernandez v. Mesa, 140 S. Ct. 735, 753 (2020) (Ginsburg, J., dissenting) (noting that a fifteen-year-old killed by a border agent while playing in a culvert on the U.S.-Mexico border was shot in the face after crossing back across the culvert onto Mexican soil). Unarmed adults have also been shot in the face by police officers, see, e.g., Deorle v. Rutherford, 272 F.3d 1272, 1275 (9th Cir. 2001), and in the back, see, e.g., N.S. v. Kansas City Bd. of Police Comm’rs, 143 S. Ct. 2422, 2424 (2023) (Sotomayor, J., dissenting) (criticizing denial of certiorari regarding grant of qualified immunity to an officer on summary judgment in a case where an unarmed Black man was shot in the back by an arriving officer while in the process of surrendering and raising his hand on instructions of the arresting officer). have been beaten, forcibly sterilized,3See, e.g., Stump v. Sparkman, 435 U.S. 349, 353 (1978) (upholding absolute immunity of judge who ordered non-consensual sterilization of a fifteen-year-old girl). and abused in other ways.4See, e.g., Bryan C. v. Lambrew, 340 F.R.D. 501, 506–07 (D. Me. 2021) (describing Maine state agencies’ administration of psychotropic drugs to minors, causing severe side effects). Private homes have been ransacked,5See, e.g., Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 169–70 (1961) (“[Without a warrant,] 13 Chicago police officers broke into petitioners’ home in the early morning, routed [the entire family] from bed, made them stand naked in the living room, and ransacked every room.”). burst asunder.6See, e.g., Lech v. Jackson, 791 F. App’x 711, 713 (10th Cir. 2019); Emilio R. Longoria, Lech’s Mess with the Tenth Circuit: Why Governmental Entities Are Not Exempt from Paying Just Compensation When They Destroy Property Pursuant to Their Police Powers, 11 Wake Forest J.L. & Pol’y 297, 298 (2021) (“[For the plaintiffs in Lech, June 3, 2015] is a day that they will never forget. That was the day that the police blew up their house and then refused to pay for it.”). The houses of detention that dominate the landscape7See Margo Schlanger, Inmate Litigation, 116 Harv. L. Rev. 1555, 1558 (2003) (gathering data showing the prevalence of prison conditions litigation relative to other civil suits in federal court and the effect of the Prison Litigation Reform Act on filings). The three most common claims are deliberate indifference to serious medical needs, unconstitutional incursions on physical security, and solitary confinement without due process. See Roger A. Hanson & Henry W.K. Daley, Bureau Just. Stat., No. NCJ 151652, Challenging the Conditions of Prisons and Jails: A Report on Section 1983 Litigation 17 (1994). reek of fecal matter, the stench of burning flesh, pestilence, and countless other indignities.8See, e.g., Cope v. Cogdill, 142 S. Ct. 2573, 2573 (2022) (Sotomayor, J., dissenting) (criticizing denial of certiorari in a case where the circuit court upheld a defense of qualified immunity for an officer who watched an inmate commit suicide without calling for emergency responders); Taylor v. Riojas, 141 S. Ct. 52, 53 (2020) (describing petitioner’s confinement for days in “a pair of shockingly unsanitary cells” where the floor and walls were covered with fecal matter); Brown v. Plata, 563 U.S. 493, 501–02, 504 (2011) (detailing California prisons’ systemic failure to satisfy the minimum constitutional requirements to meet inmates’ basic medical health needs resulting in a preventable death every week; inmates needing mental health care “held for months” in solitary confinement where they “endure[d] harsh and isolated conditions”; a “suicidal” prisoner urgently needing care held in a telephone booth size cage “for nearly 24 hours, standing in a pool of his own urine, unresponsive and nearly catatonic. Prison officials explained they had ‘no place to put him’ ”); Hutto v. Finney, 437 U.S. 678, 681–83 nn.3–6 (1978) (failure to rectify conditions creating “a dark and evil world completely alien to the free world” in which administrators “tried to operate their prisons at a profit,” tolerated “common and uncontrolled” sexual assault, lashed prisoners with a “leather strap five feet long and four inches wide . . . for minor offenses until their skin was bloody and bruised,” used a hand-cranked electrical device “to administer electrical shocks to various sensitive parts of an inmate’s body,” relied mainly on “inmates who had been issued guns” as guards; provided medical care only if inmates “bribed” inmate guards; and fed inmates only 1,000 calories a day); Jacobs v. Cumberland County, 8 F.4th 187 (3d Cir. 2021) (gathering cases involving beatings of handcuffed or otherwise incapacitated inmates); Madrid v. Gomez, 889 F. Supp. 1146, 1161–79 (N.D. Cal. 1995) (finding that “conspicuous pattern of excessive force . . . strikingly disproportionate to the circumstances . . . was imposed, more likely than not for the very purpose of causing harm, rather than in a good faith effort to restore or maintain order”; citing evidence of severe beatings, hog-tying prisoners in the fetal position for hours, caging inmates naked or partially clothed outside in severe weather, and using tasers, rubber bullets, and tear gas to remove inmates from cells); see also U.S. Dep’t of Just., C.R. Div., Investigation of Alabama’s State Prisons for Men 10–11 (2020) (describing brutal beatings of handcuffed, compliant prisoners, failure of other prison staff and supervisors to intervene); Nat’l Prison Rape Elimination Comm’n, National Prison Rape Elimination Commission Report 4 (2009) (“sexual abuse of prisoners is widespread” but varies “across facilities”; estimating that over 60,000 state and federal prisoners “were sexually abused during” the twelve-month study period; reporting higher prevalence in juvenile facilities); Chandra Bozelko, Why We Let Prison Rape Go On, N.Y. Times (Apr. 17, 2015), https://www.nytimes.com/2015/04/18/opinion/why-we-let-prison-rape-go-on.html [perma.cc/VG35-TJVS] (reporting that “according to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, about half of prison sexual assault complaints in 2011 were filed against staff”; also reporting from experience in prison that “the same small group of guards preyed on inmates again and again, yet never faced discipline”). Time itself is seized and obliterated for the wrongfully convicted who linger for decades in prison.9See Connick v. Thompson, 563 U.S. 51, 54 (2011) (holding that the district attorney’s office cannot be held liable under Section 1983 for failure to train based on a Brady violation, which resulted in the plaintiff spending eighteen years in prison, including fourteen on death row).

I refer here not to cases involving ordinary displays of the state’s monopoly on violence—the monopoly which political scientists and sociologists tell us must be held by the state and its law enforcement officers.10Egon Bittner, The Functions of the Police in Modern Society: A Review of Background Factors, Current Practices, and Possible Role Models 36–37 (1970) (describing self-defense, state custodial detention, and policing as the only legitimate uses of force). Nor do I refer to the fact, insisted upon by Robert Cover, that while the exercise of judicial review may check the state’s monopoly on violence, it also rationalizes that violence.11Robert M. Cover, Violence and the Word, 95 Yale L.J. 1601, 1607–08 (1986). “Legal interpretation,” Cover trenchantly observes, “takes place in a field of pain and death.”12Id. at 1601. Courts are implicated, inexorably, he insists, in the state’s monopoly on violence.13Id. at 1623–24.

These are not the cases to which I refer. However painful and even fatal the ordinary operation of law can be, the cases to which I refer do not involve bureaucratically rational, efficient, dispassionate expressions of state power.14See Bittner, supra note 10, at 18 (“[I]t is the salient characteristic of modern authority implementation that it interposes distance between those who command and those who obey. . . . The threat of coercion is certainly not absent in modern forms of governing but its elaborate symbolization makes it more remote.”); id. (contrasting modern emphasis on rehabilitative punishment with pre-modern focus on “systematic mortification of defendants” through “death, mutilation or physical pain”). The public spectacle of “systematic mortification” has not disappeared with the development of more bureaucratic forms of policing and punishment. There is no better recent analysis of spectacle violence cases in the policing context than David B. Owens, Violence Everywhere: How the Current Spectacle of Black Suffering, Police Violence, and the Violence of Judicial Interpretation Undermine the Rule of Law, 17 Stan. J. C.R. & C.L. 475 (2022). Nor are they cases in which brutality is marginally disproportionate in relation to the legally authorized level of force incident to the state’s monopoly on violence—cases, that is, in which rational, efficient, dispassionate expressions of state power happen to exceed the legal threshold of “excessive force” or “cruel and unusual punishment” or “discriminatory purpose.”15These are the relevant questions in ordinary Fourth, Eighth and Fourteenth Amendment cases. These cases, tragic as they are, are instances of ordinary legal error, lying at the “sometimes ‘hazy border between excessive and acceptable force.’ ”16Brosseau v. Haugen, 543 U.S. 194, 198 (2004) (quoting Saucier v. Katz, 533 U.S. 194, 206 (2001)); see Alice Ristroph, The Constitution of Police Violence, 64 UCLA L. Rev. 1182, 1188 (2017) (arguing that legal errors regarding excessive force are invited by current Fourth Amendment seizure doctrine); David Alan Sklansky, A Pattern of Violence: How the Law Classifies Crimes and What It Means for Justice 101, 105 (2021) (arguing that, at least since Katz v. United States, 389 U.S. 347 (1967), the modern Supreme Court has made privacy, not violence, the ground norm of Fourth Amendment doctrine, and that the Court’s “vagueness” on impermissible violence, “combined with judicial reluctance to second-guess the police, has meant that almost any violence that police employ . . . is lawful as long as the officers could plausibly think it was necessary”); see, e.g., Speight v. Griggs, 620 F. App’x 806, 809 (11th Cir. 2015) (noting that “there is no clearly established right to be free from the accidental application of force during arrest, even if that force is deadly” in the context of fact dispute over whether shooting was accidental or intentional, which warranted denial of summary judgment to officers). The question of whether genuine accidents in the use of force that result in injury or death should give rise to liability is not the focus of this Article.

The class of cases to which I refer involve what the drafters of Section 1983 called “outrages”—extraordinary excess. Violence that is not merely disproportionate, but unbridled, not merely painful, but severe, degrading, abusive, extended, grotesque, gratuitous, orgiastic, carnivalesque, barbaric, and all too often fatal.17See, e.g., Newman v. Guedry, 703 F.3d 757, 760–61 (5th Cir. 2012) (describing thirteen baton strikes to arms and leg in nine seconds followed by three tasings administered during a traffic stop to a passenger when neither officer involved gave the plaintiff “any command with which he failed to comply”; concluding officer’s conduct was objectively unreasonable under Fourth Amendment). See generally, e.g., Greene v. DeMoss, No. 21-30044, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 24329 (5th Cir. Aug. 29, 2022) (non-violent, apologetic Black man beaten, choked, tased, and smothered to death by seven white officers); Davis v. City of Las Vegas, 478 F.3d 1048 (9th Cir. 2007) (handcuffed arrestee’s neck broken after officer repeatedly slammed his head into a wall); Tyson v. County of Sabine, 42 F.4th 508 (5th Cir. 2022) (two hour sexual assault after entering property on pretense of conducting a “welfare check”). Less commonly observed is the fact that this form of violence is also very often deeply intimate, even erotic in the sense in which George Battaille understood erotic excess (a “transgression of borders [that] sets us in intimacy with the other”), though unlike the loving transgressions he describes, the “sovereignty” exercised in these cases is not in the service of “friendship, truth, compassion, and the welcoming of differences.”18Zeynep Direk, Erotic Experience and Sexual Difference in Bataille, in Reading Bataille Now 94, 104 (Shannon Winnubst ed., 2007); see Paul Butler, Chokehold: Policing Black Men 97–98 (2017) (noting an “erotic element in police brutality,” that frisks “are frequently experienced as . . . sexual touchings” in which other officers “participate . . . as voyeurs, or by doing another guy at the same time”). Butler’s emphasis is quite properly on the indignity for the person searched—the physical intrusiveness of frisks that touch the genitals and the attendant feeling sexual subordination. But the erotic elements of the officer having the power to impose this subordination are no less significant in understanding extravagant state violence. See infra Part II. Difference is instead annihilated, and suffering is inflicted proximately, often by hand, far from conventional bureaucratic forms of action at a distance. Extraordinary excess is not merely intimate, but in some cases sadistic—perpetrated, that is, by officers who appear to take pleasure in the suffering they inflict.19Morgan v. Hubert, 335 F. App’x 466, 469 (5th Cir. 2009) (inmate being beaten and stabbed by other inmates laughed and shot at by guards who were warned inmate would be attacked if placed in general population); Hardy v. Vieta, 174 F. App’x 923, 924 (6th Cir. 2006) (officer closed steel door on inmate while calling him the n-word and “f*ggot snitch,” telling others to “watch what I do to this mother f***er” and laughing as he left the cell block); Grawey v. Drury, 567 F.3d 302, 307, 314 (6th Cir. 2009) (telling detainee to “take a good deep breath” while “discharging enough pepper spray in detainee’s face to cause him to lose consciousness”); Drummond v. City of Anaheim, 343 F.3d 1052, 1054 (9th Cir. 2003) (225-pound officer and partner laughing as they sent a handcuffed 160-pound man into respiratory distress by leaning with their knees on his neck and upper torso). And while this violence can be brazenly public, a spectacle,20See Owens, supra note 14, at 488 (discussing the role of the public that witnesses anti-Black spectacle violence inflicted by the police). it is very often privately inflicted, sometimes withheld from public scrutiny by conspiracies of silence and deceit.21See Joseph Neff, Alysia Santo & Tom Meagher, How a ‘Blue Wall’ Inside N.Y. State Prisons Protects Abusive Guards, N.Y. Times (May 22, 2023), https://www.nytimes.com/2023/05/22/nyregion/ny-state-prison-guards-abuse.html (describing prison guards’ conspiring to cover up violent incidents in New York State’s prison system); Fred O. Smith, The Constitution After Death, 120 Colum. L. Rev. 1471, 1478–81 (2020) (discussing a cover-up in Whitehurst v. Wright, 592 F.2d 834 (5th Cir. 1979)); Jennifer Hunt & Peter K. Manning, The Social Context of Police Lying, 14 Symbolic Interaction 51, 61 (1991); Bozelko, supra note 8; United States v. Brown, 654 F. App’x 896, 900 (10th Cir. 2016) (county jail officials threatened to terminate subordinates who reported officer abuse of detainees). On the similarities and differences between public and private police violence, see generally P. Colin Bolger, Just Following Orders: A Meta-Analysis of the Correlates of American Police Officer Use of Force Decisions, 40 Am. J. Crim. Just. 466 (2015).

What explains this form of state violence in Section 1983 cases, many of which are landmarks in the development of the law and procedure of civil rights enforcement? If James Monroe must be arrested on false suspicion of murder, why must his wife be made to stand naked in the living room during the arrest, his six children beaten?22Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 169 (1961). If Adolph Lyons has not perfectly complied with an officer’s request to raise his hands during a traffic stop, if he complains after his hands are slammed back to his head, why must he be placed in a chokehold until he passes out, “spitting up blood and dirt,” having “urinated and defecated” on himself when he regains consciousness?23City of Los Angeles v. Lyons, 461 U.S. 95, 114–15 (1983) (Marshall, J., dissenting). If Larry Hope must be disciplined for falling asleep and arriving late to forced labor on a chain gang in a prison, why must he be handcuffed to a hitching post shirtless in the sun for seven hours?24Hope v. Pelzer, 536 U.S. 730, 734–35 (2002). Why must he be deprived of bathroom breaks? And why would a corrections officer carry water out to the hitching post only to taunt Mr. Hope by giving it to a prison dog and then spilling it on the ground before Mr. Hope in the sweltering heat? If Keith Hudson legally deserved punishment for getting into an altercation with prison guards, why, after he’d been restrained in handcuffs and shackles, was he repeatedly punched in the mouth, eyes, chest, and stomach while a guard held him down?25Hudson v. McMillian, 503 U.S. 1, 4 (1992). Why did the supervisor on duty not only watch the beating, but tell the officers involved with acidic irony “not to have too much fun”?26Id. If Javid Iqbal must be detained on immigration charges in a maximum security facility on completely false suspicion of connections to the September 11th attacks, why did the officers kick him “ ‘in the stomach, punch[] him in the face, and drag[] him across’ his cell without justification”?27Ashcroft v. Iqbal, 556 U.S. 662, 668 (2009). For a detailed review of his life before and after the detention and torture, as well as the plight of other similarly situated Muslim detainees, see Shirin Sinnar, The Lost Story of Iqbal, 105 Geo. L.J. 379 (2017). Why must he be subjected to “serial strip and body-cavity searches when he posed no safety risk to himself or others”?28Iqbal, 556 U.S. at 668. Why must he be denied the right to pray and subjected to religious slurs?

Why are there so many replications of these cases?29On the persistence of police and prison violence, see Chapters 3 and 6 of Sklansky, supra note 16. See also U.S. Dep’t of Justice, C.R. Div., supra note 8, at 10–14. And why are these outrages so often color-coded?30Unarmed Black people are three times more likely to die in police encounters than White people. See Fatal Police Shootings of Unarmed Black People in US More than 3 Times as High as in Whites, BMJ Group (Oct. 27, 2020), https://www.bmj.com/company/newsroom/fatal-police-shootings-of-unarmed-black-people-in-us-more-than-3-times-as-high-as-in-whites [https://perma.cc/XVP8-Y7KV]; Gabriel L. Schwartz & Jaquelyn L. Jahn, Mapping Fatal Police Violence Across U.S. Metropolitan Areas: Overall Rates and Racial/Ethnic Inequities, 2013-2017, Plos One, June 24, 2020, at 1, https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0229686 [https://perma.cc/4TNL-PED2].

In some of the canonical cases, the Supreme Court has upheld a right to relief for the underlying constitutional violations. The experience of Mr. Monroe and his family underlies the Court’s landmark 1961 decision reviving Section 1983 as a federal cause of action from its Jim Crow dormancy. The Court upheld the use of Section 1983 for constitutional violations by state actors even when the plaintiff would presumably have a cause of action under state common law for at least some of the relevant harm.31Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 183 (1961). Larry Hope’s suffering underlies the Court’s determination that, for purposes of overcoming the affirmative defense of qualified immunity, some conduct is so obviously unlawful that there need not be a near-exact precedent on the books alerting the officer to this fact.32Hope v. Pelzer, 536 U.S. 730, 741 (2002). Any reasonable officer would know the conduct was unlawful.

In other cases, however, the Court has denied relief and denied even the right to seek federal judicial review. These are the circumstances in Lyons, the 1983 case requiring that standing be separately established for injunctive relief (even when the plaintiff has standing for money damages) and requiring that the plaintiff show substantial risk of recurrence of harm.33See City of Los Angeles v. Lyons, 461 U.S. 95, 102–05 (1983). The holding is part of the reason why deadly police chokeholds, used in the absence of proportionate physical threat to officers, remain so prevalent.34See generally Butler, supra note 18. For data on the prevalence of chokeholds, see Monika Evstatieva & Tim Mak, How Decades of Bans on Police Chokeholds Have Fallen Short, NPR (June 16, 2020), https://www.npr.org/2020/06/16/877527974/how-decades-of-bans-on-police-chokeholds-have-fallen-short [https://perma.cc/A3ZR-T49H]. In the absence of standing to seek an injunction to ensure that police-use-of-force policies comply with the Fourth Amendment, use-of-force policies are difficult to challenge.35Cf. Floyd v. City of New York, 283 F.R.D. 153, 167–69 (S.D.N.Y. 2012) (using extensive empirical data set of racially discriminatory police Terry stops to establish standing). The Second Circuit later reversed subsequent decisions by the lower court, staying the injunction and removing the judge, Ligon v. City of New York, 736 F.3d 118 (2d Cir. 2013), but affirmed the denial of intervention by a police union, Floyd v. City of New York, 770 F.3d 1051 (2d Cir. 2014). In Iqbal, the Court dismissed the complaint as implausible under Rule 12(b)(6).36Ashcroft v. Iqbal, 556 U.S. 662, 680 (2009). Even after Inspector General reports confirmed Iqbal’s assertions that high level government officials were well aware of the conditions in the prison and did nothing about it, the Court dismissed suits by similarly mistreated detainees on the ground that there is no Bivens cause of action (the federal officer analogue to Section 1983) for such harm, and that there was no cognizable cause of action for a Section 1985 conspiracy.37See Ziglar v. Abbasi, 582 U.S. 120, 140, 154–55 (2017).

But put to one side, for the moment, whether legal redress is or ought to be available for such conduct. And put to one side as well the simmering debate on the affirmative defense of qualified immunity when money damages are sought in civil rights cases,38See id. at 156 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in judgment) (questioning whether qualified immunity is consistent with the text of Section 1983); William Baude, Is Qualified Immunity Unlawful?, 106 Calif. L. Rev. 45, 47–49 (2018). See generally Jamison v. McClendon, 476 F. Supp. 3d 386 (S.D. Miss. 2020) (summarizing relevant qualified immunity cases). the near universal indemnification of officers who are ultimately held liable,39See Joanna C. Schwartz, Police Indemnification, 89 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 885, 885 (2014) (finding that “governments paid approximately 99.98% of the dollars that plaintiffs recovered in lawsuits alleging civil rights violations by law enforcement” including cases in which “indemnification was prohibited by law or policy, and even when officers were disciplined, terminated, or prosecuted for their conduct”). and the uncertain fate of the Bivens cause of action for constitutional torts committed by federal officers.40See Egbert v. Boule, 142 S. Ct. 1793, 1800 (2022) (explaining that “in all but the most unusual circumstances, prescribing a cause of action is a job for Congress, not the courts”; declining to find a Bivens cause of action against a Border Patrol agent for excessive use of force; and emphasizing that for “42 years, . . . we have declined 11 times to imply a similar cause of action for other alleged constitutional violations”); id. at 1810 (Gorsuch, J., concurring) (arguing that the Court should reverse Bivens and eliminate an implied right of action for money damages for constitutional violations by federal officers altogether); see also Ziglar, 582 U.S. at 147–48 (declining to find a Bivens cause of action after setting out a test that renders Bivens unavailable in virtually every “new context” beyond the specific Fourth Amendment violation in Bivens itself). Put aside what it means to act “under color” of law for the purposes of Section 1983 liability41See Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 216 (1961) (Frankfurter, J., dissenting in part) (arguing that “under color of law” restricts the Section 1983 cause of action to circumstances in which state law authorizes the violation of federal constitutional rights, not circumstances in which there is a cause of action under state common law for such violations). and what must be shown to obtain an injunction to reform police departments and prisons.42See City of Los Angeles v. Lyons, 461 U.S. 95, 101–05 (1983); Lewis v. Casey, 518 U.S. 343, 357–63 (1996). Suspend all of these vitally important, hotly contested doctrinal questions. Pause to take stock of the extraordinary, dehumanizing level of violence inflicted at the hand of the sovereign, the repetition compulsion, the fetishization of excess. Consider how and why Trent Taylor was forced to spend four days in a cell

covered, nearly floor to ceiling, “ ‘in massive amounts’ of feces”: all over the floor, the ceiling, the window, the walls, and even “packed inside the water faucet.” Fearing that his food and water would be contaminated, Taylor did not eat or drink for nearly four days. Correctional officers then moved Taylor to a second, frigidly cold cell, which was equipped with only a clogged drain in the floor to dispose of bodily wastes. . . . Because the cell lacked a bunk, and because Taylor was confined without clothing, he was left to sleep naked in sewage.43Taylor v. Riojas, 141 S. Ct. 52, 53 (2020). The case is no outlier. See Class Action Complaint at 1–3, Jenkins v. City of Jennings, No. 15-cv-00252 (E.D. Mo. filed Feb. 8, 2015) (finding that people arrested for failure to pay legal financial obligations held in jail cells covered in fecal matter, taunted and verbally abused, denied access to medication and sanitary products); Hutto v. Finney, 437 U.S. 678, 681–82 nn.3–5 (1978) (describing the Arkansas prison system where among other abuses, sexual assault was “common and uncontrolled,” inmates “lashed with a wooden-handled leather strap five feet long and four inches wide” for minor offenses “until their skin was bloody and bruised,” use of a “ ‘Tucker telephone,’ a hand-cranked device . . . to administer electrical shocks to various sensitive parts of an inmate’s body”); see also Feliciano v. Romero, 497 F. Supp. 14, 22–32 (D.P.R. 1979) (finding inmates living in 16 square feet of space (i.e., only 4 feet by 4 feet); inmates without medical care, without psychiatric care, without beds, without mattresses, without hot water, without soap or towels or toothbrushes or underwear; food prepared on a budget of $1.50 per day and “tons of food . . . destroyed because of . . . rats, vermin, worms, and spoilage”; “no working toilets or showers,” “urinals [that] flush into the sinks,” “plumbing systems . . . in a state of collapse,” and a “stench” that was “omnipresent”; “exposed wiring . . . no fire extinguisher, . . . [and] poor ventilation”; “calabozos,” or dungeons, “like cages with bars on the top” or with two slits in a steel door opening onto a central corridor, the floors of which were “covered with raw sewage” and which contained prisoners with severe mental illnesses, “caged like wild animals,” sometimes for months; areas of a prison where mentally ill inmates were “kept in cells naked, without beds, without mattresses, without any private possessions, and most of them without toilets that work and without drinking water”).

What explains this level of mistreatment? Not just the wretched, “shockingly unsanitary” conditions (conditions, note, in which the corrections officers themselves must work as they move and supervise prisoners), but the taunting by the officer who, upon placing Taylor in the first cell, informed him that he was “going to have a long weekend,” and another officer who, upon placing Taylor in the second cell, said he “hoped Taylor would f***ing freeze.”44Taylor, 141 S. Ct. at 53–54.

What accounts for this humiliation and cruelty (and the apparent pleasure taken in inflicting it) on the part of officers of the state?

No meaningful conversation about jurisdiction, appropriate forms of action, or remedies can begin without grappling with the nature and sources of these constitutional violations and the mutual dehumanization they cause. Even if there are necessary tragedies attendant to the state’s monopoly on violence, what explains this level of violent excess, depravity, and depredation?

The very first thing to say is that the harm cannot be understood if it is not accurately described, if the depth of the violence involved is diminished, obscured, or antiseptically elided.45I concern myself here primarily with published judicial opinions in which such state violence is well documented. There are several reasons to do so. The first is that while empirical data on policing and prison violence is thin, the record of judicial opinions is not. See Peter Moskos, Cop in the Hood: My Year Policing Baltimore’s Eastern District 4 (2009) (“Official police statistics are notoriously susceptible to manipulation. And as most police activity has no official record at all, the nuances of police work are difficult if not impossible to quantify.”); Sklansky, supra note 16, at 186 (noting underreporting of various forms of prison violence). Second, the available data generally does not distinguish “ordinary” excessive force or prison conditions rising to the level of an Eighth Amendment violation from the extraordinary in terms of the pain, suffering, or level of dehumanization involved. Even if it did, we would miss something about the nature of such harm by merely counting instances of it. Qualitative ethnographic research is valuable, and I incorporate it where relevant, but it is not without its own “epistemological as well as ethical ordeals.” Didier Fassin, Ethnographying the Police, in Writing the World of Policing: The Difference Ethnography Makes 1, 11 (Didier Fassin ed., 2017). See generally William B. Waegel, How Police Justify the Use of Deadly Force, 32 Soc. Probs. 144 (1984) (discussing hindsight bias and the problem of post-hoc rationalization in officer interviews regarding use of deadly force). Third, precedents on extraordinary violence often affect the development of canonical substantive, procedural, and jurisdictional law that governs “ordinary” civil rights cases. Examining the way the law addresses itself to such violence, reconciles itself to it, assimilates it, elides it, or rejects it, is therefore of paramount importance. Finally, whatever one’s theory of permissible force or punishment, these are not, for the most part, doubtful cases regarding proportionality or legitimate penological interests. They shock the conscience and warrant especially close analysis. The majority opinion in Lyons is an exercise in elision, rendering Mr. Lyons’ request for injunctive relief to prevent another such incident irrational, even paranoid, rather than a reasonable response to policies and practices regarding use of force that disproportionately affect Black drivers in Los Angeles.46See Lyons, 461 U.S. at 105–06 (“In order to establish an actual controversy in this case, Lyons would have had not only to allege that he would have another encounter with the police but also to make the incredible assertion either (1) that all police officers in Los Angeles always choke any citizen with whom they happen to have an encounter, whether for the purpose of arrest, issuing a citation, or for questioning, or (2) that the City ordered or authorized police officers to act in such manner. Although [the complaint] alleged that the City authorized the use of the control holds in situations where deadly force was not threatened, it did not indicate why Lyons might be realistically threatened by police officers who acted within the strictures of the City’s policy. If, for example, chokeholds were authorized to be used only to counter resistance to an arrest by a suspect, or to thwart an effort to escape, any future threat to Lyons from the City’s policy or from the conduct of police officers would be no more real than the possibility that he would again have an encounter with the police and that either he would illegally resist arrest or detention or the officers would disobey their instructions and again render him unconscious without any provocation.”). The Court goes on to characterize as “unbelievable” the complaint’s assertion that “the City either orders or authorizes application of chokeholds where there is no resistance or other provocation,” and that even if such a policy existed, Lyons failed to “credibly allege that he faced a realistic threat from the future application of” such policy. Id. at 106–07 n.7. The chokehold, the majority concedes, “caus[ed] damage to his larynx” and “render[ed] him unconscious,” and the majority mentions the evidence of more than a dozen deaths resulting from the use of chokeholds.47Lyons, 461 U.S. at 98. But it does so only in passing in a paragraph concerning whether the case was mooted by alterations in the city’s policies.48Id.

It is instead in Justice Marshall’s dissent that one learns that when Lyons “regained consciousness, he was lying face down on the ground, choking, gasping for air, and spitting up blood and dirt,” and that he had “urinated and defecated” on himself as a result of the chokehold.49Id. at 115. In Fourth Amendment cases the Court has a long habit of focusing on privacy rather than the nature and extent of police violence. See Sklansky, supra note 16, at 101. We learn from Justice Marshall that Lyons was not charged with any crime (let alone a crime such as resisting arrest that might suggest the chokehold was a proportionate response). He was simply “issued a traffic citation [for a burnt out taillight] and released.”50Lyons, 461 U.S. at 114–15. And it is the dissent which cites record evidence that Black people made up seventy-five percent of deaths from chokeholds in a city in which they were just nine percent of the population.51Id. at 116 n.3 (Marshall, J., dissenting). The majority simply ignored the racial elements of the case, as well as the statistical evidence showing that three-fourths of all police/citizen “altercations” involved use of a chokehold—data suggestive of a policy or practice of resorting to deadly force when officers are met with simple dissent.52More broadly, see generally Marshall W. Meyer, Police Shootings at Minorities: The Case of Los Angeles, 452 Annals Am. Acad. Pol. & Soc. Sci. 98 (1980) (providing broader data of disproportionate use of deadly force against Black people in Los Angeles over the same period as the Lyons litigation). This colorblindness obscures record evidence of racially discriminatory policing.

Similarly, in Monroe, it is only from Justice Frankfurter’s dissent that we learn that Mr. Monroe had six children, all of whom were rousted along with his wife, that Mr. Monroe was struck several times by Detective Pape “with his flashlight, calling him [n-word] and ‘black boy,’ [and] . . . that other officers hit and kicked several of the children and pushed them to the floor.”53Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 203 (Frankfurter, J., dissenting). Here too, the element of race and its conjunction with unprovoked violence would be all but invisible absent the dissent’s more faithful recitation of the allegations of the complaint. So too the fact and nature of the violence visited upon Mr. Monroe’s children.

Nor can the nature or source of the harm be understood if excesses are dismissed as the unfortunate result of individual rogue officers. To be sure, not every constitutional violation springs from the orders of supervisors or from official policy, practice, or custom, and comparatively few in number involve extraordinary excess. Neither is it the case, however, that every violation springs from circumstantial contingencies, isolated error, or the pathological deviance of individual officers.54See Didier Fassin, Enforcing Order: An Ethnography of Urban Policing 137 (2013) (“That the majority of officers, most of the time, do not indulge in brutality is . . . worthy of note, but does not eliminate the need to reflect on those who do, and those who witness these scenes or are aware of them but do not react.”); Amnesty Int’l, United States of America: Race, Rights and Police Brutality 1 (1999) (finding that “only a minority of the many thousands of law enforcement officers in the USA engage in deliberate and wanton brutality,” but also noting “widespread, systemic abuses . . . in some jurisdictions or police precincts”); see also Sklansky, supra note 16, at 116–20 (describing the tendency to classify police violence either as a result of bad officer character traits, mentality, and culture, or situational factors, rather than attend to defects in use of force training).

Countless law enforcement officers meet high standards of professionalism all around the country every day. I share my colleague David Sklansky’s assessment of research showing that training, departmental norms, and foisting all manner of social service work onto police and carceral institutions are more powerful explanations than characterological accounts. See id. at 8–9, 116–22. This Article is concerned with the disturbing recurrence of outrages, the phenomenology of extravagant violence.
Whether or not one believes that supervisors and government agencies should be held legally accountable for the conduct of their officers (either on a respondeat superior theory or some more exacting standard such as the one developed from Monell v. Dep’t of Social Services and its progeny55See generally Monell v. Dep’t of Soc. Servs., 436 U.S. 658 (1978). See also City of St. Louis v. Praprotnik, 485 U.S. 112, 123 (1988) (“[O]nly those municipal officials who have ‘final policymaking authority’ may by their actions subject the government to § 1983 liability.”).), bad apples cannot explain all cases.56See, e.g., GBD 2019 Police Violence US Subnational Collaborators, Fatal Police Violence by Race and State in the USA, 1980-2019: A Network Meta-Regression, 398 Lancet 1239, 1247 (2021) (“Our analysis of police violence in the USA shows that the [National Vital Statistics System] misclassified and subsequently underreported 55.5% (95% UI 54·8–56·2) of our estimated deaths from police violence between 1980 and 2018.”); Deepak Premkumar, Alexandria Gumbs, Shannon McConville & Renee Hsia, Police Use of Force and Misconduct in California 3 (2021) (“Black Californians are about three times more likely to be seriously injured, shot, or killed by the police relative to their share of the state’s population. These racial disparities narrow after controlling for contextual factors (e.g., the reason for the interaction), but continue to persist.”); Todd May & George Yancy, Policing Is Doing What It Was Meant to Do. That’s the Problem., N.Y. Times (June 21, 2020), https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/21/opinion/police-violence-racism-reform.html. Indeed, the theory is contradicted by cases such as Taylor and Iqbal in which supervisors are plainly involved, as well as a vast body of research in social psychology and organizational behavior concerning institutional failure and crimes of wrongful obedience.57For a study of the prevalence of the use of torture over decades in the Chicago Police Department to extract confessions and punish people who had confessed, see Laurence Ralph, The Torture Letters: Reckoning with Police Violence, at xv (2020) (“[T]orture persists in Chicago because of the complicity of people in power.”). Ordinary people of good will, the research shows, are capable of inflicting pain and suffering on others, including extraordinary levels of pain and suffering, when working in settings where harmful conduct is expected, rationalized, or ignored.58This is the core finding of the famous Milgram Experiments. Stanley Milgram, Behavioral Study of Obedience, 67 J. Abnormal & Soc. Psych. 371, 376 (1963) (“The first finding concerns the sheer strength of obedient tendencies manifested in this situation. Subjects have learned from childhood that it is a fundamental breach of moral conduct to hurt another person against his will. Yet, 26 subjects abandon this tenet in following the instructions of an authority who has no special powers to enforce his commands.”). See generally Muhammad Fahad Javaid, Rabeeya Raoof, Mariam Farooq & Muhammad Arshad, Unethical Leadership and Crimes of Obedience: A Moral Awareness Perspective, 39 Glob. Bus. & Org. Excellence 18 (2020); Gina Perry, Beyond the Shock Machine: The Untold Story of the Notorious Milgram Psychology Experiments (2012); Obedience to Authority: Current Perspectives on the Milgram Paradigm (Thomas Blass ed., 1999); Gary G. Hamilton & Nicole Woolsey Biggart, Why People Obey: Theoretical Perspectives on Power and Obedience in Complex Organizations, 28 Socio. Persps. 3 (1985); Christi Siver, Exploring and Explaining Participation in War Crimes, in Military Interventions, War Crimes, and Protecting Civilians 7 (2018); Christi Siver, The Dark Side of the Band of Brothers: Explaining Variance in War Crimes, (Am. Pol. Sci. Ass’n Meeting Paper, 2009), https://ssrn.com/abstract=1452147 [https://perma.cc/LJV4-WJ5S]; Herbert C. Kelman & V. Lee Hamilton, Crimes of Obedience (1989).

In the following pages I examine “outrages” in civil rights cases and the nature of such extraordinary excess. The first level of work is mainly negative, identifying in Part I what this excess is unlike—how distinctive it is even according to social and political theories that are explicitly concerned with the ways in which people performing seemingly ordinary bureaucratic tasks contribute to monstrous deeds and systems of subordination. Part II turns to theories that focus on direct participation in extraordinary, dehumanizing excess and subordination to explore what kind of legal officer is capable of inflicting such severe suffering, under what circumstances, what purposes and forms of power might be served, and what kind of legal subject is produced by inflicting suffering in this way. I concentrate on Franz Kafka’s short story The Penal Colony, which imagines an extravagantly painful form of capital punishment, Patricia Williams’s essay on the irrational fears that animate racial prejudice and police brutality, and studies on the nature of “intimate partner” violence.

Reading across these interdisciplinary sources on extravagant violence I suggest that outrages involve the interaction of a number of elements: the fantasy of finding/generating legal certainty in the imposition of bodily suffering, the enactment of social and political domination (including controlling color and gender lines), the role of terror and physical abuse in relationships defined by dependency, and ambivalence in officers’ embodiment of sovereignty (libidinally charged oscillation between self-restraint and extravagant excess on the part of officers of the state who are themselves both bound by and always potentially above the law).59I refer to sociological evidence of the motivation of officers along the way but prioritize the ways in which extraordinary excess has been theorized. In the final section, Part III, I turn from these theories of extraordinary violence to civil rights enforcement doctrine. I argue that extraordinary, racialized violence resulting from corruption of office was well known to the drafters of Section 1983, that the statute was specifically designed to remedy what the Reconstruction-era drafters called “outrages,” and that the modern Court’s use of federalism principles to limit the Section 1983 cause of action and remedies directly contradicts the text of the statute and this unmistakable legislative purpose.

The literature on the drafting of Section 1983 is extensive, but it concentrates mainly on whether the language “under color” of law was designed to restrict the cause of action to circumstances in which the federal right-holder would not have a parallel claim under state law. This approach is understandable in light of Justice Frankfurter’s emphasis on this reading of the statute in his dissenting opinion in Monroe v. Pape and the debate his opinion fueled.60An excellent summary of the “under color of law” debate and a deeper history of the legislative record rebutting Frankfurter’s reading is provided in David Achtenberg, A “Milder Measure of Villainy”: The Unknown History of 42 U.S.C. § 1983 and the Meaning of “Under Color of” Law, 1999 Utah L. Rev. 1 (1999). What has not received adequate attention beyond conventional references to the role of Klan violence in the legislation of Section 1983 is the specific connection between the persistence of “outrages,” government officer complicity in such violence, and the failure of state courts and law enforcement to address the corruption of state legal systems arising from resistance to Reconstruction.61See, e.g., Richard Briffault, Note, Developments in the Law: Section 1983 and Federalism, 90 Harv. L. Rev. 1133, 1156, 1161, 1169 (1977) (discussing Section 1983’s legislative history and the relevance of the Klan’s “outrages,” including a comparison to Monroe v. Pape); Gene R. Nichol, Jr., Federalism, State Courts, and Section 1983, 73 Va. L. Rev. 959, 973 (1987) (discussing briefly the “outrages” that fueled passage of Section 1983); Achtenberg, supra note 60, at 1, 5–6 (retelling the legislative history behind Section 1983 but not focusing on extraordinary acts of violence); Donald H. Zeigler, A Reassessment of the Younger Doctrine in Light of the Legislative History of Reconstruction, 1983 Duke L.J. 987, 1011–20 (describing Section 1983’s legislative history at length in conjunction with the legislative history of other Reconstruction-era statutes but not focusing on extraordinary acts of violence); Cass R. Sunstein, Section 1983 and the Private Enforcement of Federal Law, 49 U. Chi. L. Rev. 394, 398–409 (1982) (discussing the legislative history of Section 1983 and the subsequent revisions in 1874 but not mentioning acts of extraordinary violence); Steven H. Steinglass, Wrongful Death Actions and Section 1983, 60 Ind. L.J. 559, 645–54 (1985) (detailing Section 1983’s legislative history in the context of wrongful death suits but not touching on outrages or other spectacular forms of violence).

Both Section 1983 scholarship and empirical analyses of officer brutality also tend to lump modern cases involving extraordinary violence together with all cases on excessive force and forms of prison violence that lack a legitimate penological purpose.62This is in no small part because, since at least the mid-twentieth century, definitions of police violence have concentrated on whether the force is “justified and proportionate” such that any amount of disproportionate force is classified as impermissible “violence.” See Fassin, supra note 54, at 128 (“[T]his administrative and judicial definition is so much taken for granted that it has been adopted by all sociological studies of police in the last 50 years, in both North America and Europe.”); id. (advocating a shift of focus from judicial perspective to the victim and public perspective as a way of understanding the dignitary harms associated with police violence). The exception in the literature is important new attention to the distinctive pathologies of anti-Black spectacle lynching. See generally Owens, supra note 14. The effect is to assimilate outrages to a broader category of state violence. However instructive this is regarding the overall problem of modern police/carceral violence, it tends to obscure the distinctive phenomenon of outrages, the unique harm they cause, and their role in prompting Congress to establish Section 1983 in the first place.

I.  FALSE STARTS IN THEORIZING EXTRAORDINARY VIOLENCE

Modern social and political thought has been preoccupied with the irrational and dehumanizing effects of institutionalized violence. But it is notable that among the most authoritative accounts—Arendt’s theory of the banality of evil, Foucault’s theory of disciplinary power, and Kafka’s theory of perishing “before the law”—outrages are largely irrelevant.

A.  The “Banality of Evil”

Section 1983 cases involving extraordinary violence do not seem to result from what Arendt famously described as the “banality of evil,” a theory that has been used as a framework for understanding how relatively ordinary people become instruments in the perpetration of monstrous deeds. Observing the trial of Adolph Eichmann for his role in organizing the transportation of Jewish people and others to Nazi death camps, Arendt was struck by the extent to which Eichmann was neither “perverted” nor “sadistic” but rather terrifyingly “normal.”63Hannah Arendt, Eichmann in Jerusalem—I: Adolf Eichmann and the Banality of Evil, New Yorker (Feb. 8, 1963), https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/1963/02/16/eichmann-in-jerusalem-i [https://perma.cc/T4HR-TVQF]. He apparently acted mainly to advance his bureaucratic position.

The deeds were monstrous, but the doer—at least the very effective one now on trial—was quite ordinary, commonplace, and neither demonic nor monstrous. . . . Despite all the efforts of the prosecution, everyone could see that this man was not a ‘monster,’ but it was difficult indeed not to suspect that he was a clown.64Hannah Arendt, The Life of the Mind 4 (1971); Arendt, supra note 63.

Arendt uses the term “clown” because Eichmann was unable to avoid self-contradiction, lying, and cliché in matters of morality. His “inability to speak,” Arendt emphasizes, “was closely connected with an inability to think; that is, to think from the standpoint of somebody else.”65Arendt, supra note 63 (emphasis added). Eichmann knew (“of course”) that “he had played a role in the extermination of the Jews,” that without performing this bureaucratic function Jewish people “would not have been delivered to the butcher.”66Id. But he scoffed at the idea that this established his personal culpability (“What is there to admit?” he asked when pressed on the matter67Id.).

Chillingly, he “remembered the turning points in his own career” more accurately than “the turning points in the story of Jewish extermination, or, as a matter of fact, [] the turning points in history.”68Id. The ideological machinery of fascism, Arendt contends, efficiently mobilized the petty self-serving idealism of bureaucrats like Eichmann, drawing them into the enthusiastic erection and maintenance of the machinery of death. Inability “to think” and dislocation of moral responsibility in the very seat of identity combined to produce a monstrous and yet banal form of evil.69Id.

Eichmann’s role in the machinery of death of the Holocaust was, however abhorrent, principally administrative in nature—distant from the scenes of murder. He orchestrated a process of stripping Jews of their property and rights to prepare them for expulsion from their communities to death camps. Arendt’s analysis reminds us that acts of violence have bureaucratic predicates in which many people are complicit, but the distinction between the acts and their bureaucratic predicates matters to a full understanding of extraordinary violence. Many people who are capable of performing roles at a distance from violence are utterly incapable of the violence itself. Eichmann, for example, testified that if he was shown “a gaping wound, I can’t possibly look at it. I am that type of person.”70Id. Indeed, this is one of the most important insights of Arendt’s theory of the banality of evil—that people who recoil from direct acts of violence are instrumental to the administrative architecture which ultimately produces and sustains it. In the Section 1983 cases involving extraordinary violence, by contrast, the named officers are not acting at a distance—their hands are saturated with blood. Even when high level officers are also named, as in Iqbal and Abassi, the core allegation is that the policies and practices immediately responsible for the harm (not intermediate bureaucratic steps) flow from the ink of their pens and associated decisions.

B.  “Disciplinary Power” and the “Spectacle of the Scaffold”

The exceptional violence in Section 1983 cases does not flow from “disciplinary power” either. In Discipline and Punish, Michel Foucault describes ways in which surveillance, ranking, and the arrangement of space in modern carceral institutions produces efficient compliance, or “docility”:

[T]he systems of punishment are . . . situated in a certain “political economy” of the body: even if they do not make use of violent or bloody punishment, even when they use “lenient” methods involving confinement or correction, it is always the body that is at issue—the body and its forces, their utility and their docility, their distribution and their submission.71Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison 25 (Alan Sheridan trans., 1995).

A panopticon, the famous prison design of Jeremy Bentham from which Foucault theorizes, produces docility among inmates mainly by creating uncertainty about whether and when one is being surveilled. Indeed, uncertainty about surveillance prompts inmates to monitor themselves, obviating the need for actual force to be deployed by prison guards. This was its supposedly modern genius as compared to the use of dungeons, torture, and spectacles of death on the scaffold. It achieves this by “induc[ing] in the inmate a state of conscious and permanent visibility that assures the automatic functioning of power,” such that

the surveillance is permanent in its effects, even if it is discontinuous in its action; that the perfection of power should tend to render its actual exercise unnecessary; that this architectural apparatus should be a machine for creating and sustaining a power relation independent of the person who exercises it; in short, that the inmates should be caught up in a power situation of which they are themselves the bearers.72Id. at 201 (emphasis added).

Foucault connects the panopticon and other systems oriented toward the production of docility (in schools, factories, hospitals, military barracks) to “progressive forms of training,” measurement, ranking, and other “techniques for assuring the ordering of human multiplicities” in a “disciplinary society.”73Id. at 169, 218. Disciplinary power thus develops alongside mass society and the industrial revolution to ensure social order and efficient labor.74Id. at 218. In “every society, the body was in the grip of very strict powers, which imposed on it constraints, prohibitions[,] or obligations.”75Id. at 136.

In all of these accounts, what makes disciplinary power distinctive is precisely the absence or minimal role of violence, its “subtle coercion” through the “efficiency of movements[,] . . . an uninterrupted, constant coercion, supervising the processes of activity,” which the subject eventually internalizes.76Id. at 137. The extraordinary violence in Section 1983 cases is quite different. It involves direct, physical, unmediated infliction of pain. It is therefore closer to what Foucault calls “sovereign power.”77See Michel Foucault, Two Lectures, in Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972–1977, at 109 (Colin Gordon ed., Colin Gordon et al. trans., 1980). Throughout Discipline and Punish and in other works Foucault is careful to distinguish disciplinary and sovereign power. Sovereign power is what we conventionally associate with the state’s monopoly on violence—state action in the standard sense of armed officers acting in an official capacity. It is comparatively inefficient and discontinuous, requiring “sumptuous expenditure[s],” relative to the operation of disciplinary power.78Foucault, supra note 71, at 102 (emphasis added).

Precisely because it is so inefficient, Foucault argues that sovereign power historically relied on spectacles of excess to produce compliance. These spectacles were designed to display the “unlimited power of the sovereign,”79Id. at 89. “an emphatic affirmation of . . . its intrinsic superiority . . . not simply that of right, but . . . the physical strength of the sovereign bearing down upon” deviant subjects to “revenge[] its authority.”80Id. at 302; see also id. at 49. As David Owens has shown, recorded and publicly disseminated images of anti-Black police violence fit the “spectacle of the scaffold” which Foucault associates with early modern European expressions of sovereign power.81See generally Owens, supra note 14. See also Foucault, supra note 71, at 45. The closest Discipline and Punish comes to accounting for the violence in Section 1983 cases is in its discussion of policing and delinquency. See id. at 282. There is, however, no public scaffold when extraordinary violence is inflicted behind prison walls and in unrecorded or unpublished encounters with police officers, a problem to which I return in Part II.

C.  Being “Before the Law”

In Franz Kafka’s famous parable, Before the Law,82Franz Kafka, Before the Law, in Metamorphosis and Other Stories 197 (Michael Hofmann trans., 2007). the protagonist is denied access to law by a low-ranking but “mighty” gatekeeper who says that he is but one of many gatekeepers, “each one mightier than the one before.”83Id. The gatekeeper shares that “[e]ven the sight of the third is more than I can bear,” so terrible are his powers.84Id. The gatekeeper is thus an example of sovereign power, a power apparently so awesome in its capacity for violence that no one dares resist it. Significantly, for our purposes, however, the gatekeeper’s capacity for violence is so overwhelming that it need not be exercised upon the body. The gatekeeper also informs the protagonist that the gate is for him alone, not others, suggesting that the gate is not public. The protagonist decides to wait for permission and the gatekeeper “gives him a stool and allows him to sit down beside the door.”85Id. But the wait is unending, and ultimately fatal. The gatekeeper stands impassively as the protagonist gradually withers “before the law” and dies. In the meantime, the gatekeeper takes all the protagonist’s money, “so that you don’t think there’s something you’ve omitted to do.”86Id. at 198. Kafka’s representation of the dehumanization that accompanies interminable delay resonates with theories of “slow violence . . . a violence that occurs gradually and out of sight . . . attritional violence that is not viewed as violence at all.” Rob Nixon, Slow Violence and the Environmentalism of the Poor 2 (2011). But even the slow violence caused by environmental pollution is still physical in nature. The “slow death” of waiting at the border and family separation in immigration proceedings is a closer analogue. See Stephen Lee, Family Separation as Slow Death, 119 Colum. L. Rev. 2319, 2336 (2019).

There are many readings of the parable as a critique of the terrible, dehumanizing force of law,87Perhaps the most notable, emphasizing the theme of unbearable deferral, is Jacque Derrida, Before the Law, in Acts of Literature 183 (Derek Attridge ed., 1992). but the protagonist’s suffering, albeit unto death, is not caused by any act of violence on the part of the gatekeeper. His suffering is shaped instead by the possibility of violence, implied in the gatekeeper’s admonition about his awesome power and the even greater powers of other gatekeepers beyond the portal before which he stands. The moral outrage the story evokes lies in the gatekeeper’s startling indifference. It is suggestive of the thoughtless, cold, bureaucratic unseating of empathy with which Arendt is concerned, but not the extravagant infliction of physical suffering we see in Section 1983 cases.

II.  THE BODY AND BEING ABOVE THE LAW

If targets of extraordinary violence are not “before the law,” subjected to disciplinary power, or victims of the “banality of evil” and its action at a distance, what explains their victimization?

A.  In the Penal Colony

Another famous story by Franz Kafka takes us closer to understanding the phenomenon. In the Penal Colony describes an “apparatus” created by a former colonial commandant to suppress disorder in the colony.88Franz Kafka, In the Penal Colony, in Metamorphosis and Other Stories 153 (Michael Hofmann trans., 2007) [hereinafter The Penal Colony]. For background on Kafka’s decision to write the story and its connection to modern solitary confinement, see generally Michael B. Mushin, “I Am Opposed to This Procedure”: How Kafka’s In the Penal Colony Illuminates the Current Debate About Solitary Confinement and Oversight of American Prisons, 93 Or. L. Rev. 571 (2015). For another biographical reading, argument that Kafka’s story dissolves Foucault’s medieval/modern distinction between torture and disciplinary power, and for engagement with readings of Kafka’s story in the field of critical theory, see generally Daniel W. Boyer, Kafka’s Law-Writing Apparatus: A Study in Torture, A Study in Discipline, 27 Yale J.L. & Humans. 83 (2015). The apparatus is a machine that “carr[ies] out . . . the sentence” by inscribing its text on the body of the condemned person with needles.89Id. at 153. The condemned person is strapped to a “bed” above which hangs a “harrow”—a metal frame holding many needles.90Id. at 151. The machine, called the “engraver,” moves the bed and the harrow, “vibrat[ing] both sideways and up and down, in tiny, very rapid movements” each of which is “very carefully calibrated,” inscribing the sentence in thrusts and cuts of gradually increasing depth.91Id. at 153. During the process, which takes twelve hours, the condemned person slowly experiences the sentence “on his body” as the thrusts and cuts deepen until he bleeds to death.92Id. at 154. The sentence is “put to him physically.”93Id. at 155.

Extraordinary excess is a defining feature of every phase of this punishment. The legal “process” that leads to punishment is itself excessively deferential to officer discretion. A condemned person receives no trial, no defense, and is not informed of the sentence before it is inscribed on their body. Guilt is decided by those who control the apparatus, and because there is no opportunity to present a defense, guilt “is always beyond doubt.”94Id. A foreign observer is informed that in the process of inscription there are elaborate embellishments by the needles upon the body of the condemned: “many[,] many ornaments surround[ing] the script proper.”95Id. at 159. The apparatus not only writes the punishment with increasingly deep incisions in the body of the condemned, it uses “the rest of the body” to surround the “actual text” with extravagant “decoration.”96Id. The pain is equally extravagant. About halfway through the execution of the sentence, the traveler is told, the pain is so excruciating that the condemned person eventually stops screaming and falls silent as he “begins to decipher the script . . . with his wounds.”97Id. at 160. The officer who operates the apparatus views this as the climactic moment when justice is realized, describing it as a “transfiguration” in which even “[t]he very dimmest of them begins to understand.”98Id. at 160, 165. Their faces take on a look “that might seduce one to take their place” in the apparatus, so transcendent is the truth they experience.99Id. at 160.

In many ways, In the Penal Colony represents the apotheosis of the spectacle of the scaffold. The officer, overcome with nostalgia, reports that during the reign of the former commandant, executions were public events with massive public attendance (“the whole valley was packed . . . everyone came to spectate . . . they all knew: justice is being enacted”) and the apparatus not only inscribed the sentence, its needles dripped with a painful, corrosive acid:

It was impossible to find room for all those who wanted to view the proceedings from close . . . . How we watched the transfiguration in the tormented faces [of the condemned], how we held our cheeks in the glow of this arduously achieved and already passing justice! I tell you, comrade, those were times!”100Id. at 164–65.

This is a genuine public spectacle, designed to demonstrate the awesome power of sovereignty, to secure compliance with law by making the administration of justice not only summary (no trial, no defense, no notice of the sentence) but immediate (operating directly upon the body of the condemned, enacting the sentence upon the body using the exquisitely painful machinery of the apparatus), absolute (every sentence is a death sentence), and yet also temporally and substantively extended (extending beyond the “actual text” of the sentence to lavish “decorative” embellishments, and beyond mere execution to excruciatingly slow torture ending in death), all resting on the sadistic, metaphysically sublime premise that the true nature of justice appears and is “understood” in and through the body during the inscription.101It also reflects precisely the inefficiencies entailed in the exercise of sovereign power—a machine so intricate that it requires endless maintenance, a constant supply of spare parts, and unique expertise to operate on individual bodies, one at a time. See id. at 152.

Kafka implies that the apparatus is not, in fact, essential to maintain order in the colony even though the officer claims that under the former commandant who built it, administration of the entire colony was “seamlessly efficient.”102Id. at 151. We learn early in the story that the new commandant, much to the chagrin of the officer, regards the apparatus as barbaric and unnecessary, resists expenditure for its upkeep, has the support of the people, and has invited the traveler to observe the execution in order to use the traveler’s views to ban its use permanently. Indeed, much of the dramatic tension in the story rests not just on the design and use of the apparatus for what becomes its final execution, but on whether and how the traveler will announce his moral opposition to it to the new commandant (the traveler is, we gradually learn, steadfastly “opposed” to the entire process: “[t]he injustice of the procedure and the inhumanity of the execution were incontestable”103Id. at 162, 171.). When the officer fails to persuade the traveler of the value of the apparatus, the officer spares the condemned man and instead inserts himself into the apparatus. The apparatus impales him almost immediately because it has not been possible to properly maintain it and he dies within minutes, leaving “no trace” that he has experienced the “promised transfiguration.”104Id. at 178.

The violence of the apparatus is of course in important ways quite different from extraordinary violence in Section 1983 cases. It is, to begin with, imaginary, and also a relic of public executions, whereas the violence in Section 1983 cases is all too real, and there is often no audience. The apparatus also mediates the relationship between the body of the condemned and the officer. The officer, at one point, has to probe deep into the apparatus to attempt a repair, but it is neither a cyborg nor simply an instrument of torture wielded by the officer. Once the instructions of the “sentence” are inserted into the apparatus and the condemned person is strapped onto the bed, the machine makes the inscription automatically. Finally, many Section 1983 cases involve deaths at the hands of officers of the state, but the cases generally do not involve executions following judgments imposing capital punishment as a sentence.105Austin Sarat estimates that three percent of U.S. executions in the twentieth century involved breakdowns in protocol that caused “unnecessary agony for the prisoner.” See Austin Sarat, Katherine Blumstein, Aubrey Jones, Heather Richard & Madeline Spring-Keyser, Gruesome Spectacles: Botched Executions and America’s Death Penalty 5 (2014); see also Fred O. Smith, Jr., The Constitution After Death, 120 Colum. L. Rev. 1471, 1471 (2020) (discussing whether civil rights conspiracy liability applies to police cover-ups of wrongful shootings). Instead, when deadly force is used, officers are usually in the process of mundane traffic stops, executing warrants and making arrests, or engaged in prison administration away from death row. And of course, many Section 1983 cases involving extraordinary violence and suffering do not result in death.

The point of connection between the story and Section 1983 cases lies instead in its account of the officer’s attachment to the apparatus as an instrument of excess (even to private scenes of excess after public attendance has been banned), and to the seductive power of the summary administration of justice. The officer who maintains the apparatus doesn’t just appreciate it; he is obsessively attached to it. By the time the traveler comes to see it, the officer is “its sole defender.”106The Penal Colony, supra note 88, at 163. While he barely notices the condemned man, the officer is distraught that the new commandant has withheld funds for maintenance of the apparatus, he laments that there are no longer proper replacement parts, and he is particularly distressed that a more humane execution procedure is being developed.107Id. at 157, 162. He refers to the diagrams that typeset the apparatus as “the most precious things I have.”108Id. at 159. The officer’s desperate advocacy on behalf of the apparatus is matched only by his utter disregard for the condemned man’s interest in notice of the charges against him and a defense. Id. at 156 (“I took down his report and wrote out the judgment. Then I had the man clapped in irons . . . . If I had called on the man first, and questioned him, it would have produced nothing but confusion. He would have lied to me; if I’d managed to catch him lying, he would have told different lies, and so on. But now I’ve got him, and I’m not going to let him go.”). He also desperately seeks to draw the traveler into a conspiracy to undermine the new commandant and his plan to decommission the apparatus. The completeness of his obsession with the machine is revealed by his fatal devotion to it—once he realizes that it will no longer be used and that his efforts to persuade the traveler of its value are in vain, the officer makes his own execution the machine’s last, a process that results in the machine falling apart. His devotion is, one might say, not merely complete but fatally excessive.

Underneath devotion to the apparatus is attachment to the power to inflict bodily pain in the administration of justice—an attachment grounded in the idea that infliction of bodily pain serves as a lexical index of justice, that pain is an instrument of justice, the way to see justice done. This idea animates the officer’s sadism and the erotic charge traveling with the physical imposition of legal judgment—literally, the inscription of sovereign power upon the body of the subject. Similar attachments appear to motivate the officers in Section 1983 cases who take pleasure in the suffering they inflict (e.g., the officer who hoped Taylor would “f***ing freeze” in the “frigidly cold cell . . . equipped with only a clogged drain in the floor to dispose of bodily wastes”109    Taylor v. Riojas, 141 S. Ct. 52, 53–54 (2020).), as well as chokehold cases like Lyons in which the body of the officer is (must be) personally, immediately, and intimately engaged with the exercise of sovereign power, inscribing it upon the body of the supposedly resistant subject.

Attachment is not just to embodying the instrument of sovereign power, but to legal certainty—inscribing the law on the subject’s body. A legal order that seeks perfect compliance (along with the erotic charge of potentially ‘complete’ repression) is a form of excess in relation to human fallibility. In Kafka’s story, there is a cathartic element in the dyadic economy of a suffering/redeemed/dead “perpetrator” and suffering/relieved victims and bystanders. Indeterminacy, the terror of it, is executed, purged from the community, along with the condemned. Thus, even as other more restrained forms of policing and punishment emerge in the penal colony, the imagined moral clarity and instrumental utility of the apparatus, and the attendant desire to preserve it and all the accoutrement of its scaffolding, to speak its language of certainty, to inscribe it automatically upon the bodies of deviant subjects, remains. And this remainder—the longing it prompts for revival of such a system—haunts new, ostensibly more humane and fallible regimes. This remainder is also latent in the “thin blue line” discourse of law and order insofar as it rationalizes police and carceral violence—what “law and order” promises (the absence it mobilizes politically and in the psyche) is the certainty of determinate exercises of sovereign power and the compliance such certainty ostensibly guarantees.110On the history of “law and order” discourse, see Katherine Beckett & Theodore Sasson, The Politics of Injustice: Crime and Punishment in America 46 (2d ed. 2004) (arguing that modern “get tough” crime discourse was a response to the civil rights movement and social welfare policies, reframing crime as the result of irresponsible individuals deserving of punishment rather than economic and social conditions). See also Sklansky, supra note 16, at 88–122 (describing fluctuation of tough-on-crime policy and rhetoric in the United States). Embellished, gratuitous, and grotesque bodily infliction of pain reflects this longing for compliance and legal certainty. Bodies must be fixed, transfixed, in compliant recognition of sovereign power.

The officer in the story is so committed to this work that he appears to have lost all sense of connection to the dignity and humanity of the subjects of the colony he participates in governing, not least of which the condemned man. His almost exclusive concern is with maintaining and caring for the apparatus. Indeed, he exhibits paranoia about the new commandant’s plans and is unable to cope with a future in which those plans will unfold.111Indeed, he continues attempting to reproduce the spectacle of excess long after the proceedings have been closed to the public. Personally witnessing the supposed transfiguration of a condemned man has displaced the political function of a public audience for the administration of justice. The purposes of punishment have doubled over, turned almost entirely inward and become subjective, self-serving. The officer’s attachment thus functions as an (eventually all consuming) repetition compulsion the purposes of which can be achieved with or without an audience. Even at lower levels of intensity, sociologies of policing suggest that perspective and judgment are warped when officers succumb to an embattled, binary, “blue line” mindset in which the people one serves become a foreign, abstract out-group.112See William A. Westley, Violence and the Police: A Sociological Study of Law, Custom, and Morality 111 (1970) (“[T]he police become a close, social group, in which collective action is organized for self-protection.”). In-group solidarity in policing has been documented for decades. Id. Ordinary emotional responses become grotesquely inverted—instead of revulsion, pleasure is taken in inflicting pain; instead of empathy and a sense of duty toward subjects, there is antipathy or brutally cold indifference; instead of care, there is the belief that suffering is not just deserved but in the best interests of the subject’s legal “transfiguration.”113See Fassin, supra note 54, at 135 (“What makes cruelty possible is the image the police have of their public—or one part of their public—as an enemy fundamentally different from them. Hostility is not enough; a radical othering is also required.”); Ralph, supra note 57, at 8, 160 (describing the military mindset of Chicago police officers who see residents as “enemy combatants”; and the view that torture was acceptable against “bad” people was shared by some people in Chicago he interviewed); Sklansky, supra note 16, at 90 (describing the persistence of public and official sentiment that “bad” people deserve to suffer violence).

The officer’s obsession in Kafka’s story is not just nostalgically motivated, it is an expression of “imperialist nostalgia”—seething resentment at the new regime and its lenience is expressed in inverted form as intimate attachment to the apparatus believed to be central to the authority of the ancien regime over the colony.114See Renato Rosaldo, Imperialist Nostalgia, 26 Representations 107, 108–10 (1989) (defining the term). John Zilcosky admonishes that it is a mistake to separate the erotic element of the apparatus’s sadistic excess from its value as an instrument of colonial oppression. “The problem with [some] postcolonial readings” of In the Penal Colony, he insists, “is that they fail to address the promise of sado-masochistic pleasure that is so central to the story’s effect. Just as the earlier psychoanalytical interpretations repressed politics, these political readings repress desire.”115John Zilcosky, Kafka’s Travels: Exoticism, Colonialism, and the Traffic of Writing 105 (2003). The officer’s obsessive attachment (being willing indeed, not just to die for the apparatus, but with it, in it) fuses the erotic and politically instrumental in the form of a death wish executed by fatal penetration (as the apparatus malfunctions, one of the needles plunges through the officer’s skull). Obsessive attachment is in this way represented as an erotically charged and (at least until the officer’s death) a politically useful byproduct of a system that scaffolded spectacles of sadistic excess and permitted officers to impose summary justice.

In any system in which extravagant sovereign power has been replaced with a new regime of limits, especially externally imposed limits, resentment can run deep. In the American context, one might, for instance, read resistance to Reconstruction enforcement in the nineteenth century and resistance to the Warren Court’s revival of Section 1983 along these lines—new, decidedly unwelcome federal (and federal judicial) interventions into matters of traditional state and local executive branch concern in the administration of criminal justice.116Id. I take this up in Part III, infra. Note, for now, that Monroe v. Pape is shot through with hand wringing about the imposition of federal law and judicial authority into local, discretionary policing decisions. The same concerns run though officer immunity caselaw. A far more detailed history would be necessary to support more than inference about transformations in policing at the time, but note that Monroe was also decided as police violence became a politically salient topic and long taken for granted practices, such as the “third degree,” were criticized as cruel and outdated. See Sklansky, supra note 16, at 90–91.

B.  “Spirit-Murder”

Kafka leaves the role of racial subordination in spectacular violence implied in In the Penal Colony. Early on in the story the traveler remarks that the officer’s uniform is “much too heavy for the tropics.”117The Penal Colony, supra note 88, at 150. The officer replies that they wear them nonetheless because they “signify home, and we don’t want to lose touch with home.”118Id. In this sentence, in another about the fact that both the traveler and officer speak French while the condemned man and attending soldier do not,119Id. at 152. and in the officer’s reference to the traveler’s moralistic “European perspective” on capital punishment,120Id. at 166. a geography of colonial and racial exploitation is made clear.

In one of her most famous essays on law and policing in America, Patricia Williams is explicit, directly addressing the role of extraordinary violence in racial subordination.121See Patricia Williams, Spirit-Murdering the Messenger: The Discourse of Fingerpointing as the Law’s Response to Racism, 42 U. Mia. L. Rev. 127 (1987). She examines the failed criminal prosecution of a white police officer who shot and killed a sixty-seven-year-old, arthritic, Black woman in her Bronx apartment.122See id. at 130–36. The officers were there to evict Eleanor Bumpurs and she resisted.123See id. at 130. The writ of possession authorizing the eviction was issued via a default judgment, which means that Mrs. Bumpurs never received a hearing in court before the officers showed up to evict her. Indeed, it appears that she was not properly notified of the case and there were “serious doubt[s]” about the validity of the landlord’s grounds for eviction.124See id. at 130 n.8. This summary process without notice may have played a role in her confusion and resistance.

According to the Police Commissioner, six officers were in the apartment, all armed, two wielding large plastic shields, another a “restraining hook.”125See id. at 130. Mrs. Bumpurs, wielding a knife “bent” in the confrontation by one of the plastic shields, escaped from the hook and was shot by the officer farthest from her with a shotgun.126See id. at 130–31. The blast “removed half of her hand, so that, according to the Bronx District Attorney’s Office, ‘it was anatomically impossible for her to hold the knife.’ ” The officer nevertheless “pumped his gun and shot again,” this time killing her.127See id. at 131. For a recent case of a Black woman shot by police in her home after calling the police for help, see Amanda Holpuch, In a 911 Call, Sonya Massey’s Mother Asked That Police Not Hurt Her, N.Y. Times (Aug. 1, 2024), https://www.nytimes.com/2024/08/01/us/sonya-massey-911-calls.html [https://perma.cc/TTZ6-VLY4].

She asks what “animus . . . inspired such fear, and such impatient contempt in a police officer that the presence of six other heavily armed men could not allay”:

Why was the sight of a knife-wielding woman so fearfully offensive to a shotgun-wielding policeman that he felt that blowing her to pieces was the only recourse, the only way to preserve his physical integrity? What offensive spirit of his past experience raised her presence to the level of a physical menace beyond real dimensions? What spirit of prejudgment and of prejudice provided him with such a powerful hallucinogen?128See Williams, supra note 121, at 156. Addressing police shootings in response to people wielding knives, Sklansky notes that a spurious 21-foot rule has been taught in police trainings for decades. See Sklansky, supra note 16, at 120.

The essay goes on to explore the ways in which racism authorizes not just violence, but extraordinarily excessive anti-Black violence. She considers examples in which both white police officers and white citizens were exonerated in the press and in court for such violence. Echoing Arendt’s critique of Eichmann’s inability to think and the penal colony officer’s perverse certainty that torture produces transfiguration, Williams ultimately concludes that white supremacy creates distorted mental states (“formalized distortions of thought” that “produce[] social structures centered around fear and hate”) in which “in the minds of whites[,] . . . blacks become large, threatening, powerful, ubiquitous, and supernatural.”129Williams, supra note 121, at 150–51. Some ethnographic studies of extreme police violence also link it to embellished and racialized fear. See, e.g., Ralph, supra note 57, at 7 (finding that the Chicago Police Department “protocols” surrounding use of force are “suffused with assumptions about fear and danger that are too often tied to race”); id. at 162 (“[P]olice harassment inevitably grows into torture and can even result in death, because, to the detriment of humankind, the police’s use of force is rooted in their fear.”); cf. Jerome H. Skolnick & James J. Fyfe, Above the Law: Police and the Excessive Use of Force 94 (1993) (noting the connection between the uncertainty, potential fatality and “volatility of even routine police field investigations” and the capacity to “dehumanize their subjects”). The Black body must not only be subdued, its far larger spectral presence which operates “beyond real dimensions” must be annihilated.

The connection between extravagant violence and “embellished fear” in this process of annihilation comes into sharpest relief when Williams recites “a news story from [her] fragmentary grammar school recollections of the 1960’s,” according to which

a white man acting out of racial motives killed a black man who was working for some civil rights organization or cause. The man was stabbed thirty-nine times, a number which prompted a radio commentator to observe that the point was not just the murder, but something beyond. What indeed was the point, if not murder? I wondered what it was that would not die, which could not be killed by the fourth, fifth, or even tenth knife blow; what sort of thing that would not die with the body but lived on in the mind of the murderer.130Williams, supra note 121, at 150.

Williams’s answer is that white supremacy demands the death of the “spirit”—that part of our being which lies within and yet extends beyond the body, the part of ourselves which “is beyond the control of pure physical will and resides in the sanctuary of those around us.”131Id. at 151. “Spirit-murder” must be exceptionally excessive to meet the seemingly bottomless fear and rage that animate prejudice. It requires a level of violence capable of producing degradation, of destroying the specter of Black power which lurks (however counter-factually) as a “predatory” threat in the aggressor’s mind.132Id. at 152 n.77.

Williams situates spirit-murder in the long, painful legacies of spectacular violence visited upon Black people. She interweaves examples of modern racism in New York, including her own experiences as a Black woman, with the civil rights era. And like Kafka, who opens the story of the penal colony after the old commandant who designed the apparatus has been replaced, Williams represents contemporary spectacles of racial violence as haunting remainders of an “unwanted past,” an ancien regime that will not end:

Failure to resolve the dilemma of racial violence merely displaces its power. The legacy of killing finds its way into cultural expectations, archetypes, and ‘isms.’ The echoes of both dead and deadly others acquire a hallucinatory quality; their voices speak of an unwanted past, but also reflect for us images of the future. Today’s world condemns those voices as superstitious and paranoid. Neglected, they speak from the shadows of such inattention, in garbles and growls, in the tongues of the damned and the insane.133Id. at 156.

The historian Allen Trelease formally locates this “unwanted past” in slavery and resistance to emancipation. He richly details the excessive, “pathological fear . . . not at all justified by the actual danger” felt by whites who defended the institution.134Allen W. Trelease, White Terror: The Ku Klux Klan Conspiracy and Southern Reconstruction, at xxi (2023). Earlier in the essay Williams gestures toward the deeper history of legally sanctioned racial violence in America. See Williams, supra note 121, at 139 (“We have all inherited that legacy, whether new to this world or new to this country. It survives as powerfully and invisibly reinforcing structures of thought, language, and law.”). Both before and after emancipation “whites were apt to react with disproportionate severity” to Black people.135Trelease, supra note 134, at xxi. But emancipation and the “advent” of Reconstruction produced “enhanced anxiety[,] . . . intolerance[,] and violence as never before.”136Id. at xxii–xliv. Violent repression, Trelease emphasizes, was directed less toward ensuring that Black labor remained a “docile” labor force (“in fact [racial terror] did much more to drive off labor and disrupt economic life”), than toward “keeping blacks within their proper social bounds,” especially preventing voting, officeholding, and crossing social color lines.137Id. at xxi–xxii, xlvi–xlvii.

If Negroes had been feared even when they were subjected to the control of masters and prewar slave codes, they were infinitely more dangerous now that these controls were lifted. . . . A former Mississippi Klansman justified violence as the only way of protecting white families against what he conceived to be “the threatened and rising arrogance of the negroes.” Cruelty, seemingly beyond the gravity of the provocation, he said, was “justified by the fact that every little insolence, if left unnoticed, would be bragged about by its perpetrator and fellow observers . . . . The news would spread with great rapidity, and there was no telling where it would end. . . .” By this reasoning white men could and did commit the most brutal forms of aggression, convinced all the while that they were acting defensively.138Id. at xliii (emphasis added).

As early as 1865, the year the Civil War ended,

Carl Schurz reported . . . [that] “the maiming and killing of colored men seems to be looked upon by many as one of those venial offenses which must be forgiven to the outraged feelings of a wronged and robbed people.” . . . Certainly whipping and corporal punishment were regarded as the white man’s right and duty, emancipation or no emancipation; organized regulators or vigilantes took up this task . . . and the Klan further institutionalized the practice,” adding other forms of torture and death to the list of “atrocities.”139Id. at xvi–xvii; xlviii.

Page after page of the 1871 U.S. Senate Report and Testimony on the Alleged Outrages in the Southern States, which supported the passage of Section 1983, confirms the extraordinary level of violence that followed. Even a cursory review of the reported outrages in Alamance County, North Carolina between 1868 and 1870, indicates the distinctive role of extraordinary violence.

[A] negro man by the name of Outlaw . . . was taken from his house . . . about one o’clock at night, by a band of from eighty to a hundred men, and hung upon an elm tree, not very far from the court-house door. . . . The newspapers have said that he was guilty of having shot at a band of Ku-Klux that passed through the town some time previous; but that was not true.

Caswell Holt, (colored,) taken from his house in the night, was whipped until blood was streaming from his back; he was then made to bend down, while one of the parties tortured him by rubbing a rough stick up and down his back.

Joseph Harvey, (colored,) taken by fifteen or twenty in disguise, carried about three quarters of a mile from his house, dragged over fences, rocks, through briars, and about one hundred and fifty lashes laid upon his bare back.

Nathan Trollinger, (colored,) taken from his house by men in disguise, severely whipped, and afterwards made to mutilate his own private parts with his pocket knife.

Sally Hall and her two daughters thrown out of their house and whipped, and one of them made to exhibit her person, while the fiends proceeded to inflict blows upon her private parts.

John Bass, (colored,) “potterized.”140S. Rep. No. 42-1, at VI, LXVI (1871). Potterizing is a euphemism for castration, derived from the North Carolina politician Robert Potter who castrated two men he believed to have insulted his honor. See Edward E. Baptist, The Half Has Never Been Told: Slavery and the Making of American Capitalism 220 (2014). Reports of violence in other counties are similar. See S. Rep. No. 42-1, at XIX (1871) (Lincoln County); id. at XX (Catawba County); id. at 72–73 (Wake County whipping of man “over 72 years of age”).

The Klan also targeted whites who supported Black people and Reconstruction:

Alonzo B. Corliss, a northern man, who was teaching [in] a colored school . . . was dragged from his bed by twelve or fifteen disguised men, amid the shrieks and cries of his distressed wife, carried a little distance into the woods and severely whipped, the hair and whiskers shaven from one side of his head and face, his head and face cut and disfigured in a most cruel manner, after which he was painted black and left in this condition.141S. Rep. No. 42-1, at LXVI; id. at CXII (“severe” whipping of white man teaching at a school for Black children).

The “ultimate purpose” was to “overthrow the reconstruction acts down South.”142Id. at 81. In some places “a majority of men” in the Klan had served in the Confederate Army.143Id. at 271. Having lost the war, they were now refighting with the tools of racial terror.

Not only did white supremacist “aggression [take] every conceivable form,” it was seldom punished; “it simply was not a punishable offense in the eyes of many whites to attack or even kill a Negro.”144Trelease, supra note 134, at xliii. In many regions of the South, “civil authorities, like the general white public, were either in sympathy . . . or intimidated.”145Id. at 32. Klan violence infected every aspect of the administration of justice. See S. Rep. No. 42-1, at XXVIII (Lenoir County, NC, reporting multiple murders of Black residents, perpetrators arrested by a sheriff who “stated without doubt they were guilty,” but nonetheless discharged “as is customary, on straw bail”); id. at XXI (reporting lynching of Black inmates of a poor house in Orange County, as well as murder of both the Sheriff and Justice of Peace of Jones County); id. at XVIII-XXIX (Pearson County, NC, reporting a judge’s concern that Black witnesses to Klan murders and violence “preferred to submit to the treatment they had received rather than run the risk of telling it” in court); id. at XLII (following murders committed for “manifest[ly] . . . political purposes” and that “civil authorities . . . positively refused to arrest” known suspects”); id. at CI (murder of law enforcement officers for participating in the arrest of a Klan member in Lenoir County); id. at 85 (Rockingham County report of a whipping of an “old man and two daughters,” forcing another to sexually assault one daughter; “There were no prosecutions.”); id. at LXVII (state senator “forced to flee county for safety” after introducing a bill to authorize use of militia to respond to Klan violence); id. at XVIII, XLI, LXXII, 42, 117, 341–45, 415–17 (voter intimidation by Klan members). Lynchings were regularly conducted in front of courthouses to reinforce the message that the Klan controlled and was above the law.146S. Rep. No. 42-1, at 32 (reporting lynching of a Black town commissioner: “I went and saw him hanging on the elm, twenty or thirty yards from the court-house, on the public square. . . . They had pinned on him a paper, and on it was written in plain hand, ‘Beware, ye guilty, both black and white. K.K.K.’ . . . Everybody was afraid to take him down, for fear they might get themselves in trouble.”); id. at XLVIII-XLIX (Franklin Parish, Louisiana, reporting murder of a Black man “at the courthouse door while court was in session . . . and his body permitted to lie where it fell until late the next morning . . . although many saw and heard the [murder] no one could be found who knew anything about it”); id. at XCI (Alamence County, NC, reporting “a gang of about one hundred entered the town and took a mulatto man from his bed and hung him to a tree in the court-house square, and the lives of several others threatened . . . for no offense other than . . . republican sentiments. . . . No arrests have been made.”). It was also common for law enforcement officers, courts, the press, and the public to blame Reconstruction “radicalism and negroism, which in the south are one and the same thing,” rather than the white perpetrators of violence.147Id. at xlv; cf. Judith Butler, The Force of Nonviolence: An Ethico-Political Bind 6 (2020) (arguing that the state’s monopoly on violence involves a “naming practice, one that often dissimulates violence as legal coercion or externalizes its own violence onto its target, rediscovering it as the violence of the other”). This was true even when law officers and judges became targets of Klan violence for their support of Reconstruction or their efforts to restrain the Klan.148Trelease, supra note 134, at xlv. Local Klan members perjured themselves as witnesses and violated their oaths as jurors in order to protect each other from prosecution.149A lawyer and White Brotherhood member from Graham, North Carolina, testified that “one of the objects and intentions of the organization . . . [was] that a person on the witness-stand or in the jury-box should disregard his oath in order to protect a member of the organization.” S. Rep. No. 42-1, at VI (further reporting that a coroner’s jury concluded that a Black “leader among the colored people in my county” who was lynched by local Klan members “came to his death by a band of disguised men unknown”; no charges were brought; estimating that half the white voters in the county were members of the White Brotherhood); id. at V; see also id. at XXXI (Klan conspiracy “protects [members] against conviction and punishment . . . by perjury . . . upon the witness-stand and in the jury box . . . not one has yet been convicted in the whole State”); id. at CII. Others who gave testimony were attacked.150S. Rep. No. 42-1, at 78 (“Andy Shaffner, a colored man, was whipped for giving evidence against the Ku-Klux, and his wife was also whipped.”). In Gullford County, North Carolina, a lawyer who was asked whether the laws were administered “properly and thoroughly” answered that

where parties, for instance, are concerned in outrages committed by the order of which we have been speaking, my observation is that there are no convictions. I know that people have been whipped and scourged, and some have been killed; but the guilty have never been brought to punishment. Of course, the courts are the proper tribunals to award the punishment, but they have never been able to do it in any of those cases. . . . An alibi is proved in nearly every case . . . without any difficulty.151Id. at XXIV.

Lawyers who did agree to become involved in the prosecution of Klan members were notified in writing that “they would be visited with punishment” unless they “ceased.”152Id. at LXVII. Some prosecutors not only abandoned their cases but felt “compelled” to move to other states.153Id. at 53. Other officers collaborated with the Klan. The mayor of a town in Alamanee County, North Carolina testified that the “sheriff was connected with [the Klan], and every deputy . . . . [T]hey always hang around the courts to get on the jury . . . . [Y]ou cannot convict them.”154Id. at 83 (emphasis added). Impunity in the infliction of extraordinary violence went hand in hand with the complicity of state law enforcement and judicial officers, and functional immunity from liability in the rare cases brought against officers due to judicial bias, witness intimidation, and jury tampering.155See sources cited infra note 189. Compare Ralph’s study of the use of torture by the Chicago police. Ralph, supra note 57, at xi, 45, 79, 155, 160–62, 202–03 (describing the use of torture as an “open secret” well known and tacitly condoned by police supervisors, prosecutors, judges “many of whom were former prosecutors who ‘worked hand in glove with the cops’ for convictions, and politicians”). On the use and tolerance of deception to conceal the violence of corrections officers, see Neff et al., supra note 21.

When Southern resistance prevailed and the retreat from Reconstruction became national policy later in the 1870s, anti-Black violence continued. Lynchings morphed from nighttime affairs into full blown spectacles—mass events in broad daylight, publicized in newsprint and on the radio.156See, e.g., Owens, supra note 14, at 494–95. Experts on the history of lynching emphasize that even though “Black men and women were much more likely to become victims of personal assault, murder, or rape than lynching, and . . . withstood all sorts of injuries and insults on a daily basis[,] . . . lynching held a singular psychological force.”157Amy Louise Wood, Lynching and Spectacle: Witnessing Racial Violence in America, 1890–1940, at 1 (Charles Reagan Wilson ed., 2009). It “came to stand as the primary representation of racial injustice and oppression as a whole,” assuming “this tremendous symbolic power precisely because it was extraordinary and, by its very nature, public and visually sensational.”158Id.

I have elsewhere written about the complicity of law enforcement and other legal professionals in lynching, including spectacle lynchings.159See generally Norman W. Spaulding, The Impersonation of Justice: Lynching, Dueling, and Wildcat Strikes in Nineteenth-Century America, in The Routledge Research Companion to Law and Humanities in Nineteenth-Century America 163 (Nan Goodman & Simon Stern eds., 2017). Others have documented in vivid detail how crime statistics and policing became instruments of Jim Crow segregation as unreconstructed whites seized control of the levers of sovereign power within and well beyond the South.160See generally Khalil Gibran Muhamad, The Condemnation of Blackness: Race, Crime, and the Making of Modern Urban America (2011). Inscription of the color line on Black bodies was charged not only with racial anxieties but also the erotic, most obviously in the exceptionally violent retaliation against Black men for real and perceived interactions with white women, in the frequency with which anti-Black violence was both actually and symbolically castrating, and in both the sexualization and sexual assault of Black women. The erotic is also present in the proximity, intimacy and raw physical effort required to administer whippings and other common forms of white supremacist torture, as well as in the gruesome acquisition of body parts and photographs of naked, mutilated black bodies as “souvenirs” of spectacle lynchings.161The erotic was also present in what Nina Silber describes as the “romance of reunion” that characterized northern and southern sectional reconciliation in the retreat from Reconstruction. See Nina Silber, The Romance of Reunion: Northerners and the South, 1865–1900, at 10 (Gary W. Gallagher ed., 1993). A gendered expression of sovereign power is present in the invasion of Mrs. Bumpurs’s apartment as well—the officers’ penetration without notice or consent of Mrs. Bumpurs’s home, and her bent-edged, arthritic resistance met by their wildly disproportionate, ejaculatory, fatal, violence.

C.  Disappointed Dominion

“[A]ny account of violence that cannot explain the strike, the blow, the act of sexual violence (including rape), or that fails to understand the way violence can work in the intimate dyad or the face-to-face encounter, fails descriptively, and analytically, to clarify what violence is.”162Butler, supra note 147, at 2. A responsible theory of violence, including extravagant violence, must therefore grapple with rape and other forms of intimate partner violence.163See id. A study in 2000 found that “25 percent of surveyed women and 7.6 percent of surveyed men said they were raped and/or physically assaulted by a current or former spouse, cohabitating partner, or date” and that “approximately 4.8 million intimate partner rapes and physical assaults are perpetrated against U.S. women annually, and approximately 2.9 million intimate partner physical assaults are committed against U.S. men annually.” Patricia Tjaden & Nancy Thoennes, Extent, Nature and Consequences of Intimate Partner Violence, in National Violence Against Women Survey, at iii (2000). The rates of intimate partner violence, the study found,

vary significantly among women of diverse racial backgrounds. . . . Asian/Pacific Islander women and men tend to report lower levels of intimate partner violence than do women and men from other minority backgrounds, and African-American and American Indian/Alaska Native women and men report higher rates. However, differences among minority groups diminish when other sociodemographic and relationship variables are controlled.

Id. at iv. Sexual identity is also relevant. “Women living with female intimate partners experience less intimate partner violence than women living with male intimate partners. . . . Men living with male intimate partners experience more intimate partner violence than do men who live with female intimate partners.” Id. Thus, “intimate partner violence is perpetrated primarily by men, whether against male or female intimates.” Id. at v. Subsequent studies confirm this gender imbalance but emphasize the importance of differences in “race, class and sexuality” in the experience of such violence. See Lucas Gottzén, Margunn Bjørnholt & Floretta Boonzaier, What Has Masculinity to Do with Intimate Partner Violence?, in Men, Masculinities and Intimate Partner Violence 2 (Lucas Gottzén, Margunn Bjørnholt & Floretta Boonzaier eds., 2021).
While this kind of violence may initially seem quite far afield from cases involving extraordinary violence in policing and prison administration, feminist and queer theory have long identified connections between patriarchal power, the “cage of sex . . . in which all other [cages] are enclosed,”164See Kate Millett, Sexual Politics 22 (Columbia Univ. Press 2016) (1970). “the family as a male-dominant institution[,] and male-dominant sexuality as the deus ex machina of male power across society.”165Catharine A. MacKinnon, Foreword to Millett, supra note 164, at ix, xi. The distinctive violence of male power is corroborated in data indicating that female police officers are less likely to use force. See Nat’l Inst. of Just., Women in Policing: Breaking Barriers and Blazing a Path 10 (2019) (“[M]eta-analyses have confirmed that women officers are less likely than men to use force and that men officers are significantly more likely than women to engage in police misconduct.” (citing Timothy M. Maher, Police Sexual Misconduct: Female Police Officers’ Views Regarding Its Nature and Extent, 20 Women & Crim. Just. 263, 270–72 (2010)). Gendered and sexual violence share with the extraordinary violence of policing and prison administration not only elements of excess, but also the erotic charge of intimately inflicted physical harm (patriarchal power in society and politics is, on this view, “eroticized power”166MacKinnon, supra note 165, at xi.) and, significantly, the targeting of the body as a principal object and site of subjection, control, and domination.167There is also a strong correlation between perpetrators of intimate partner violence and public spectacles of extreme violence such as mass shootings. See Lisa B. Geller, Marisa Booty & Cassandra K. Crifasi, The Role of Domestic Violence in Fatal Mass Shootings in the United States, 2014–2019, 8 Injury Epidemiology, no. 1, 2021, at 1 (finding that “59.1% of mass shootings between 2014 and 2019 were [domestic violence]-related and in 68.2% of mass shootings, the perpetrator either killed at least one partner or family member or had a history of DV . . . and a higher average case fatality rate associated with DV-related mass shootings (83.7%) than non-DV-related (63.1%)”).

With respect to excess, women and gender non-conforming people are more likely to suffer extreme violence. They are more likely to be murdered and more likely to suffer physical injury that requires medical treatment from intimate partner sexual and physical assaults than heterosexual men.168Martin R. Huecker, Kevin C. King, Gary A. Jordan & William Smock, Domestic Violence, Nat. Libr. of Med. (Apr. 9, 2023), https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK499891 [https://perma.cc/K3CM-UDPQ] (reporting that one-third of all attacks against women result in injury, compared to one-fifth against men); Matthew R. Durose, Caroline Wolf Harlow, Patrick A. Langan, Mark Motivans, Ramona R. Rantala, Erica L. Smith, Bureau Just. Stat., No. NCJ 207846, Family Violence Statistics 1 (2005) (“The majority (73%) of family violence victims were female. Females were 84% of spouse abuse victims and 86% of victims of abuse at the hands of a boyfriend or girlfriend. While about three-fourths of the victims of family violence were female, about three-fourths of the persons who committed family violence were male. Most family violence victims were white (74%) . . . . Most family violence offenders where white (79%) . . . . About 22% of murders in 2002 were family murders. . . . Females were 58% of family murder victims. . . . Eight in ten murderers who killed a family member were male.”). Although near fatal and fatal injuries are relatively rare as compared to scratches, bruises, and welts in intimate partner abuse, serious injuries include lacerations from knives, broken bones, dislocated joints, head and spinal cord injuries, burns, broken teeth, and brain injuries from being knocked unconscious.169Durose et al., supra note 168, at 33. Intimate partner violence is pervasive in the United States and other western countries, an “epidemic” affecting millions annually despite hard won reforms since the 1970s that have replaced a permissive legal and cultural regime (in which the “corrective” battery of domestic dependents was lawful and considered a private “family matter”) with criminal prohibitions, networks of women’s shelters, and other support.170Angela J. Hattery, Intimate Partner Violence 3–4 (2009).

Qualitative research emphasizes that intimate partner violence is usually repeated, that “almost all” people targeted “suffer[] some physical violence as a part of the abuse, and while this was often described as ‘not the worst part’ of the abuse in comparison to less visible aspects, it invoke[s] a great deal of fear.”171Rachel Pain, Everyday Terrorism: How Fear Works in Domestic Abuse 10 (2012) (citation omitted). Even though it is common for abuse to become “routine” in intimate partner violence, “incidents of physical violence remain a shock, often experienced as coming ‘out of the blue.’ Interviewees describe both physical shock[]and a feeling of betrayal of the expectation[s] of trust and care in intimate relationships . . . as the hardest to come to terms with.”172Id. This kind of abuse is not “something you ‘get used to,’ ” despite the adoption of “skills of precaution and management to try and maintain personal security for themselves and their children.”173Id. As one interviewee in a qualitative study reported, her partner “would just blow . . . . [Y]ou stand there and you can’t believe, you cannot believe that this is happening.”174Id.

Extraordinary excess lies not just in the gendered nature of such violence—the fact that greater, more harmful, and sexualized violence is visited upon women and gender non-conforming persons by men—but in the underlying breach of trust. Intimate relationships in which violence should be absent, governed by care, devotion, affection, and affirmation of personal autonomy, are perverted into degrading, abusive sites of domination—haunted by foundational acts of physical violence and the ever-looming threat of escalation. Intimate knowledge of a partner’s desires, fears, and vulnerabilities is itself abused—physically, sexually, emotionally, and psychologically. Children are often made hostages and objects of violent escalation to amplify fear and power.

There are competing theoretical accounts of how and on precisely what terms masculine “dominance, potentiated and centrally entitled and expressed sexually” in intimate partner violence translates to social and political domination.175MacKinnon, supra note 165, at xv. But no one doubts the singular terror and harm this violence creates in intimate relationships. There is also broad consensus that intimate partner violence is “fundamentally a product of gender inequality[,] . . . a powerful tool in enforcing and reinforcing gender hierarchies and gender inequalities.”176Hattery, supra note 170, at 5 (emphasis omitted) (citation omitted). Revealingly, what often sets such violence in motion is “the perception (by men) that women are trying to act equal,’ that they have lost sight of their ‘proper place.’ ”177Id. (emphasis added). In this respect, the parallels to racialized violence are unmistakable:

[J]ust as Ku Klux Klan violence arose during the Reconstruction period in the South to enforce racial boundaries threatened by the emancipation of millions . . . to remind African Americans of “their place”—so, too, gendered violence can be understood as a tactic for reminding women of their place.178Id.

It occurs in intimate relations precisely because “the need to enforce between-group boundaries is greatest when there is a high degree of intimacy between group members.”179Id.

The body is so often the target because it represents, synecdochally, all the capacities of subordinate subjects to move, press, and rise beyond “their place.” Once we see the body—its movement, capacity, and crucially, its placement—as a site of control in social hierarchy, deeper connections between gender, race, sexuality, and class unfold. Abuse committed in intimate relations might be read as a distorted private, compensatory expression of both real and (mis)perceived public affronts to the “masculinity” of aggressors (for example, discrimination, economic exploitation, political disenfranchisement). Abuse against people believed to be lower status provides for the assertion of dominion in forms that are unavailable, lost, or threatened in society, work, and politics.180Id. at 17. See Gottzén et al., supra note 163, at 2 (emphasizing “the need for a more nuanced and integrated understanding of violence, one in which people’s complex relationships to different dimensions of power and social inequalities are considered”). Rather than patriarchy radiating outward from the sexual politics of the family, on this account dominion both retreats and amplifies inward, displacing public slights, disappointments, and defeats (which, again, may be real or merely perceived) onto the comparatively safer targets of vulnerable domestic dependents and intimate relations in the private sphere.

There are vast differences between the domestic scene, on the one hand, and police and prison encounters, on the other. But what they share, at least when victims are unarmed or restrained, is the relation of dependence, intimate bodily proximity, status hierarchy, and overweening power. This may help explain why even restrained or otherwise non-threatening, unarmed arrestees and prisoners—people whose lives are literally in the hands of officers—nevertheless become objects of extraordinary violence.181An important difference, at least in the setting of policing, is that arrestees may not be familiar to officers. But in the prison setting familiarity is often close. The problem is not, or at least not always, “embellished fear” or paranoia on the part of the officer, but rather acute awareness of the target’s relative helplessness and vulnerability,182Fassin, supra note 54, at 134 (“Whether detained, handcuffed or simply surrounded by officers, the person exposed to their power is rendered structurally inferior” and violence is mainly directed at “younger low income men of color.”). the target’s assumed culpability (social and moral, if not legal),183See id. at 135 (noting the assumption on the part of officers that they “are dealing with a person who is guilty, with respect both to the act for which they have stopped [the target]” and with respect to any past crimes or coming from the wrong neighborhood, race, or gender). the reception of the target’s assertion of their own humanity, interests, or rights as audacious defiance of the officer’s status and authority,184See Wilkins v. Gaddy, 559 U.S. 34, 34–35 (2010) (noting that an officer, angered by a prisoner’s request for a grievance form, allegedly “snatched” the prisoner-plaintiff “off the ground and slammed him onto the concrete floor . . . [and] proceeded to punch, kick, knee and choke” the plaintiff “until another officer . . . physically remove[d] him”); Thorpe v. Clarke, 37 F.4th 926, 932 (4th Cir. 2022) (affirming district court’s denial of motion to dismiss complaint alleging maximum-security prisons’ solitary confinement programs violated prisoners’ Eighth and Fourteenth Amendment rights after finding prisoners in prolonged solitary confinement who met criteria for release to general population “ha[d] been forced to restart the program for” exhibiting “disrespect” despite posing no “security concerns” and despite the fact that solitary confinement itself was known to cause behavioral issues including “severe” mental health problems); see also Richard J. Lundman, Routine Police Arrest Practices: A Commonwealth Perspective, 22 Soc. Probs. 127 (1974) (finding that use of force is often associated with the officer’s perception of being disrespected). Resistance to officer’s commands, even when officer safety is not at issue, also prompts extraordinary violence. See Brooks v. Johnson, 924 F.3d 104, 114 (4th Cir. 2019) (even if the first use of a taser against a handcuffed inmate who refused to be photographed was justifiable, officers were not entitled to qualified immunity on summary judgment where the second and third uses “in quick succession” may have been malicious given the possibility that inmate’s conduct was an involuntary response to being tased rather than continuing resistance). and the opportunity this presents to exercise dominion believed to have been diminished or lost in other ways (through the officer’s subordination to the hierarchy of command, dealing respectfully with other citizens, suspects, and prisoners who have been openly defiant of the officer’s authority, or other social encounters).185See Jeffrey Michael Cancino, Walking Among Giants 50 Years Later: An Exploratory Analysis of Patrol Officer Use of Violence, 24 Policing: Int’l J. Police Strat. & Mgmt. 144, 155 (2001) (extreme violence is a product of socialization into a culture that normalizes violence and is rationalized by “vengeful camaraderie” of officers). Put differently, extraordinary excess can arise from displaced aggression, just as it can arise from exaggerated, misplaced fear.186See Meyers v. Baltimore County, 713 F.3d 723, 734–35 (4th Cir. 2013) (denying qualified immunity where the defendant was fatally tased; even if the first three uses were legally justified to subdue the defendant, the following seven occurred when the defendant was disarmed, lying on the floor, and “secured with several officers sitting on his back”); see also Mark Baker, Cops: Their Lives in Their Own Words 251 (1985) (discussing the role of aggression and rage in police violence). And both can be personally and politically useful in keeping others in their place.

As importantly, aggression can be more than a form of compensatory displacement, more than a proportionate reaction to the perceived disappointment of dominion in other relations. It can also be an erotically charged, transgressive embodiment of sovereign power itself—raw, unchecked desire for dominion. To be sovereign is both to be the source of the law and, at least in democratic societies, to be bound by law—bound not just by training, and the law itself, but by oath. Every officer, and certainly those armed with the implements of sovereign power, inhabits and must mediate this contradiction. Having invested energy upholding compliance with law, oneself and for others, sometimes at great personal peril, extraordinary violence holds the seductive appeal of being, however transiently, above the law, of experiencing this singularly ecstatic form of sovereignty (the rapture of “sole and despotic dominion”) in and through the body of another, seizing and inscribing upon it the dictates of one’s will. The perverse pleasure expressed by some officers in the infliction of suffering and the violent fury with which all but total submission is greeted may derive from this source, the desire to embody unbound sovereign power.

III.  THE BODY POLITIC

The foregoing analysis draws into relief why Section 1983 liability for extraordinary violence matters. Cases involving licentiousness among those who hold the state’s monopoly on violence are among the most important for the exercise of judicial review in a free society. Little is more destructive of constitutional faith in a republican form of government, where sovereignty ultimately rests with the people, than unconstitutional violence committed “under color” of law by those who wield and embody powers delegated by the people.187See Walter Benjamin, Critique of Violence, in Walter Benjamin: Selected Writings, 1913–1926, at 243 (Marcus Bullock & Michael W. Jennings eds., 1996) (noting the risk of the “greatest conceivable degeneration” in police violence in democratic regimes where the executive has no constitutional law-making power); Skolnick & Fyfe, supra note 129, at xvi (excessive violence undermines “confidence in all police”; noting “how important public esteem is to [police] work” and that “when a cop reaches above the law to use more force or coercion than is necessary . . . [it] undermines the very source of police authority”). Civil damages are important in part because criminal prosecutions for civil rights violations under 18 U.S.C. § 242 remain exceedingly rare and do not rectify harm to the victim. See Police Officers Rarely Charged for Excessive Use of Force in Federal Court, TRAC Reps. (June 17, 2020), https://trac.syr.edu/tracreports/crim/615 [https://perma.cc/PN5K-BLH7] (noting that federal prosecutors filed “§ 244 charges in just 49 cases” in 2019, “a minute fraction” of the 184,274 total federal prosecutions). Self-restraint regarding lawfully delegated authority legitimates possession of the implements of sovereign power. Cases involving extraordinary violence represent the antithesis of self-restraint—not mere errant, or debatable uses of force, but flagrant disregard for the constraints of the Constitution on state action.

The Reconstruction Congress knew this. Whatever else may be said about ambiguities in the text and legislative history of Section 1983, regarding, for example, the availability and scope of municipal liability, or the power to reach private actors, one thing is beyond doubt: The statute operates in derogation of state sovereignty to enforce powers conferred by Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment in order to rectify and prevent “outrages” by state officers.188Cong. Globe, 42d Cong., 1st Sess. app. at 67–68 (1871) (noting that Section 1983 “goes directly to the enforcement” of Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment) (emphasis added) (remarks of Representative Shellabarger of Ohio, a drafter and principal sponsor of the statute); Cong. Globe, 42d Cong., 1st Sess. 568–69 (1871) (“The first section is one that I believe nobody objects to, as defining the rights secured by the Constitution of the United States when they are assailed by any State law or under color of any State law, and it is merely carrying out the principles of the civil rights bill [of 1866], which have [long] since become a part of the Constitution [in Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment].”) (remarks of Senator Edmunds of Vermont). Although legislative debates on the Ku Klux Klan Act of 1871 are relatively sparse and opaque on some interpretive issues, “the debates contain extended discussion of conditions in the South, the breakdown of law and order, the acquiescence of Southern authorities, Klan terrorism against Blacks and republicans, and the consequent need for federal action.”189 Michael Wells, The Past and the Future of Constitutional Torts: From Statutory Interpretation to Common Law Rules, 19 Conn. L. Rev. 53, 54, 66 (1986) (emphasis added); see also Achtenberg, supra note 60, passim (summarizing the legislative history of the KKK Act and emphasizing Reconstruction Congress’ immediate concern with “outrages” in resistance to Reconstruction); Zeigler, supra note 61, at 1012–13 (emphasizing that Congress reported “substantial evidence of Klan violence, and . . . familiar complaints concerning the widespread, systemic breakdown in the administration of southern justice.” Laws were “applied unequally …. [S]outhern sheriffs refused to serve writs properly or to investigate allegations of crime and arrest offenders. Grand jurors often refused to indict . . . and . . . petit jurors refused to convict. Witnesses regularly committed perjury or refused to testify. Judges abused their bail-setting powers, and refused or failed to administer justice impartially.”); Marilyn R. Walter, The Ku Klux Klan Act and the State Action Requirement of the Fourteenth Amendment, 58 Temp. L.Q. 3, 15 (1985) (“Convictions at trial for politically and racially motivated violence were virtually unknown.”). The problem was not just acquiescence in Klan outrages, but complicity on the part of law enforcement officers. See Tiffany R. Wright, Ciarra N. Carr & Jade W.P. Gasek, Truth and Reconciliation: The Ku Klux Klan Hearings of 1871 and the Genesis of Section 1983, 126 Dick. L. Rev. 685, 700–01 (2022) (describing the role of police in anti-Black and political violence); David H. Gans, “We Do Not Want to Be Hunted”: The Right to Be Secure and Our Constitutional Story of Race and Policing, 11 Colum. J. Race & L. 239, 280–81 (2021) (same). The civil cause of action created by the statute addresses the role of state actors in these “outrages.” The operative language (“deprivation of any [federal] rights, privileges, or immunities” by persons acting “under color of” state law, “custom, or usage”190            Civil Rights Act of 1871, ch. 22, § 1, 17 Stat. 13, 13 (1871).) sweeps beyond outrages, but officer-involved outrages were foundational, animating wrongs for which the statute provides civil liability. Suits seeking relief for the infliction of such exceptional harm thus warrant particular judicial solicitude.

The text of Section 1983 as enacted by Congress is unequivocal that the new federal cause of action operates in derogation of state sovereignty.

[A]ny person who, under color of any law, statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage of any State, shall subject, or cause to be subjected, any person within the jurisdiction of the United States to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the Constitution of the United States, shall, any such law, statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage of the State to the contrary notwithstanding, be liable to the party injured in any action at law, suit in equity, or other proper proceeding for redress . . . .191Id. (emphasis added). The italicized language was inadvertently omitted from the version reproduced in the United States Code but was part of the enacted bill. See Alexander A. Reinert, Qualified Immunity’s Flawed Foundation, 111 Calif. L. Rev. 201, 207 (2023) (“For reasons unknown, this critical clause . . . was omitted when the Reviser of the Federal Statutes, who lacked any authority to alter positive law, published the first compilation of federal law in 1874.”); id. at 236 n.233 (“[N]o opinion, whether for the Court or for individual Justices, has construed the Notwithstanding Clause within the Court’s immunity doctrine or more generally. [However,] multiple opinions have stated that the Reviser’s changes were not meant to alter the scope of the 1871 Civil Rights Act.” (citing Adickes v. S.H. Kress & Co., 398 U.S. 144, 203 n.15 (1970) (Brennan, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part)); Hague v. Comm. for Indus. Org., 307 U.S. 496, 510 (1939). Reinert’s reading inverts the valence of Justice Frankfurter’s federalism-based reading of the omitted language in his dissenting opinion in Monroe. The derogation of state sovereignty and concern with eliminating “outrages” is also evident from the other remedies adopted in the Ku Klux Klan (“KKK”) Act of 1871. The Act not only provided a civil cause of action, but also criminalized conspiracies to violate federal civil rights or interfere with federal officers, authorized the suspension of habeas corpus, and provided for the use of federal military troops to eliminate “outrages” and other forms of resistance to Reconstruction. See Civil Rights Act of 1871, ch. 22, §§ 2–4, 17 Stat. 13, 13–15 (1871). However, already under the spell of a federalism revival in the 1870s and leading the retreat from Reconstruction even as Klan violence surged, the Court strictly limited or struck down these sections. See Harold M. Hyman & William W. Wiecek, Equal Justice Under Law: Constitutional Development 1835–1875, at 488–89 (Henry Steele Commager & Richard B. Morris eds., 1982) (privately orchestrated “[m]urder, though racially motivated enough to convince a local jury, was not a deprivation of a federal right. . . . Thus, before 1876, the Court was well on a state-action-only path of interpretation.”). Criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. § 242 for violating civil rights remains rare. See Brian R. Johnson & Phillip B. Bridgmon, Depriving Civil Rights: An Exploration of 18 U.S.C. 242 Criminal Prosecutions 2001–2006, 34 Crim. J. Rev. 196, 206–07 (2009) (finding that prosecutions were relatively “low” compared with the “number[] of complaints . . . received,” which suggests that the DOJ does “not aggressively pursu[e] 242 cases [out of] deference to local[] and State courts” for dealing with civil rights issues in their jurisdictions under relevant laws); Police Officers Rarely Charged for Excessive Use of Force in Federal Court, TRAC Reps. (June 17, 2020), https://trac.syr.edu/tracreports/crim/615 [https://perma.cc/PN5K-BLH7] (finding that as late as 2020 “federal prosecutors rarely bring relevant criminal charges” for excessive force by police officers or prison guards). TRAC reports an average of fewer than two dozen criminal civil rights convictions involving racial violence between 1995 and 2013. Racial Violence Civil Rights Convictions for 2013, TRAC Reps. (July 23, 2013), https://trac.syr.edu/tracreports/crim/324 [https://perma.cc/RZ4B-HZVM].

In view of the text, legislative purpose, and historical context, the modern Court’s reliance on federalism as a ground norm to cabin Section 1983 claims (in cases involving standing to prevent recurrence of harm,192See City of Los Angeles v. Lyons, 461 U.S. 95, 95 (1983) (demonstrating that federalism is a centerpiece of the Court’s restrictive treatment of standing in cases involving class injunctive relief); Lewis v. Casey, 518 U.S. 343, 364–65 (1996) (same). officer immunity in damages suits,193See Aaron L. Nielson & Christopher J. Walker, Qualified Immunity and Federalism, 109 Geo. L.J. 229, 234–35 (2020) (arguing that federalism animates qualified immunity doctrine where federal officers are not sued despite fact that states are not “persons” under Section 1983 and discussing Wyatt v. Cole, 504 U.S. 258 (1992)). municipal liability,194See City of St. Louis v. Praprotnik, 485 U.S. 112, 124 (1988) (“[W]hether an official had final policymaking authority is a question of state law.” (quoting Pembaur v. City of Cincinnati, 475 U.S. 469, 483 (1986))). abstention,195See Younger v. Harris, 401 U.S. 37, 44–45 (1971). class actions,196See Lewis, 518 U.S. at 364–65. summary judgment,197See Scott v. Harris, 550 U.S. 372, 372 (2007). the standard for equitable relief,198See Rufo v. Inmates of Suffolk Cnty. Jail, 502 U.S. 367, 392–93 n.14 (1992). the interaction of habeas and 1983 damages claims,199See Heck v. Humphrey, 512 U.S. 477, 491 (1994) (Thomas, J., concurring). and the substantive Fourth Amendment doctrine of reasonable force200See Sklansky, supra note 16, at 88–122 (describing the Court’s development of search and seizure law in terms of privacy and failure to elaborate limits on police violence).) is the jurisprudential equivalent of lost cause ideology. It relies on the very interpretive tools used to end Reconstruction, return to “home rule,” and place the anti-Black violence of Jim Crow segregation beyond the reach of federal courts.201On the Court’s federalism revival and connections to the retreat from Reconstruction, see Norman W. Spaulding, Constitution as Countermonument: Federalism, Reconstruction, and the Problem of Collective Memory, 103 Colum. L. Rev. 1992, 2021 (2003) (discussing the return to “home rule” against the backdrop of the Court’s sovereign immunity jurisprudence).

Two attributes of lost cause historical consciousness are particularly relevant. The first is the idea that the Civil War and Reconstruction did not alter antebellum understandings of state sovereignty—that the exertions of federal power necessary to save the Union did not diminish the sovereignty of the states. On this view, return to “home rule,” which the Court actively supported in the 1870s and 1880s by, among other things, striking down other sections of the Ku Klux Klan Act,202See United States v. Harris, 106 U.S. 629, 642–44 (1883) (dismissing the indictment of a Tennessee sheriff and other white men for fatal attack on Black men on the ground that section 2 of the KKK Act of 1871 was unconstitutional; only the states, not Congress, can constitutionally punish crimes such as assault and murder). The Court gave earlier signals of commitment to limiting Reconstruction in The Slaughterhouse Cases, 83 U.S. 36, 36–37 (1872) (holding that the Privileges or Immunities Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment does not protect legal rights associated with state citizenship). confirmed that antebellum federalism principles survived the Civil War. The fact that return to home rule was instrumental to Jim Crow segregation is frequently elided by the modern Court when it invokes federalism principles. Justice Frankfurter’s dissent in Monroe is emblematic, insisting that

[t]he jurisdiction which Article III of the Constitution conferred on the national judiciary reflected the assumption that the state courts, not the federal courts, would remain the primary guardians of that fundamental security of person and property which the long evolution of the common law had secured to one individual as against other individuals. The Fourteenth Amendment did not alter this basic aspect of our federalism.203Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 238 (1961) (emphasis added). An example of complete elision is Younger abstention. See generally Younger v. Harris, 401 U.S. 37 (1971).

The effect is to limit the powers conferred by the Reconstruction Amendments to remedy civil rights violations by relying on structural constitutional principles that betray the letter and spirit of these amendments, principles affirmed in precedents that blinked at and emboldened extralegal, violent resistance to Reconstruction. The Civil War and Reconstruction did alter basic aspects of “our federalism,” expanding federal court jurisdiction and with it access to the expertise, “experience, solicitude, and hope of uniformity that a federal forum offers on federal issues.”204Grable & Sons Metal Prod., Inc. v. Darue Eng’g & Mfg., 545 U.S. 308, 312 (2005) (interpreting 28 U.S.C. § 1331, which Congress passed in 1875, as opening federal courts to cases that “arise under” federal law). But instead of solicitude, civil rights litigants all too often find federal courthouses inhospitable.

The second attribute of lost cause ideology is the view that the Reconstruction Congress overreached by legislating rights and remedies on the premise that states could not be trusted to redress federal constitutional violations.205The assumption is grounded in historical interpretations that dominated legal, scholarly and popular representations of the period for decades. See Eric Foner, The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution 159 (2019) (“Well into the twentieth century, when members of the Supreme Court wished to offer historical background for decisions regarding the Reconstruction Amendments, they would cite the works of the Dunning School.”); Eric Foner, Foreword to The Dunning School: Historians, Race, and the Meaning of Reconstruction, at ix (John David Smith & J. Vincent Lowery eds., 2013) (explaining that Dunning School historians “viewed the granting of political rights to former slaves as a serious mistake” and Reconstruction as a “twelve-year-long nightmare of debauchery, exploitation, and plunder” of the South licensed by a corrupt, over-reaching federal government). Section 1983 is itself excessive on this view, a remainder of Reconstruction and the exceptionally violent resistance that defined it. The Reconstruction Congress legislated no sunset clause in Section 1983. But that has not stopped the modern Court from treating the cause of action like an anachronism, an unwelcome remainder of a state of exception—one of the few statutory enforcement tools that was not struck down by the Court in its retreat from Reconstruction. Within this interpretive horizon, embellished fears about excessive liability and excessive interference with officer discretion and local control become predominant concerns, rather than state sanctioned violence and defiance of federal law. The modern Court has in this way developed a jurisprudence of excess in Section 1983 cases, just not one concerned with the state officer outrages against which the Reconstruction Congress legislated.

This is most evident in qualified immunity doctrine, where concern with excessive liability and judicial interference with executive officer discretion dwarfs concern with whether officers have complied with the Constitution and other laws.206In the canonical case expanding the defense of qualified immunity, the Court emphasized

that claims frequently run against the innocent as well as the guilty—at a cost not only to defendant officials, but to society as a whole. These social costs include the expenses of litigation, the diversion of official energy from pressing public issues, and the deterrence of able citizens from acceptance of public office. Finally, there is the danger that fear of being sued will “dampen the ardor of all but the most resolute, or the most irresponsible . . . in the unflinching discharge of their duties.”

Harlow v. Fitzgerald, 457 U.S. 800, 814 (1982). Will Baude notes that between 1982 when Harlow was decided and 2018, the Court found a state actor to have violated a clearly established right in only two of the thirty qualified immunity cases it decided. See William Baude, Is Qualified Immunity Unlawful?, 106 Calif. L. Rev. 45, 82 (2018). The Court’s deference to officer discretion is evident in its unilateral determination of the reasonableness of an officer’s use of force in Scott v. Harris, 550 U.S. 372 (2007), and the doctrine that qualified immunity applies unless there is a directly analogous precedent holding the conduct unlawful. See City of Escondido v. Emmons, 586 U.S. 500, 504 (2019) (“[W]e have stressed the need to identify a case where an officer acting under similar circumstances was held to have violated the Fourth Amendment. . . . While there does not have to be a case directly on point, existing precedent must place the lawfulness of the particular [action] beyond debate.” (quoting District of Columbia v. Wesby, 583 U.S. 577, 590 (2018))).
But it can be seen in other doctrines,207In City of Canton v. Harris, for example, the Court justified its strict causation standard for municipal liability by emphasizing that to “adopt lesser standards of fault and causation would open municipalities to unprecedented liability under § 1983.” City of Canton v. Harris, 489 U.S. 378, 391 (1989). The requirement that standing be independently established for equitable relief in Lyons and the Court’s increasingly strict standards for equitable relief even when standing is established are both grounded in concerns about lower federal court remedial excess and intrusion on federalism and the discretion of executive branch officers. See City of Los Angeles v. Lyons, 461 U.S. 95, 112 (1983) (“[R]ecognition of the need for a proper balance between state and federal authority counsels restraint in the issuance of injunctions against state officers engaged in the administration of the States’ criminal laws . . . . In exercising their equitable powers[,] federal courts must recognize ‘[t]he special delicacy of the adjustment to be preserved between federal equitable power and State administration of its own law.’ ”) (quoting Stefanelli v. Minard, 342 U.S. 117, 120 (1951)); Milliken v. Bradley, 418 U.S. 717, 738, 741 (1974) (noting that federal equity power is “characterized by a practical flexibility in shaping its remedies” to the nature of the violation of law, but insisting that “no single tradition in public education is more deeply rooted than local control over the operation of schools”; striking down inter-district integration decree as beyond federal equity power). and it resonates with Justice Frankfurter’s view in Monroe that the statute was intended to provide a cause of action only when state law or custom authorizes unconstitutional acts—that is, in the presumptively rare situation in which a state openly defies federal law and state common law provides no redress.

The modern Court has functionally endorsed Frankfurter’s dissent not by revisiting the interpretation of “under color” of law and overturning Monroe, but rather by expanding the affirmative defense of qualified immunity in officer suits, elevating the causation threshold for municipal liability, and limiting access to injunctive relief that could prevent recurring violations. Justice Frankfurter may have lost the battle of statutory interpretation in Monroe, but the modern Court has ensured that he won the war on the use of federalism to limit Section 1983. The result is expansive discretion in officer decisions about the use of force and inconsistency even in cases involving extraordinary violence. Tellingly, the Court has applied the Hope v. Pelzer exception to qualified immunity in only one case since 2002 when Hope was decided, it has emphasized that Hope’s exception for obvious unconstitutionality applies only in “rare” cases, and Hope has featured most prominently in opinions dissenting from the grant of qualified immunity.208The case applying Hope is Taylor v. Riojas, 141 S. Ct. 52, 54 (2020) (brief per curiam decision reversing grant of qualified immunity where officers left the plaintiff in cells covered in fecal matter for days), discussed in the Introduction, supra. The case describing the Hope exception as reserved for “rare” cases is Wesby, 583 U.S. at 590. Benjamin S. Levine gathers citations to Hope in dissenting opinions in “Obvious Injustice” and Qualified Immunity: The Legacy of Hope v. Pelzer, 68 UCLA. L. Rev. 842, 852, 867 (2021) (noting that “the Court has with almost every subsequent decision departed from [the Hope] approach by demanding ever-increasing reliance on analogous precedent and minimizing the circumstances in which an obvious violation may be found, even as it perfunctorily acknowledges the possibility”; reporting that circuit precedent applying Hope reveals heterogenous and “idiosyncratic” approaches, albeit generally more plaintiff-favorable than the ordinary test requiring fact-specific precedent). Thus, the Court has been relatively passive with a doctrine well-suited to address extraordinary violence. In the context of prison violence, the Eighth Amendment standard of liability for the use of force is explicitly tied to “malicious” and “sadistic” violence,209Hudson v. McMillian, 503 U.S. 1, 6–7 (1992) (holding that while severe injury is not required to establish an Eighth Amendment violation, courts should defer to contextual judgments by corrections officers about the degree of appropriate force). but the test requires evidence of the officer’s subjective state of mind, and it allows officers to avoid liability for extraordinary violence skirting the line of malicious and sadistic harm. Even when the line is crossed, prisoners face far greater procedural obstacles than victims of police violence raising Fourth Amendment claims.

These obstacles exist because the only area in which Congress has expressly endorsed the Court’s subordination of Section 1983’s remedial purposes to federalism is in state prison conditions cases.210Cf. 42 U.S.C. § 1988(a) (providing that where federal laws are “not adapted to the object, or are deficient in the provisions necessary to furnish suitable remedies and punish offenses against law, the common law . . . of the State wherein the court having jurisdiction of [a Section 1983 case] is held, so far as the same is not inconsistent with the Constitution and laws of the United States, shall be extended to and govern the courts in the trial and disposition of the cause”); see Robertson v. Wegmann, 436 U.S. 584, 594–95 (1978). Passed during the most expansive period of mass incarceration211For data showing exponential expansion of U.S. prison population during the 1990s, see Ashley Nellis, Mass Incarceration Trends, The Sent’g Project, (May 21, 2024), https://www.sentencingproject.org/reports/mass-incarceration-trends [https://perma.cc/8PVQ-6MMD]. when prison litigation reached one-fifth of the total number of civil cases filed in federal courts,212See generally Margo Schlanger, Inmate Litigation, 116 Harv. L. Rev. 1555 (2003) (gathering data). the Prison Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PLRA”) includes an administrative exhaustion doctrine requiring strict compliance with state grievance procedures, an unwaivable filing fee even for prisoners who meet the in forma pauperis standard, a physical injury rule for money damage claims, and a right-remedy nexus requirement that sharply circumscribes federal equity power.213See 42 U.S.C. §§ 1997e–1997j (2013). The effects on prison litigation have been palpable.214Andrea Fenster & Margo Schlanger, Slamming the Courthouse Door: 25 Years of Evidence for Repealing the Prison Litigation Reform Act, Prison Pol’y Initiative (Apr. 26, 2021), https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/PLRA_25.html [https://perma.cc/B8CK-U5EF]. Immediately after the statute passed, decades-old continuing decrees in prison cases were vacated.215See Anne K. Heidel, Comment, Due Process Rights and the Termination of Consent Decrees Under the Prison Litigation Reform Act, 4 U. PA. J. Const. L. 561, 563 n.25 (2002) (gathering early cases terminating equitable relief).

In Brown v. Plata,216See Brown v. Plata, 563 U.S. 493, 545 (2011). decided fifteen years after the statute took effect, the persistence of breathtakingly cruel, unremedied unconstitutional conditions in California state prisons prompted the Court to uphold federal equity power notwithstanding the strict limits of the PLRA. The case is a parable of the Court’s jurisprudence of excess. Prison conditions in Plata shock the conscience, rivaling those which existed in state prisons under the so-called “hands-off” doctrine prior to Cooper v. Pate when federal courts simply refused to entertain prison conditions claims on federalism grounds.217See Cooper v. Pate, 378 U.S. 546 (1964). On the “hands off” doctrine, see generally Robert T. Sigler & Chadwick L. Shook, The Federal Judiciary and Corrections: Breaking the “Hands-Off” Doctrine, 7 Crim. Just. Pol’y Rev. 245 (1995). As a result of their woefully inadequate mental health care system, California’s prisons had a suicide rate “80% higher than . . . for prison populations” nationally.218Plata, 563 U.S. at 504. Data showed that “72.1% of suicides [in California prisons] involved ‘some measure of inadequate assessment, treatment, or intervention.’ ”219Id. (citation omitted). Shocking, systemic deficiencies in physical health care (inadequate facilities, doctors, nurses, and delays of months for acute conditions and “extreme departures from the standard of care”) caused “a preventable or possibly preventable death . . . once every five to six days.”220Id. at 505 n.4. Beyond preventable deaths, prisoners “suffering from severe but not life-threatening conditions[] experienced prolonged illness and unnecessary pain.”221Id. at 505–06. The record is an intricately detailed catalogue of outrageous, arbitrary suffering.

However, to justify upholding the release of tens of thousands of prisoners notwithstanding the PLRA’s strict right-remedy nexus,222The statute precludes the entry of injunctive relief unless it is “narrowly drawn, extends no further than necessary to correct the violation of the Federal right [of a particular plaintiff or plaintiffs], and is the least intrusive means necessary to correct the violation of the Federal right.” 18 U.S.C. § 3626(a)(1)(A). Additional restrictions apply to an injunction ordering release of prisoners. 18 U.S.C. § 3626(a)(3)(E). Even after injunctive relief has been entered a prison can move to terminate relief within two years under the PLRA and the motion must be granted even if its compliance with federal law is only episodic. Under 18 U.S.C. § 3626(b), a violation must be “current and ongoing” to deny termination. the majority could not just rely on the extensive record of suffering. The decree ordered release of healthy prisoners as well as unwell prisoners whose mistreatment did not violate the Eighth Amendment’s guarantee of minimally adequate medical care under Estelle v. Gamble.223See generally Estelle v. Gamble, 429 U.S. 97 (1976). To uphold such sweeping relief, the majority adopted a prophylactic theory of the substantive right. The majority reasoned that the health care system was so dysfunctional that there was a “substantial risk” of prisoners suffering a violation of their rights under Estelle.224Plata, 563 U.S. at 505 n.3 (“[P]laintiffs do not base their case on deficiencies in care provided on any one occasion. . . . [They] rely on systemwide deficiencies . . . that, taken as a whole, subject sick and mentally ill prisoners . . . to ‘substantial risk of serious harm’ and cause the delivery of care . . . to fall below . . . evolving standards of decency.” (quoting Farmer v. Brennan, 511 U.S. 825, 834 (1994))). Releasing prisoners (and moving some to local jails) would increase the state’s capacity to adequately address the health needs of those who remained.

Justice Scalia’s dissent sharply criticized this end run around the statute and its federalism principles. He insisted that Estelle claims exist only when individuals who already have serious medical conditions do not receive treatment because of the state’s deliberate indifference.225Id. at 552–53 (Scalia, J., dissenting) (describing the majority’s “substantial risk” theory of cruel and unusual punishment as “preposterous”); id. (“[I]t is inconceivable that anything more than a small proportion of prisoners in the plaintiff classes have personally received sufficiently atrocious treatment that their Eighth Amendment right was violated.”). Thus, no injunction to release prisoners merely at risk of an Estelle violation could be described as “narrowly drawn, . . . extend[ing] no further than necessary to correct the violation” or the “least intrusive means.”226Id. at 550. Moreover, Rule 23 provides no right to aggregate resolution of such claims given the particularity of each prisoner’s medical condition and their inadequate treatment.227Id. at 552 (Scalia, J., dissenting) (“[T]he sole purpose of classwide adjudication is to aggregate claims that are individually viable.”). Decisions about how to rectify the health care problems in the prison system must remain with state prison officials. The lower court’s prison release order displacing local administrative discretion was “perhaps the most radical injunction issued by a court in our Nation’s history,” a “structural injunction” that deems an “entire” state-run prison “system . . . unconstitutional because it may produce constitutional violations.”228See id. at 554–55, 557 (Scalia, J. dissenting) (“[S]tructural injunctions are radically different from the injunctions traditionally issued by courts of equity . . . turning judges into long-term administrators of complex social institutions”; “the policy preferences of three District Judges now govern the operation of California’s penal system”); see also id. at 576 (Alito, J., dissenting) (“[T]he judge was not content to provide relief for the classes of plaintiffs on whose behalf the suit before him was brought . . . [and] remedy the only constitutional violations that were proved . . . . Instead, the judge saw it as his responsibility to attack the general problem of overcrowding.”).

Two years earlier, in Haywood v. Drown, the Court overturned parallel state legislative efforts in New York to eliminate Section 1983 money damage claims against corrections officers filed in state court.229See Haywood v. Drown, 556 U.S. 729, 732 (2009). On a legislative record asserting that such claims were predominantly frivolous, the state stripped its courts of jurisdiction for both Section 1983 and state civil rights claims seeking money damages.230Id. at 733. Prisoners could still sue for damages, but only against the state itself, not the officer responsible for the harm, only in a separate court, not the state’s courts of general jurisdiction, and only subject to a range of procedural and remedial limitations that do not apply to the Section 1983 cause of action.231Id. at 734. The Supreme Court struck down the law on the ground that it violated the Supremacy Clause by denying federal right holders access to a congressionally legislated cause of action, forum, and relief to enforce constitutional rights.232Id. at 740. Like Plata, the case suggests a commitment on the part of the Roberts Court to preserve jurisdiction and remedial power notwithstanding the limitations Congress imposed on prison condition litigation in the PLRA. However, both Plata and Haywood were decided by bare 5–4 majorities, and as in Plata, the dissent in Haywood rested on federalism principles—specifically, the autonomy of states to control state court dockets by refusing jurisdiction of unwelcome federal claims.

The crucial swing vote in both cases was provided by Justice Kennedy. That fragile majority is sure to be tested in a reconfigured Roberts Court more committed to the dissents’ federalism principles. Notice the effects on prison conditions litigation if Plata and Haywood were to be reversed: Federal courts would be virtually closed to claims for injunctive relief under the PLRA and modern standing doctrine; strict officer immunity and municipal liability doctrines already render both state and federal courts inhospitable to Section 1983 money damage claims; and the dissent’s view in Haywood would permit state courts to simply refuse jurisdiction of Section 1983 prisoner claims. Prisoners would be left to state law claims in state court.

This outcome would be consistent with a central premise, arguably the central premise of federalism-based limitations on Section 1983 claims: that leaving federal constitutional right holders to state positive or common law is adequate to protect their federal constitutional rights. This was the structural constitutional core of Frankfurter’s dissent in Monroe. The conventional form of the argument is that when a state officer defends a state law claim (for example, a state common law claim for negligence rather than a federal claim for excessive use of force), the federal constitutional right will arise if the officer asserts that the action was sanctioned by state law.233See Monroe v. Pape, 365 U.S. 167, 224–26 (Frankfurter, J., dissenting) (“[F]rom all that appears[,] the courts of Illinois are available to give [Monroe] the fullest redress which the common law affords for the violence done[,] . . . nor does any statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage of the State of Illinois bar that redress.” (internal quotation marks omitted)); id. at 239 (asking whether “an unlawful intrusion by a policeman in Chicago [should] entail different consequences than an unlawful intrusion by a hoodlum”). The defense can be rebutted by showing that what the officer did was, in view of the plaintiff’s federal constitutional rights, ultra vires. Federal law is then adjudicated, just not via a cause of action bottomed on the federal right. In theory, all that is lost is the federal right holder’s option to file in federal court.234That option is lost because a case in which a plaintiff uses federal law to rebut a state officer’s defense does not arise under federal law within the meaning of 28 U.S.C. § 1331 because the cause of action is not federal, the federal issues are not necessary and substantial to the plaintiff’s cause of action, and in most Section 1983 cases there is no diversity of citizenship. The Supreme Court retains appellate jurisdiction over any federal issues litigated in state court, but its docket is now fewer than sixty-five cases a year, compared to one hundred and fifty a year in the mid-twentieth century. Adam Feldman, Is the Roberts Court the Least Productive Court of All Time?, Empirical SCOTUS (June 7, 2022), https://empiricalscotus.com/2022/06/07/least-productive-court [https://perma.cc/AD3P-A5T9]. So as a practical matter, state courts would conclusively resolve claims raising federal civil rights.

The cost of losing access to federal district court as the court of first instance matters if state courts are less hospitable to the claims of federal right holders. This was all too familiar during Reconstruction and Jim Crow segregation. More recently, state courts have faced extraordinary budget crises, forcing some local courts into a form of fiscal parasitism upon the very communities they are supposed to serve.235See Norman W. Spaulding, The Ideal and the Actual in Procedural Due Process, 48 Hastings Const. L.Q. 261, 278 (2021). And as Haywood and the cases on which it relies show, state legislative efforts to restrict Section 1983 litigation in state courts are not uncommon.

Notably, however, Section 1983 does not create exclusive federal jurisdiction—it does not rest on the assumption that state courts are categorically untrustworthy. Concurrent state court jurisdiction decentralizes judgments about which forum is appropriate, allowing the federal right holder to choose. The plaintiff, on advice of counsel, has the right to assess the specific circumstantial risks of hostility in state court, the costs and benefits of filing in federal court, and any other doctrinal and strategic considerations that may inform choice of forum.236As a supervisory mechanism over state court hostility to federal constitutional law, certiorari is limited—only a vanishingly small number of state cases reach the Supreme Court. On the other hand, as the Supreme Court itself becomes less hospitable to certain federal right holders, state courts provide an alternative forum. This upside of state claims for injuries arising from the violation of federal constitutional rights in state court is not trivial. The point is who gets to choose the forum. Using a broad structural constitutional principle such as federalism to displace congressionally endorsed, decentralized decision-making by the federal right holder with the Court’s arm chair conclusions about the fidelity and solicitude of state courts is precisely the kind of “Mr. Fix-It-Mentality” Justice Scalia rightly criticized as imperious judicial policymaking in a civil liberties case.237Hamdi v. Rumsfeld, 542 U.S. 507, 576 (2004) (Scalia, J., dissenting). It also flatly contradicts the Court’s near complete deference to Congress’s remedy-creating power in other settings. Most prominently, the Court has deferred to any evidence that Congress has established an alternative remedial scheme when the question is whether the Court should recognize an implied right of action to enforce constitutional rights violated by federal officers,238See Wilkie v. Robbins, 551 U.S. 537, 550 (2007) (explaining that in deciding whether to recognize a Bivens claim the first question is “whether any alternative, existing process for protecting the interest [of the federal right holder] amounts to a convincing reason for the Judicial Branch to refrain from providing a new and freestanding remedy in damages”). an implied right of action to enforce statutory rights,239See Alexander v. Sandoval, 532 U.S. 275, 290 (2001) (“The express provision of one method of enforcing a substantive rule suggests that Congress intended to preclude others. . . . Sometimes the suggestion is so strong that it precludes a finding of congressional intent to create a private right of action.”). or a right of action grounded in equity under Ex parte Young.240See Armstrong v. Exceptional Child Ctr., 575 U.S. 320, 328 (2015) (“[T]he sole remedy Congress provided for a State’s failure to comply with Medicaid requirements . . . is the withholding of Medicaid funds by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. As we have elsewhere explained, the ‘express provision of one method of enforcing a substantive rule suggests that Congress intended to preclude others.’ ” (quoting Sandoval, 532 U.S. at 290)); Leah Litman, Remedial Convergence and Collapse, 106 Calif. L. Rev. 1477, 1512 (2018) (noting that the Court’s reliance on alternative remedies “appear somewhat disingenuous . . . given its failure to account for independent, formal legal standards on the availability of alternative remedies or practical limits governing the availability of the alternative remedies”). If judicial restraint demands deference to the decision of Congress to create remedies in these settings, deference is owed to the forum-selection authority Congress granted federal right holders seeking relief under Section 1983. Conspicuously, the Court’s Section 1983 jurisprudence runs headlong in the opposite direction.

Also lost in enforcing federal civil rights through state law claims is the nexus between the federal right, the cause of action, and the remedy Section 1983 creates. The nexus between injury, right, cause of action, and remedy might seem like an abstraction. After all, what should it matter if a plaintiff receives $100,000 in damages on a state tort claim or $100,000 on a federal Fourth Amendment claim under Section 1983; so too a state injunction reaching the same conduct as a federal injunction? The difficulty is that state law and constitutional harms are not necessarily equivalent. There may be no state cause of action that overlaps with certain constitutional injuries. Even when there is, the elements of a state law cause of action, state procedure, and state remedies doctrine may defeat or limit recovery for certain violations of federal law. Ultimately, state law is not designed to implement federal interests and enforce federal rights.241See Alexander Reinert, Joanna C. Schwartz & James E. Pfander, New Federalism and Civil Rights Enforcement, 116 Nw. U. L. Rev. 737, 743 (2021) (“Most states have taken no measures to secure enforcement of constitutional rights through constitutional tort litigation.”).

State law may even be hostile to federal rights.242Some states, conversely, are more protective, though not necessarily with respect to violence by police and corrections officers. Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minn. Stat. § 363A.02 (2000) (protecting a wide variety of classifications from a broad range of discriminatory practices); N.M. Stat. Ann. § 41-4A-3 (2021). Causes of action designed to address harm inflicted by private persons do not reflect the anti-democratic harm arising from the violation of federal rights by an officer of the state acting “under color of law” with the badges, implements, and armory of the state’s monopoly on violence.243The Court reached a similar conclusion in Bivens, comparing state common law to the federal Fourth Amendment, but in every case outside the specific context of Bivens, with two narrow exceptions in 1979 and 1980, see generally Davis v. Passman, 442 U.S. 228 (1979) and Carlson v. Green, 446 U.S. 14 (1980), the Court has refused to find a Bivens cause of action, see, e.g., Ziglar v. Abbasi, 582 U.S. 120, 140 (2017). Indeed, the Roberts Court appears ready to eliminate the cause of action altogether. For an argument that Section 1983 should be read to provide access to federal courts only when state remedies are not “constitutionally adequate,” see Larry Alexander, “Under Color of Law”? Rogue Officials and the Real State Action Problem, 23 J. Contemp. Legal Issues 523, 542 (2022). Section 1983 claims, by contrast, name the abuse of sovereign authority directly and force the officer or municipal government to answer for it. If the essence of corrective justice is that “liability rectifies the injustice inflicted by one person on another . . . simultaneously taking away the defendant’s excess and making good the plaintiff’s deficiency[,]”244Ernest J. Weinrib, Corrective Justice in a Nutshell, 52 Univ. Toronto L.J. 349, 349 (2002) (emphasis added). then the right, cause of action, and remedy should correlatively address the injury and injustice of abuse of sovereign power.

The point is not that corrective justice requires perfect mirroring between the cause of action and the injury, but rather that the Court owes deference to the congressional judgment to make injury, right, and remedy mutually correlative rather than contingent on state common law where constitutional rights are concerned. Whatever wisdom and policy justified the common law approach to enforcing federal law in officer suits during the antebellum period,245Sina Kian, The Path of the Constitution: The Original System of Remedies, How it Changed, and How the Court Responded, 87 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 132, 134 (2012) (describing the antebellum role of common law forms of action and remedies for constitutional injury). Reconstruction revealed the deadly consequences of its potential for abuse (in the form of “outrages”) and the Reconstruction Amendments empowered Congress to provide a less circuitous remedial path. The presumption in favor of state common law causes of action is precisely what Section 1983 rejects by bottoming a cause of action on the federal right itself. Lastly, it is no answer to say that the Supreme Court can exercise appellate jurisdiction to correct underenforcement of federal civil rights when it decides so few appeals from state courts.

These arguments have little resonance within the interpretive horizon of the modern Court’s federalism revival. Suit in state court under state law is presumptively superior as measured against the potential “excesses” of federal judicial intervention. Structural constitutional attachments have in this way come to dominate substantive constitutional rights, legislative text, and federal court remedial power. Unlike Kafka’s penal colony, however, where the apparatus responsible for the extraordinary excesses of the ancien regime was being dismantled and the officer’s perverse attachment to it was reassuringly anachronistic, here, now it is the second Reconstruction that is being dismantled, our body politic still transfigured by the inscriptions of sovereign power’s outrageous excess.

98 S. Cal. L. Rev. 367

Download

* Sweitzer Professor of Law, Stanford Law School. I am grateful for excellent assistance with research provided by Owen Foulkes, Anna Kuritzkes, Joelle Miller, and Molly Shapiro.

Public Protest and Governmental Immunities

This Article presents the findings of a quantitative and qualitative study of the application of qualified immunity and other governmental immunities in the context of public protest. Relying on three unique datasets of federal court decisions examining First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims, the Article concludes that public protester plaintiffs face an array of obstacles when suing state, local, and federal officials for constitutional injuries. Quantitative findings show that protesters’ claims are frequently dismissed under qualified immunity doctrines and that plaintiffs also face strict limits on municipal liability, new restrictions on First Amendment retaliation claims, and the possible extinction of monetary actions against federal officials. Qualitatively, the study shows protesters’ rights are underdeveloped in several respects, including recognition of the right to record law enforcement and limits on law enforcement’s use of force. The study lends additional support and new urgency to calls for qualified immunity reform or repeal, as well as reconsideration of other governmental immunities. It also concludes that much more than money damages for injured plaintiffs is at stake. Lack of adequate civil remedies may significantly chill future public protest organizing and participation.

INTRODUCTION

Between January 2020 and June 2021, there were more than thirty thousand public demonstrations in the United States.1See Armed Assembly: Guns, Demonstrations, and Political Violence in America, Everytown for Gun Safety Support Fund (Aug. 23, 2021), https://everytownresearch.org/report/armed-assembly-guns-demonstrations-and-political-violence-in-america [https://perma.cc/25AY-SGR3]. In what were perhaps the largest public protests in American history, an estimated fifteen to twenty-six million protesters gathered in the nation’s public streets after George Floyd’s murder.2Larry Buchanan, Quoctrung Bui & Jugal K. Patel, Black Lives Matter May Be the Largest Movement in U.S. History, N.Y. Times (July 3, 2020), https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2020/07/03/us/george-floyd-protests-crowd-size.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20200703122637/https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2020/07/03/us/george-floyd-protests-crowd-size.html]. Although the demonstrations were predominantly peaceful, state and local law enforcement used aggressive policing methods to restrict and suppress them.3See Talia Buford, Lucas Waldron, Moiz Syed & Al Shaw, We Reviewed Police Tactics Seen in Nearly 400 Protest Videos. Here’s What We Found., ProPublica (July 16, 2020), https://projects.propublica.org/protest-police-tactics [https://perma.cc/B72L-F66N] (finding officers punched, pushed, and kicked retreating protesters and used pepper spray, tear gas, and batons against non-combative demonstrators); Kim Barker, Mike Baker & Ali Watkins, In City After City, Police Mishandled Black Lives Matter Protests, N.Y. Times (Mar. 20, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/03/20/us/protests-policing-george-floyd.html [https://perma.cc/6NCZ-WWEB] (drawing similar conclusions). Officers beat protesters with batons, rammed them with bicycles, used dangerous crowd containment strategies, arrested protesters without probable cause, used tear gas and other “less-lethal” force against peaceful assemblies, and unlawfully arrested legal observers including members of the press.4Mark Berman & Emily Wax-Thibodeaux, Police Keep Using Force Against Peaceful Protesters, Prompting Sustained Criticism About Tactics and Training, Wash. Post (June 4, 2020, 1:02 PM), https://www.washingtonpost.com/national/police-keep-using-force-against-peaceful-protesters-prompting-sustained-criticism-about-tactics-and-training/2020/06/03/5d2f51d4-a5cf-11ea-bb20-ebf0921f3bbd_story.html [https://perma.cc/9QZQ-7VL9]; see Ashley Southall, N.Y. Attorney General Sues N.Y.P.D. Over Protests and Demands Monitor, N.Y. Times (Jan. 14, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/01/14/nyregion/nypd-police-protest-lawsuit.html [https://perma.cc/2RJG-6FZD] (discussing misconduct allegations against NYPD officers); see also Katelyn Burns, Police Targeted Journalists Covering the George Floyd Protests, Vox (May 31, 2020, 1:10 PM), https://www.vox.com/identities/2020/5/31/21276013/police-targeted-journalists-covering-george-floyd-protests [https://perma.cc/V5G7-PDK6]. In several cities, including Portland and the District of Columbia, federal law enforcement and other agency personnel also engaged in aggressive and violent protest policing.5For a critical account of the federal government’s response to the Black Lives Matter (“BLM”) racial justice protests, see Karen J. Greenberg, Subtle Tools: The Dismantling of American Democracy from the War on Terror to Donald Trump 145–72 (2021). See also Katie Shepherd & Mark Berman, ‘It Was Like Being Preyed Upon’: Portland Protesters Say Federal Officers in Unmarked Vans Are Detaining Them, Wash. Post (July 17, 2020, 8:24 PM), https://www.washingtonpost.com/nation/2020/07/17/portland-protests-federal-arrests [https://perma.cc/8H9N-MNJF]; Alex Ward, The Unmarked Federal Agents Arresting People in Portland, Explained, Vox (July 20, 2020, 6:30 PM), https://www.vox.com/2020/7/20/21328387/portland-protests-unmarked-arrest-trump-world [https://perma.cc/QMW9-7DYE]; Nicole Sganga, Federal Agents Sent to Portland in 2020 Were “Unprepared” to Quell Unrest, Watchdog Finds, CBS News (Apr. 21, 2021, 1:04 PM), https://www.cbsnews.com/news/portland-protests-2020-federal-agents-unprepared [https://perma.cc/4N2Z-NAWS]. Former President Donald Trump told state governors to “dominate” the protesters and send them to jail.6Matt Perez, Trump Tells Governors to ‘Dominate’ Protesters, ‘Put Them in Jail for 10 Years’, Forbes (June 1, 2020, 1:56 PM), https://www.forbes.com/sites/mattperez/2020/06/01/trump-tells-governors-to-dominate-protesters-put-them-in-jail-for-10-years [https://perma.cc/Z3JD-QERX].

Many of these law enforcement actions violated protesters’ First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights. Protesters can sometimes obtain judicial injunctions preventing law enforcement from using such tactics in future protests.7See Abay v. City of Denver, 445 F. Supp. 3d 1286, 1294 (D. Colo. 2020) (granting a temporary restraining order (“TRO”) against police use of chemical agents and projectiles); Don’t Shoot Portland v. City of Portland, 465 F. Supp. 3d 1150, 1157 (D. Or. 2020) (granting a TRO against police use of tear gas against peaceful protesters); Black Lives Matter Seattle-King Cnty. v. City of Seattle, 466 F. Supp. 3d 1206, 1216 (W.D. Wash. 2020) (granting a TRO against police use of tear gas and pepper spray as crowd control measures); see also Brittnee Bui, Comment, Class Actions as a Check on LAPD: What Has Worked and What Has Not, 67 UCLA L. Rev. 432, 451–59 (2020). Police departments sometimes, though far too infrequently, discipline officers for violating constitutional rights and other misconduct.8See Troy Closson, N.Y.P.D. Should Discipline 145 Officers for Misconduct, Watchdog Says, N.Y. Times (May 11, 2022, 6:37 PM), https://www.nytimes.com/2022/05/11/nyregion/nypd-misconduct-george-floyd.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20220512004251/https://www.nytimes.com/2022/05/11/nyregion/nypd-misconduct-george-floyd.html]. However, injunctive relief and departmental discipline do not compensate for the physical and emotional injuries protesters experience at the hands of aggressive and sometimes violent law enforcement officers. As Joanna Schwartz has observed, “for many people, filing a lawsuit [for damages] is the best available way to punish police when they violate the law and give police reason not to violate the law again.”9Joanna Schwartz, Shielded: How the Police Became Untouchable xiii (2023). In a few instances, 2020 racial justice protesters sued individual officers and their municipal employers for damages and obtained significant monetary settlements or judgments. Daniel Politi, Jury Awards $14 Million to George Floyd Protesters Injured by Cops in Denver, Slate (Mar. 26, 2022, 10:04 AM), https://slate.com/news-and-politics/2022/03/jury-awards-14-million-george-floyd-protesters-denver.html [https://perma.cc/6686-AVEN].

Both 42 U.S.C. § 1983 (“section 1983”)10Section 1983 provides as follows:

Every person who, under color of any statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage, of any State or Territory or the District of Columbia, subjects, or causes to be subjected, any citizen of the United States or other person within the jurisdiction thereof to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the Constitution and laws, shall be liable to the party injured in an action at law, suit in equity, or other proper proceeding for redress.

42 U.S.C. § 1983.
—a statute originally passed to assist the government in combating Ku Klux Klan violence in the South after the Civil War—and the Supreme Court’s decision in Bivens v. Six Unknown Named Agents of Federal Bureau of Narcotics11Bivens v. Six Unknown Named Agents of Fed. Bureau of Narcotics, 403 U.S. 388 (1971). allow individuals to sue government officials for money damages for constitutional torts (personal injuries stemming from violations of constitutional rights). Section 1983 applies to state and local officials, while Bivens applies to federal officials. However, protesters face a daunting array of obstacles to recovering civil damages under these laws.12See generally Schwartz, supra note 9 (examining the many obstacles to recovery in civil rights lawsuits, including obtaining counsel, pleading rules, and governmental immunities). The constitutional standards that govern protesters’ underlying First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims may offer less-than-robust substantive protection for protesters’ activities. But even with respect to some egregious violations of protesters’ constitutional rights, governments and government officials possess broad legal immunities that often prevent recovery of civil damages.

Under section 1983, unless officers violate what the Supreme Court has described as “clearly established law,” they cannot sue officials for money damages.13Harlow v. Fitzgerald, 457 U.S. 800, 818 (1982). The doctrine of “qualified immunity” shields “all but the plainly incompetent” law enforcement and other officials from liability.14Malley v. Briggs, 475 U.S. 335, 341 (1986). In general, plaintiffs cannot recover unless they can show that “controlling authority in their jurisdiction” or a “consensus of cases of persuasive authority” have recognized the underlying misconduct as a constitutional violation.15Wilson v. Layne, 526 U.S. 603, 617 (1999); see also Schwartz, supra note 9, at 76 (noting the requirement that plaintiffs point to “a prior case in which that precise conduct had been held unconstitutional”). Municipal employers, who have much deeper financial pockets than individual officers, cannot be held accountable unless plaintiffs can prove they adopted and enforced a “policy or custom” of violating protesters’ constitutional rights.16Monell v. Dep’t of Soc. Servs., 436 U.S. 658, 694–94 (1978). Although this evidence is hard to come by, plaintiffs are required to present it as early as the pleadings stage of a lawsuit.17See Schwartz, supra note 9, at 39–41 (discussing heightened pleading standards).

In recent years, the Supreme Court has further narrowed the circumstances in which local and federal officials can be sued for civil rights violations under section 1983 and Bivens. For example, in Nieves v. Bartlett, a 2019 decision, the Court held that so long as officers have probable cause to arrest protesters for some criminal offense, however minor, they cannot pursue a First Amendment claim that the officer retaliated against them for exercising expressive rights—unless they can prove law enforcement singled them out and treated them unequally.18Nieves v. Bartlett, 587 U.S. 391, 403, 407 (2019). With regard to Bivens suits against federal officials, the Court has assumed such claims can go forward, but has also strongly suggested they are unwarranted extensions of Bivens.19See Wood v. Moss, 572 U.S. 744, 757 (2014) (assuming Bivens extends to First Amendment claims); Reichle v. Howards, 566 U.S. 658, 663 n.4 (2012) (“We have never held that Bivens extends to First Amendment claims”); Bush v. Lucas, 462 U.S. 367, 390 (1983) (declining to extend Bivens to a claim sounding in the First Amendment); see also Egbert v. Boule, 142 S. Ct. 1793, 1807–08 (2022) (rejecting First Amendment “retaliation” claim under Bivens). If these claims are rejected, protesters will be barred from suing National Park Service officials, U.S. Capitol police officers, U.S. Secret Service agents, and other federal defendants for money damages in connection with protest policing.

Protesters whose constitutional rights are violated by law enforcement and other officials deserve to be compensated for their injuries. Further, as the 2020–2021 mass protests demonstrated, officials who violate First Amendment, Fourth Amendment, and other constitutional rights need to be deterred from doing so and held accountable.20See Schwartz, supra note 9, at xiv (“[Q]ualified immunity has come to represent all that is wrong with our system of police accountability.”). To the extent protesters believe officials cannot or will not be held fully accountable for even egregious and abusive constitutional violations, they may be chilled from exercising protest-related rights.

Despite the importance of these remedial and other concerns, there has been no systematic effort to measure the effects governmental immunities have on protesters’ ability to obtain compensation for their constitutional injuries.21One commentator has criticized qualified immunity doctrine as applied in recent protest cases involving claims of excessive force. See generally L. Darnell Weeden, Exploring Protest Rights, Unreasonable Police Conduct, and Qualified Immunity, 45 T. Marshall L. Rev. 167 (2021) (addressing a limited number of recent decisions without any quantitative analysis). To obtain a measure of these effects, this Article presents the findings of a unique quantitative and qualitative study. Unlike prior studies, which focused on qualified immunity across cases and contexts, this study focuses on the fate of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims brought by plaintiffs against state, local, and federal officials in public protest cases.22For prior qualified immunity studies, see generally Diana Hassel, Living a Lie: The Cost of Qualified Immunity, 64 Mo. L. Rev. 123 (1999) (studying federal cases over a two-year period); Nancy Leong, The Saucier Qualified Immunity Experiment: An Empirical Analysis, 36 Pepp. L. Rev. 667 (2009) (studying the disposition of qualified immunity defenses in district court cases); Greg Sobolski & Matt Steinberg, An Empirical Analysis of Section 1983 Qualified Immunity Actions and Implications of Pearson v. Callahan, 62 Stan. L. Rev. 523 (2010) (studying appellate decisions). My study focuses on First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims because they are the primary constitutional rights provisions invoked by protesters in lawsuits against law enforcement and other officials. The study is based on three datasets consisting of more than three hundred federal court decisions and four hundred claims. In addition to qualified immunity in section 1983 cases, the study examines governmental immunities in First Amendment retaliation cases and actions against federal officials. Decisions in each unique dataset were coded to assess defendants’ success in invoking immunities to defeat protesters’ damages claims. Finally, the study provides a qualitative analysis of protesters’ First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights. This part of the study identifies the types of constitutional claims plaintiffs typically pursued in public protest cases and the substantive “law” as the Supreme Court and lower federal courts have developed it.

The study shows that individual officers had considerable success, particularly at the summary judgment stage, defeating protesters’ section 1983 claims, and municipal defendants had even greater success. Defendants also enjoyed substantial success defeating First Amendment “retaliation” claims under the standard adopted in Nieves, often based on arrests for minor offenses. Owing to the Supreme Court’s recent skeptical pronouncements regarding Bivens claims, the study concludes that defendants are likely to defeat future First Amendment and Fourth Amendment damages claims against federal defendants. While some of the study’s quantitative findings differ from those in prior studies, in general, the results support criticisms of qualified immunity and other immunity doctrines.23See, e.g., Joanna C. Schwartz, How Qualified Immunity Fails, 127 Yale L.J. 2, 10 (2017) (concluding, based on a study of district court dockets, that courts rarely dismissed cases on qualified immunity grounds and granted dispositive summary judgment motions on that basis in just 2.6% of cases). As discussed infra Section III.A., in the decisions examined in this study, courts granted dismissal with respect to about a third of all claims but granted summary judgment on over 60% of all claims. These numbers are somewhat more in line with other studies. See, e.g., Leong, supra note 22, at 691 (finding that district courts denied qualified immunity in 14% to 32% of cases); Sobolski & Steinberg, supra note 22, at 545 (finding that appellate courts denied qualified immunity in 32% of appellate decisions). As applied in public protest cases, qualified immunity does not serve the policy goals the Supreme Court has ascribed to the doctrine, including providing a means of redress for constitutional injuries, deterrence of unlawful conduct, and shielding officers from the burdens of discovery.24See generally Joanna C. Schwartz, The Case Against Qualified Immunity, 93 Notre Dame L. Rev. 1797 (2018) (arguing that qualified immunity doctrines do not serve any of the values the Court and scholars have ascribed to it). Further, the qualitative portions of the study demonstrates the relatively weak rights protester plaintiffs possess and supports the criticism that qualified immunity doctrine has resulted in a lack of development of substantive rights.25See infra Sections III.A.2.iii, A.3.iii. Based on these findings, the study concludes that without repeal or reform of governmental immunities, public protest itself may be significantly imperiled.

From here, the Article proceeds in four parts. Part I describes the First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights at stake in the public protest context and the governmental immunities that affect recovery of monetary damages for rights violations. Part II describes the study design and elaborates further on the content of the three unique datasets. Part III presents the study’s quantitative and qualitative findings regarding qualified immunity, municipal liability, First Amendment retaliation claims, and lawsuits against federal officials under Bivens. Part IV proposes several reforms and actions to strengthen protesters’ rights and remedies.

I.  PROTESTER INJURIES AND GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITIES

Protesters who are injured during a public demonstration or other event can bring various legal claims against those responsible for their injuries. The focus in this study is on alleged violations of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights by government officials and entities, which are the most common claims pursued by injured protesters. A variety of officials and governmental entities participate in policing public protests. Possible defendants in civil rights lawsuits include state and local law enforcement, U.S. Secret Service, National Park Service, and other federal agency officials, and state or local governments. Each type of defendant can rely on robust governmental immunities. Separately and in combination, these immunities are obstacles for protesters seeking compensation for constitutional injuries.

A.  Protesters’ Rights and Remedies

Protesters can experience a variety of constitutional injuries when they participate in demonstrations and other public events. Although other rights may come into play, the two principal federal constitutional protections available to protesters are the First Amendment, which protects speech and peaceable assembly, and the Fourth Amendment, which generally prohibits unreasonable searches and seizures.26U.S. Const. amends. I, IV.

Protesters may be injured owing to a wide array of First Amendment violations.27For a discussion of First Amendment claims in the study datasets, see infra Part III. For example, officials may unlawfully deny protesters access to “public forums,” including public parks, streets, and sidewalks, where they have recognized rights to speak and assemble.28Huminski v. Corsones, 396 F.3d 53, 90, 92–93 (2d Cir. 2004) (concluding that indefinite exclusion of protester from courthouse grounds violated the First Amendment); see, e.g., Dean v. Byerley, 354 F.3d 540, 558 (6th Cir. 2004) (finding that picketers have a First Amendment right to engage in peaceful residential picketing on public sidewalks). Governments may rely on invalid content-based speech regulations or enforce unlawful speech zones and other regulations that unduly restrict speech and assembly.29See, e.g., Amnesty Int’l v. Battle, 559 F.3d 1170, 1183–84 (11th Cir. 2009) (holding the creation of cordon that rendered protest ineffective violated the First Amendment); Cannon v. City & Cnty. of Denver, 998 F.2d 867, 870–74 (10th Cir. 1993) (holding that arresting abortion protesters based on content of their signs violated the First Amendment). On the use of free speech zones and other uses of space to restrict protest, see generally Timothy Zick, Speech and Spatial Tactics, 84 Tex. L. Rev. 581 (2006). Law enforcement officers may also unlawfully retaliate against protesters for exercising their First Amendment rights, confiscate their signs and displays, prohibit the recording of police officers at public demonstrations, and engage in abusive protest policing methods.30See, e.g., Davidson v. City of Stafford, 848 F.3d 384, 393–94 (5th Cir. 2017) (concluding that arresting a protester without actual or probable cause in retaliation for expression violates the First Amendment); Allen v. Cisneros, 815 F.3d 239, 245 (5th Cir. 2016) (finding that confiscation of shofar and signs at demonstration did not violate the First Amendment); Glik v. Cunniffe, 655 F.3d 78, 84 (1st Cir. 2011) (holding that arresting protesters for filming law enforcement officers in the discharge of their duties in a public space violates the First Amendment); Green v. City of St. Louis, 52 F.4th 734, 740 (8th Cir. 2022) (holding that deploying tear gas against a protester not engaged in illegal activity violated the First Amendment).

Protesters may also suffer physical and other injuries stemming from Fourth Amendment violations.31The type of Fourth Amendment claims commonly pursued in protest cases is discussed in more detail infra Part III. They may be subject to arrest without probable cause or unlawfully detained.32See, e.g., Davidson, 848 F.3d at 393–94 (holding that arrest of anti-abortion protesters without actual or probable cause violated the Fourth Amendment); Barham v. Ramsey, 434 F.3d 565, 572–77 (D.C. Cir. 2006) (finding that the mass arrest of protesters without prior dispersal order violated the Fourth Amendment right not to be subjected to an unlawful arrest). Protesters may also be injured when police officers use excessive force, including physical force used during an arrest, handcuffing and other types of restraints, and use of less-lethal munitions including tear gas, pepper spray, and projectiles.33See Fogarty v. Gallegos, 523 F.3d 1147, 1161–62 (10th Cir. 2008) (concluding that using pepper balls and tear gas against non-resisting protesters constituted excessive force under the Fourth Amendment). These violations may cause physical and psychological injuries.

There are two general types of remedies protesters can pursue when they are the victims of these or other constitutional torts. They can seek injunctive relief against government actions and policies they allege violate the U.S. Constitution (or state constitutional provisions). For example, peaceful protesters expelled from a public park can seek a court order mandating they and others be allowed to protest there in the future. Or protesters could sue for an injunction preventing police from firing tear gas into crowds of peaceful protesters.34See, e.g., Don’t Shoot Portland v. City of Portland, 465 F. Supp. 3d 1150, 1157 (D. Or. 2020) (granting a TRO against police use of tear gas against peaceful protesters).

Enjoining current or future First Amendment or Fourth Amendment violations is an important remedy. However, injunctive relief is forward-looking and declaratory. It does not compensate protesters for physical and other injuries sustained during a demonstration or other protest event because of constitutionally tortious conduct.

The other kind of relief protesters can seek in the event of constitutional violations is an award for monetary damages against individual officials and their government employers. Both section 1983 and the Supreme Court’s decision in Bivens allow individuals to sue government officials for money damages for constitutional torts (personal injuries stemming from violations of constitutional rights).35See supra notes 10–11 and accompanying text. Section 1983 applies to state and local officials, while Bivens applies to federal officials. Both section 1983 and Bivens protect against deprivations of rights secured by the U.S. Constitution. Section 1983 explicitly authorizes such claims, while Bivens implies such claims from constitutional rights provisions.

Civil rights suits for money damages are a critically important means of vindicating constitutional rights. Owing to the infrequency of prosecutions brought against law enforcement for civil rights violations and the reluctance of police departments to investigate and punish their own, a lawsuit for damages may be the only way for a protester who has been injured to obtain some measure of justice.36See Schwartz, supra note 9, at xiii (“[F]or many people, filing a lawsuit is the best available way to punish police when they violate the law and give police reason not to violate the law again.”). Monetary relief compensates injured protesters for physical, economic, and other kinds of tangible harm. It can also have deterrent effects in terms of individual officer actions and municipal policies. As in other legal contexts, damages awarded for constitutional violations are intended to make injured parties whole. The damages include not only monetary and out-of-pocket expenditures, but also recovery for pain, suffering, and emotional distress. When plaintiffs prevail in federal civil rights lawsuits, they are also entitled to recover attorneys’ fees.37See 42 U.S.C. § 1988 (authorizing award of attorney’s fees). As commentators have observed, most damages in civil rights cases are recovered through settlements. Schwartz, supra note 9, at 26. The Supreme Court has upheld settlement agreements that waive attorneys’ fees. Evans v. Jeff D., 475 U.S. 717, 741–43 (1986), superseded by statute, Civil Rights Act of 1991, Pub. L. No. 102-166, 105 Stat. 1071. These types of waivers are now common. As a result, lawyers frequently do not recover any fees when civil rights lawsuits are settled. Schwartz, supra note 9, at 26. Lawyers often view section 1983 cases as contingency fee cases, which affects civil rights plaintiffs’ access to representation. Id. at 27.

Although my study focuses on federal constitutional claims, protesters can sue under state civil rights laws and precedents, which generally adopt similar qualified immunity restrictions in cases involving violation of state constitutional rights. They can also bring state common law personal injury claims including assault, battery, false arrest, damages to property, and infliction of emotional distress.

Protesters’ remedial menu sounds expansive. However, as this study confirms, protesters’ claims for monetary damages against government officials and municipal entities are substantially constrained by an offsetting menu of liability-limiting immunities and related doctrines. As a result, protesters injured while engaged in lawful and peaceful expressive activities often find it difficult or impossible to hold government officials accountable for their actions.

B.  Section 1983 and “Qualified Immunity”

Government officials may be entitled to “qualified immunity” in section 1983 and Bivens lawsuits. Qualified immunity is a judicially created doctrine that shields government officials from being held personally liable for constitutional violations.38See Schwartz, supra note 9, at 73 (“The Supreme Court created qualified immunity out of thin air six years after it recognized the right to sue under Section 1983.”). When government officials are sued, qualified immunity functions as an affirmative defense they can raise, barring damages even if they committed unlawful acts. (Qualified immunity is not, however, a defense to claims for injunctive relief.) As a general matter, officials enjoy broad legal immunity from civil rights claims under this doctrine. As the Supreme Court has observed, qualified immunity “provides ample protection to all but the plainly incompetent or those who knowingly violate the law.”39Malley v. Briggs, 475 U.S. 335, 341 (1986). In most states, civil rights actions are similarly limited by qualified immunity.

Historically, under Supreme Court precedents, whether a defendant was entitled to qualified immunity turned on the subjective “good faith” of the official who committed the alleged violation.40Pierson v. Ray, 386 U.S. 547, 556–58 (1967). In 1982, however, the Supreme Court replaced that subjective standard with a new test framed in “objective terms.”41Harlow v. Fitzgerald, 457 U.S. 800, 819 (1982). Under the new test, officials are personally immune from monetary liability “even if they act in bad faith, so long as there is no prior court decision with nearly identical facts.”42Schwartz, supra note 9, at 74. As the Court has explained, as long as their conduct “does not violate clearly established statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have known,” police officers and other officials are not liable for money damages under section 1983.43Harlow, 457 U.S. at 818.

The Court has made clear its new standard is intended to be more protective of government officials than the “good faith” test. At the same time, it has also stated that the standard provides “no license to lawless conduct.”44Id. at 819. According to the Court, “[i]f the law was clearly established, the immunity defense ordinarily should fail, since a reasonably competent public official should know the law governing his conduct.”45Id. at 818–19.

However, as Joanna Schwartz has observed after close examination of section 1983 qualified immunity cases, “the Court’s decisions over the next forty years have created a standard that seems virtually impossible to meet.”46Schwartz, supra note 9, at 75. Since the Court adopted its objective test, it has applied the doctrine in several ways that have made it far more favorable to defendants.

First, the Supreme Court adopted a heightened pleading standard for complaints in civil cases. The new standard requires that to avoid having claims dismissed, plaintiffs must state facts supporting a “plausible” claim for relief.47Bell Atl. Corp. v. Twombly, 550 U.S. 544, 570 (2007); Ashcroft v. Iqbal, 556 U.S. 662, 679 (2009). Schwartz has observed that this standard “may be particularly difficult for plaintiffs in civil rights cases to overcome.”48Schwartz, supra note 9, at 43. In some kinds of cases, including those that focus on the intent of government actors or the existence of local government policies or practices, “[a] plaintiff will not likely have any evidence . . . until they get to discovery.”49Id.

Second, to show the law was “clearly established,” the Supreme Court has generally required plaintiffs to point to an already existing authoritative judicial decision (or perhaps multiple decisions), with substantially similar facts. The decisional landscape is narrow. Protester plaintiffs must identify “controlling authority in their jurisdiction” or a “consensus of cases of persuasive authority.”50Wilson v. Layne, 526 U.S. 603, 617 (1999). Unpublished decisions do not count, and courts are reluctant to consider district court decisions.51See, e.g., Ullery v. Bradley, 949 F.3d 1282, 1300 (10th Cir. 2020) (“[W]e decline to consider district court opinions in evaluating the legal landscape for purposes of qualified immunity.”); Evans v. Skolnik, 997 F.3d 1060, 1067 (9th Cir. 2021) (“We have been somewhat hesitant to rely on district court decisions in this context.”). The clearly established standard expands the scope of the qualified immunity defense by requiring that plaintiffs identify Supreme Court or published federal appeals court decisions that are identical, or nearly identical, to the one being litigated.52See Kisela v. Hughes, 584 U.S. 100, 103–04 (2018) (discussing need for factual similarities). For example, plaintiffs’ allegation that officers’ use of a particular protest policing method violated their constitutional rights would have to point to published appeals court precedents establishing that use of this method was a clearly established violation of the First Amendment or Fourth Amendment.

Third, the Court has instructed that in assessing clearly established law, courts should not define the inquiry “at a high level of generality.”53Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, 563 U.S. 731, 742 (2011) (quoting Wilson, 526 U.S. at 617). As a result, “[c]ourts have granted officers qualified immunity even when they have engaged in egregious behavior—not because what the officers did was acceptable, but because there wasn’t a prior case in which that precise conduct had been held unconstitutional.”54Schwartz, supra note 9, at 76.

Fourth, in 2009, the Court altered the way in which courts apply qualified immunity doctrine in a manner that created another significant obstacle for civil rights plaintiffs.55Pearson v. Callahan, 555 U.S. 223, 236 (2009). In an earlier decision, the Court held that when assessing a qualified immunity defense, courts must first determine whether there was a violation of a constitutional right and then address whether the law was clearly established as to that right.56Saucier v. Katz, 533 U.S. 194, 201 (2001). However, the Court’s current approach allows courts to grant qualified immunity based solely on whether the law in question was clearly established—that is, without determining whether there was a constitutional violation.57Pearson, 555 U.S. at 223–24. This creates a catch-22 for civil rights plaintiffs. If courts resolve cases based on the lack of clearly established authority, there will be fewer precedents defining constitutional violations.58See Schwartz, supra note 9, at 78 (making this point). See generally David L. Hudson, Jr., Pearson v. Callahan and Qualified Immunity: Impact on First Amendment Law, 10 First Amend. L. Rev. 125 (2011) (discussing courts’ reliance on step two in assessing First Amendment claims by students, public employees, and prisoners). That situation, in turn, results in decisions concluding that officials are not liable because of a lack of clearly established law.59See Andrew Chung, Lawrence Hurley, Jackie Botts, Andrea Januta & Guillermo Gomez, For Cops Who Kill, Special Supreme Court Protection, Reuters: Investigates (May 8, 2020, 12:00 PM), https://www.reuters.com/investigates/special-report/usa-police-immunity-scotus [https://web.archive.org/web/20230929161412/https://www.reuters.com/investigates/special-report/usa-police-immunity-scotus] (examining 252 cases from 2015–2019). According to critics, it also has the effect of rendering constitutional protections “hollow.”60Mullenix v. Luna, 577 U.S. 7, 26 (2015) (Sotomayor, J., dissenting). By allowing courts to rely on a lack of clearly established law without ruling on the underlying constitutional claim, the Court “perpetuates uncertainty about the contours of the Constitution and sends the message to officers that they may be shielded from damages liability even when they act in bad faith.”61Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1818.

Fifth and finally, the Court’s construct of a “reasonable officer” has shifted over time to grant government officials broader deference. In a 1986 decision, the Court famously wrote that qualified immunity protects “all but the plainly incompetent or those who knowingly violate the law.”62Malley v. Briggs, 475 U.S. 335, 341 (1986). Since then, the Supreme Court has stated that a defendant’s conduct is to be judged on the basis of “any reasonable officer”63Messerschmidt v. Millender, 565 U.S. 535, 556 (2012). or “every reasonable official.”64Scott Michelman, The Branch Best Qualified to Abolish Immunity, 93 Notre Dame L. Rev. 1999, 2004 (2018) (quoting Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, 563 U.S. 731, 741 (2011)). As one scholar observed, this shift implies “that in order for a plaintiff to overcome qualified immunity, the right violated must be so clear that its violation in the plaintiff’s case would have been obvious not just to the average ‘reasonable officer’ but to the least informed, least reasonable ‘reasonable officer.’ ”65Id. (emphasis added).

As Joanna Schwartz has observed, the Court has “[created one additional qualified] immunity hurdle for plaintiffs: defendants’ right to immediately appeal any qualified immunity denial.”66Schwartz, supra note 9, at 79. Under normal procedural rules, a litigant would have to wait until the court enters a final judgment in the case to file an appeal. The special appeals process in qualified immunity cases can add “months or years to the case and dramatically increas[e] the costs of litigation” for plaintiffs.67Id.

The Supreme Court has offered some general justifications for its qualified immunity standards. It has asserted that qualified immunity achieves a “balance” between allowing victims to hold officials accountable and minimizing “social costs” to “society as a whole.”68Harlow v. Fitzgerald, 457 U.S. 800, 814 (1982). Noting that “claims frequently run against the innocent as well as the guilty,” the Court has identified four “social costs.”69Id.

First, the Court has explained that the doctrine aims to avoid “the expenses of litigation” by allowing district courts to dismiss suits against officers at early stages in the litigation—and without making fact-intensive inquiries into a particular officer’s motivations.70Id. Second, and relatedly, the Court expressed concern that requiring officials to respond to such litigation can “diver[t] . . . official energy from pressing public issues.”71Id. Third, the Court worried that the threat of litigation would “deter[] . . . able citizens from acceptance of public office.”72Id. Finally, the Court noted that the threat of lawsuits could chill lawful law enforcement conduct. It posited “there is the danger that fear of being sued will ‘dampen the ardor of all but the most resolute, or the most irresponsible [public officials], in the unflinching discharge of their duties.’ ”73Id. (alteration in original) (quoting Gregoire v. Biddle, 177 F.2d 579, 589 (1949)). Along similar lines, the Court explained that the doctrine of “[q]ualified immunity gives government officials breathing room to make reasonable but mistaken judgments about open legal questions.”74Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, 563 U.S. 731, 743 (2011).

The Court has also defended qualified immunity’s focus on clearly established law on the basis that it would be unfair to hold government officials to constitutional rules they were not aware of at the time of the violation. It first articulated this idea in an early decision, stating that “[a] policeman’s lot is not so unhappy that he must choose between being charged with dereliction of duty if he does not arrest when he has probable cause, and being mulcted in damages if he does.”75Pierson v. Ray, 386 U.S. 547, 555 (1967). Later, the Court explained: “If the law at that time was not clearly established, an official could not reasonably be expected to anticipate subsequent legal developments, nor could he fairly be said to ‘know’ that the law forbade conduct not previously identified as unlawful.”76Harlow, 457 U.S. at 818. As the Court has observed, “the focus” of qualified immunity is “whether the officer had fair notice that her conduct was unlawful.”77Brosseau v. Haugen, 543 U.S. 194, 198 (2004).

Critics have offered strong challenges to these justifications and to qualified immunity generally.78For a statistical rebuttal of many of the Court’s efficiency arguments, see Joanna C. Schwartz, Qualified Immunity’s Boldest Lie, 88 U. Chicago L. Rev. 605 (2021). See also Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1820 (“The Supreme Court’s qualified immunity doctrine is ungrounded in history, unnecessary or ill-suited to serve its intended policy goals, and counter-productive to interests in holding government wrongdoers responsible when they have violated the law.”). Some have attacked qualified immunity as both bad law and bad policy.79See, e.g., William Baude, Is Qualified Immunity Unlawful?, 106 Cal. L. Rev. 45, 48–49 (2018); Michael L. Wells, Qualified Immunity After Ziglar v. Abbasi: The Case for a Categorical Approach, 68 Am. U. L. Rev. 379, 383–86 (2018); Aaron L. Nielson & Christopher J. Walker, The New Qualified Immunity, 89 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1, 6–7 (2015); Schwartz, supra note 23, at 11–12. However, at least for the time being, the Supreme Court appears committed to retaining the doctrine.

C.  Municipal Liability

Qualified immunity doctrine applies to claims against individual government officials. However, protesters can also sue municipalities, counties, and other government bodies under section 1983.

Holding governmental entities liable for constitutional violations is important for several reasons. First, these entities have much deeper pockets than individual law enforcement officers.80Schwartz, supra note 9, at 100. Second, holding employers liable for constitutional violations caused by their actions or policies puts pressure on those employers to change their unconstitutional behavior.81Id. Third, assuming the unconstitutional harm emanated from the employer, it is just to hold it, as opposed to individual officers following the employer’s commands, directly responsible for the violations.82Id.

In Monell v. Department of Social Services, the Supreme Court held that a municipal government can be held liable under section 1983 for constitutionally tortious actions.83Monell v. Dep’t of Soc. Servs. of N.Y., 436 U.S. 658, 663 (1978). However, under Monell and subsequent precedents, the Court has significantly narrowed the path to recovery.84See Schwartz, supra note 9, at 93–94 (noting it is “tremendously difficult to succeed in constitutional challenges to these types of institutional failures”).

Local governments can be held liable under section 1983 for enacting unconstitutional policies.85Id. at 102–03. They can also be held liable if an official with “final policymaking authority” violates the Constitution.86Pembaur v. City of Cincinnati, 475 U.S. 469, 483 (1986). However, these theories are “uncommonly relied upon” because they require plaintiffs demonstrate constitutional wrongdoing “at the highest levels of government.”87Schwartz, supra note 9, at 103. “Final policy makers” such as local police chiefs are rarely directly involved in applying unconstitutional policies.88Id. Moreover, as Schwartz has observed, “local governments do not usually adopt policies that are unconstitutional on their face—a policy requiring officers to use excessive force, for example, or requiring officers to arrest people who exercise their First Amendment free speech rights.”89Id.

Most commonly, to establish Monell liability, plaintiffs must demonstrate a deprivation of a federal right occurred because of a “policy or custom” of the local government’s legislative body or of those local officials whose acts may fairly be said to be those of the municipality.90Monell v. Dep’t of Soc. Servs. of N.Y., 436 U.S. 658, 690–94 (1978). The informal policy or custom alleged to have caused the constitutional injury must be “so persistent and widespread as to practically have the force of law.”91Connick v. Thompson, 563 U.S. 51, 61 (2011). Under the policy or custom theory of section 1983 liability, local governments cannot be held liable for the actions of their employees solely because of their employment status.92Monell, 436 U.S. at 690. Rather, an employee must be acting pursuant to a municipal policy or custom, and the employer can only be held liable if one of their employees has committed an underlying constitutional violation pursuant to the policy or custom.93Id.

One theory or basis of policy or custom municipal liability that is particularly germane to public protest cases is the charge that local governments failed to train and supervise law enforcement and other officers.94See City of Canton v. Harris, 489 U.S. 378, 385 (1989) (recognizing this theory of municipal liability). As with other theories, however, it is very difficult to prevail on this claim. Courts have essentially treated the way a police force chooses to train its officers as a matter of policy not generally subject to judicial second-guessing in civil rights lawsuits. As the Supreme Court has noted, “the inadequacy of police training may serve as the basis for § 1983 liability,” but “only where the failure to train amounts to deliberate indifference to the rights of persons with whom the police come into contact.”95Id. at 388 (emphasis added); e.g., Estate of Jones by Jones v. City of Martinsburg, 961 F.3d 661, 671–72 (4th Cir. 2020) (“If the City’s failure to train reflects such a deliberate or consciously indifferent ‘policy,’ then its failure can fairly be said to be the ‘moving force [behind] the constitutional violation.’ ”).

At each stage of litigation, protester plaintiffs face severe challenges in terms of alleging and proving a policy or custom sufficient to hold local governments accountable. At the complaint-drafting stage, plaintiffs often lack access to the facts necessary to allege an informal policy or custom.96Schwartz, supra note 9, at 108. Thus, they may not be able to survive a local government’s motion to dismiss for failure to meet basic pleading requirements. Even at later stages of litigation, plaintiffs are likely to struggle to adduce evidence not just that their constitutional rights were violated, but that any violations were caused by an informal policy or custom. Among other issues, the Supreme Court “has not clarified what can serve as evidence of prior constitutional violations sufficient to put police chiefs on notice that their officers need better training or supervision.”97Id. at 109.

The municipal liability standards have resulted in a complex, stringent, and “nonsensical” standard of municipal liability.98Id. at 102. As one commentator observed, “[the] doctrine of municipal liability is convoluted and can require difficult inquiries into which city officials are ‘policymakers’ under state law on local government, into whether a[n] official was acting in a ‘local’ or ‘state’ capacity, into the extent of departmental ‘custom’ authorizing constitutional violations, into individual cities’ training and hiring processes, and into demanding questions about causation and fault.”99Edward C. Dawson, Replacing Monell Liability with Qualified Immunity for Municipal Defendants in 42 U.S.C. § 1983 Litigation, 86 U. Cin. L. Rev. 483, 486 (2018) (citations omitted).

D.  First Amendment “Retaliation” Claims

In addition to the many challenges posed by general qualified immunity doctrines under section 1983, the Supreme Court has recently adopted new liability limits on a specific type of claim based on retaliation for the exercise of First Amendment rights. The Court has recognized a general defense to such claims based on a finding of probable cause to arrest the speaker for any violation of law.

The First Amendment prohibits government officials from subjecting individuals to retaliatory actions because they engaged in protected speech.100Hartman v. Moore, 547 U.S. 250, 256 (2006). To succeed on a First Amendment retaliation claim, plaintiffs must prove they engaged in a constitutionally protected activity, the defendant’s actions would “chill a person of ordinary firmness” from continuing to engage in the protected activity, and the protected activity was a substantial motivating factor in the defendant’s conduct—i.e., that there was a nexus between the defendant’s actions and the intent to chill speech.101Revels v. Vincenz, 382 F.3d 870, 876 (8th Cir. 2004).

These claims have always been difficult to win. Proving retaliatory motive is difficult, but in any event not sufficient. The speaker must show that the adverse action would not have been taken absent the official’s retaliatory motive.102Hartman, 547 U.S. at 260. For example, suppose participants arrested at a public protest claimed law enforcement restricted or suppressed their speech in retaliation for the message they conveyed. To prevail, plaintiffs must show the officer would not have arrested them or interfered with their protected speech “but for” the retaliatory reason. If the officer can show the protesters were obstructing traffic or there was any other non-retaliatory reason for the arrest, the First Amendment claim would fail.

One long-unsettled question in such cases was whether the existence of probable cause to arrest a speaker precluded a First Amendment retaliation claim brought under section 1983. In Nieves v. Bartlett, the Supreme Court answered this question in the affirmative.103Nieves v. Bartlett, 587 U.S. 391, 402 (2019).

In Nieves, the Court upheld the dismissal of a First Amendment retaliation claim brought by an individual arrested at a festival after he exchanged heated words with officers assigned to police the event. The Court held that when speakers allege officers arrested them in retaliation for the exercise of First Amendment activities, probable cause for the arrest is usually a complete defense.104Id. at 400. Echoing its justifications for adopting the general qualified immunity standards, which were discussed earlier, the Court indicated it was concerned that officers who must often make “split-second” decisions when deciding whether to arrest will sometimes rely on the suspect’s protected speech in doing so.105Id. at 401. The Court also reasoned that determining whether the arrest was in retaliation for the speech in such cases would often be difficult.106Id. Thus, it concluded plaintiffs should be required in retaliation cases to plead and prove the arrest was objectively unreasonable before inquiring into the official’s subjective mental state.107Id. at 403.

The Nieves standard applies in a broad variety of contexts. However, the Court justified it using a protest-related example. The Court was concerned, it said, that “policing certain events like an unruly protest would pose overwhelming litigation risks” for officers who arrest participants.108Id. at 404. “Any inartful turn of phrase or perceived slight during a legitimate arrest,” the Court worried, “could land an officer in years of litigation.”109Id. The Court was concerned officers would be deterred from discharging their duties or “would simply minimize their communication during arrests to avoid having their words scrutinized for hints of improper motive—a result that would leave everyone worse off.”110Id.

The Nieves rule is subject to an exception. The Court concluded “the no-probable-cause rule should not apply when a plaintiff presents objective evidence that he was arrested when otherwise similarly situated individuals not engaged in the same sort of protected speech had not been.”111Id. at 407. If a plaintiff produces this comparative evidence, the burden shifts to the official to show some non-retaliatory basis for the arrest.112See id.

The Nieves rule makes it more difficult for protesters, reporters, and others attending or participating in a public protest to demonstrate they were arrested in retaliation for their communications or other First Amendment–protected activities.113See John S. Clayton, Policing the Press: Retaliatory Arrests of Newsgatherers After Nieves v. Bartlett, 120 Colum. L. Rev. 2275, 2279 (2020); see also Katherine Grace Howard, You Have the Right to Free Speech: Retaliatory Arrests and the Pretext of Probable Cause, 51 Ga. L. Rev. 607, 616–29 (2017). As the data from this study confirm, in most cases it will mean that probable cause to arrest a speaker for any offense, however minor, will negate a First Amendment retaliation claim.114See infra Section III.C.

E.  Damages Claims Against Federal Officials

In Bivens, the Court implied a cause of action for damages against federal officials who violate individuals’ rights under the Constitution.115Bivens v. Six Unknown Named Agents of Fed. Bureau of Narcotics, 403 U.S. 388, 395–97 (1971). The claim in Bivens was based on a violation of the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches and seizures.116Id. The Court has also recognized Bivens actions for Fifth Amendment and Eighth Amendment violations.117See Davis v. Passman, 442 U.S. 228, 229 (1979) (recognizing damages action against a federal employer for gender discrimination); Carlson v. Green, 446 U.S. 14, 19 (1980) (recognizing an Eighth Amendment claim for failure to provide adequate medical treatment). However, during the past four decades, the Court has not recognized any additional Bivens claims. It has become increasingly skeptical of Bivens lawsuits in general, and specifically in the context of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims.118See infra Section III.D. At this juncture, it is not clear protesters have any right to sue federal officials for damages relating to First Amendment or Fourth Amendment violations.

According to the Court, Bivens and its progeny “were the products of an era when the Court routinely inferred ‘causes of action’ that were ‘not explicit’ in the text of the provision that was allegedly violated.”119Hernandez v. Mesa, 589 U.S. 93, 99 (2020) (quoting Ziglar v. Abbasi, 582 U.S. 120, 132 (2017)). The Court has criticized this “ancien regime,” noting that “[i]n later years, [it] came to appreciate more fully the tension between this practice and the Constitution’s separation of legislative and judicial power.”120Id. Accordingly, the Court noted, “for almost 40 years,” it has “consistently rebuffed requests to add to the claims allowed under Bivens.”121Id. at 102.

In 2017, the Court outlined a two-step framework intended to limit the expansion of Bivens remedies.122Abbasi, 582 U.S. at 138–39. The Court applied the same approach in Hernandez, 589 U.S. at 102. Under this framework, a court must first consider whether a case “arises in a ‘new context’ or involves a ‘new category of defendants.’ ”123Hernandez, 589 U.S. at 94 (quoting Corr. Servs. Corp. v. Malesko, 534 U.S. 61, 68 (2001)). The Court’s “understanding of a new context is broad.”124Id. The standard is whether “the case is different in a meaningful way from previous Bivens cases” decided by the Court.125Abbasi, 582 U.S. at 139. If so, the court must “ask whether there are any ‘special factors that counsel hesitation’ about granting the extension.”126Hernandez, 589 U.S. at 102 (quoting Abbasi, 582 U.S. at 121).

According to the Court, “special factors” are rooted in concerns about the separation of powers among the branches of federal government.127Id. (citing “the risk of interfering with the authority of the other branches”). They include, but are not limited to, the existence of alternative remedies and respect for coordinate branches of government. Thus, a court must “consider the risk of interfering with the authority of the other branches, . . . ask whether ‘there are sound reasons to think Congress might doubt the efficacy or necessity of a damages remedy’ . . . and ‘whether the Judiciary is well suited, absent congressional action or instruction, to consider and weigh the costs and benefits of allowing a damages action to proceed.’ ”128Id. (quoting Abbasi, 582 U.S. at 136, 137). If any factor causes a court to hesitate, the court should “reject the request” to recognize the Bivens claim.129Id. In general, the Court has described the expansion of Bivens as “a disfavored judicial activity.”130Abbasi, 582 U.S. at 121 (quoting Ashcroft v. Iqbal, 556 U.S. 662, 675 (2009)).

Although the Court has assumed First Amendment claims may be brought under Bivens, it has never expressly held as much and has sometimes expressed skepticism regarding such claims.131See Wood v. Moss, 572 U.S. 744, 757 (2014) (assuming Bivens extends to First Amendment claims); Reichle v. Howards, 566 U.S. 658, 663 n.4 (2012) (“We have never held that Bivens extends to First Amendment claims.”); Ashcroft v. Iqbal, 556 U.S. 662, 675 (2009) (assuming, without deciding, that a free exercise claim was available because the issue was not raised on appeal, but noting that the reluctance to extend Bivens “might well have disposed of respondent’s First Amendment claim of religious discrimination” because “we have declined to extend Bivens to a claim sounding in the First Amendment”). See generally Bush v. Lucas, 462 U.S. 367 (1983) (declining to extend Bivens to a claim sounding in the First Amendment). In Egbert v. Boule (2022), the Court ruled that plaintiffs could not sue federal officials for money damages based on First Amendment retaliation and Fourth Amendment excessive force claims.132Egbert v. Boule, 596 U.S. 482, 493–501 (2022). The Court rejected both claims on the grounds that implied actions under Bivens do not extend to “new” contexts and Congress was in a better position to determine whether to recognize any such actions.133Id. at 498. Although Egbert did not arise in the context of a public protest, the Court’s holding that First Amendment retaliation claims and Fourth Amendment excessive force claims are not viable under Bivens bodes ill for similar claims in other contexts.

II.  STUDY DESIGN AND DATASETS

The purpose of this study is to assess how the foregoing governmental immunities have affected plaintiffs’ First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims against government officials under section 1983 and Bivens for injuries sustained at public demonstrations and other events. The study tracks the disposition of more than 400 constitutional claims in over 300 federal civil rights cases.

Unlike other qualified immunity studies, which examined broad categories of decisions or dockets, my study focuses on a discrete set of activities—“public protest”—that gave rise to section 1983 and Bivens claims.134Other studies have focused on broader sets of qualified immunity decisions or dockets in a range of section 1983 claims. See sources cited supra note 22. The most comprehensive study was conducted by Joanna C. Schwartz, who studied dockets in more than 1,000 cases. See Schwartz, supra notes 23–24. The decision to focus on public protest cases and claims required that the study define and identify “public protest.” For purposes of all three datasets, “public protest” was generally defined as a set of facts in which one or more individuals participated in a public march, rally, demonstration, parade, or other similar activity. Claims involving conduct related to public protest, including leafletting, public displays, and certain kinds of expressive conduct such as flag burning, were also included in the datasets. By contrast, the datasets excluded First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims in areas including prisoner litigation, employment-related actions, conflicts involving K-12 student speech, and actions filed in connection with ordinary traffic stops or domestic disturbance calls. This definition obviously could be narrower or broader, and the public protest limit necessitated some judgment calls. Not all decisions involved large or mass demonstrations, but many did, and all included claims involving the kind of “out of doors” protest, hand-billing, and related activities typically engaged in during traditional public protest activity.135        See generally Timothy Zick, Speech Out of Doors: Preserving First Amendment Liberties in Public Places (2008).

To conduct the study, I compiled three unique datasets. Each dataset consists of federal district court and appeals courts (including Supreme Court) decisions, which I read and coded. The first dataset, Qualified Immunity, includes 253 district and appellate court decisions, both published and unpublished, in which qualified immunity was raised as a defense to First Amendment or Fourth Amendment claims in the context of public protests.136The decisions were collected using the following Westlaw searches in the Federal Cases database: (“first amendment” (freedom /3 (speech assembly))) /p (demonstration protest protestor protester rally rallies street park sidewalk plaza pavement mall parade walk-out sit-in picket) & “qualified immunity”; (“first amendment” (freedom /3 (speech assembly))) & “qualified immunity” & (public demonstration protest! rally rallies street park highway sidewalk plaza road pavement mall boulevard parade walk-out sit-in picket) & (1983 bivens); “first amendment” /40 “qualified immunity” /p (protest demonstration rally parade); and SY,DI(92k1430 92k1431 92k1529 92k1732 92k1736 92k1744 92k1758 92k1759 92k1760 92k1761 92k1762 92k1764 92k184* 92k185* 92k1864) & (SY,DI(78k1373 78k1374 78k1376 78k1398 78k1407 78k1432 78k1440 170Bk3295 170Bk3323(2) 170Bk3625(2) 393k1472 393k1475 393k1483) “qualified immunity”). Returned results for all searches were then reviewed to isolate claims brought in connection with public protest activities, per the study definition. In combination, these decisions addressed a total of 468 First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims. The study examined cases from 1982, when the Supreme Court adopted its modern “two-step” qualified immunity approach, to December 2022.137See Harlow v. Fitzgerald, 457 U.S. 800, 815–19 (1982) (rejecting the “good faith” standard and adopting the “clearly established law” standard).

Each of the 253 decisions in the Qualified Immunity dataset was coded for: (1) court; (2) date of decision; (3) whether the decision was published or unpublished; (4) type of constitutional claim (First Amendment or Fourth Amendment); (5) procedural posture in which a qualified immunity defense was raised (Summary Judgment, Motion to Dismiss, or Trial); (6) disposition of the motion to dismiss on qualified immunity grounds (granted or denied); (7) whether denials of summary judgment addressed the merits or were based on the existence of genuine issues of material fact; (8) whether a motion to dismiss or for summary judgment was granted based on Step One, Step Two, or Both steps of the qualified immunity analysis; (9) in appeals, whether the appellate court affirmed or reversed the district court’s qualified immunity disposition; (10) description of the First Amendment or Fourth Amendment claim; and (11) basis for the court’s conclusion on the qualified immunity motion. All decisions in the Qualified Immunity database were also coded for (12) whether plaintiffs pursued a claim for municipal liability under Monell; (13) whether a defense motion to dismiss or for summary judgment on the Monell claim was granted or denied; and (14) general grounds for the court’s disposition of the municipal liability claim.

The other two datasets are more limited in scope. The Nieves Retaliation Claims dataset includes forty-one published and unpublished federal court decisions from 2019 through December 2022.138Westlaw searches in the federal district court and appellate court databases were as follows: (protest demonstration rally picket) /30 retaliation /p nieves and retaliation /20 “First Amendment” /p nieves. The results were then reviewed to isolate claims arising in the context of public protest activity. Several retaliation claims were also collected from the Qualified Immunity dataset, which swept in some post-Nieves retaliation claims. Each decision was coded for (1) procedural posture; (2) disposition of a defense motion to dismiss or for summary judgment based on Nieves; (3) criminal offense(s) charged; (4) whether the decision addressed the Nieves unequal treatment exception and, if so, the court’s disposition of that part of the claim; (5) whether plaintiffs pursued a claim for retaliation against the municipality; and (6) disposition of the retaliation claim.

The Bivens Claims dataset includes twenty-six published and unpublished decisions between 1971 and the end of December 2022 in which courts addressed First Amendment or Fourth Amendment Bivens claims in the context of public protests.139The Westlaw search in the federal district court and appellate court databases was as follows: bivens /p protest or demonstration or rally /p “first amendment” or “fourth amendment” and DA (aft 1971). These results were then reviewed to isolate claims arising in the context of public protest activity. The relatively low number of reported Bivens protest decisions available in Westlaw is not surprising. Westlaw coverage for older unpublished decisions is spotty so the database does not include all Bivens protest-related decisions. Further, state and local officials are far more likely than federal officials to be involved in law enforcement and other activities giving rise to protest-related constitutional claims. Each decision was coded for (1) type of constitutional claim (First Amendment, Fourth Amendment, or both); (2) whether the court recognized a Bivens First Amendment or Fourth Amendment cause of action; and (3) in the event the court did not recognize the Bivens action, its reasoning (for example, claim arises in a “new context,” the presence of “special factors,” and so forth).

All three datasets have statistical and other limitations that narrow the study’s scope and findings. Most empirical qualified immunity studies have relied on decisions available on Westlaw.140See sources cited supra note 22; see also Schwartz, supra note 23, at 20 n.64 (acknowledging that most studies have relied on decisions available on Westlaw). However, as Joanna Schwartz has observed, because Westlaw omits many unpublished opinions as well as lawsuits resolved without any opinion, such studies can “say little about the frequency with which qualified immunity is raised, the manner in which all motions raising qualified immunity are decided, and the impact of qualified immunity on case dispositions.”141Schwartz, supra note 23, at 20–21. However, as Schwartz acknowledges, such studies can “offer insights about the ways . . . courts assess qualified immunity . . . in a written opinion.”142Id. at 21. The study examines opinions accessible to courts when they analyzed qualified immunity and other defenses in protest cases.

There are some quantitative limitations. Since my study is limited to claims brought in “public protest” cases, it is not based on a random or complete sample of all qualified immunity decisions. Thus, quite intentionally, it does not purport to make claims about the dispositions of all qualified immunity motions. Moreover, because my study considers both district court and appeals courts decisions, and primarily claims addressed at both the motion to dismiss and summary judgment stages, it cannot account for all final dispositions of qualified immunity motions in the study.143The study data include a few decisions following bench trials. For example, a qualified immunity motion denied at the motion to dismiss stage could be granted or denied later at summary judgment. Or the case may settle. The Retaliation Claims and Bivens Claims datasets, which are smaller samples, have similar quantitative limitations. In addition, the sample sizes in these two datasets are relatively small. The three datasets provide snapshots of how courts have disposed of qualified immunity and other motions in public protest cases during the relevant time periods.

Even with the foregoing limitations, the study offers a rare glimpse into how courts address qualified immunity in public protests cases. The data also provide information about the most common types of claims protesters pursued and how these different claims fared under qualified immunity, whether defense motions to dismiss or for summary judgment were successful, how courts applied the two-step qualified immunity analysis, whether Monell claims were pursued and sustained, the effect of Nieves on First Amendment retaliation claims, and whether protesters have been able to pursue Bivens actions. In addition, the study’s qualitative analysis helps reveal the extent to which First Amendment and Fourth Amendment law has developed—or failed to develop—in the public protest context and the extent to which courts have left important questions unanswered. In sum, the study offers an in-depth analysis of how qualified immunity has affected constitutional claims brought by protester plaintiffs.

III.  DATA AND FINDINGS

This Part presents the study’s data and principal findings. It begins with a quantitative and qualitative examination of the largest dataset, Qualified Immunity. The Part then turns to the effect of governmental immunities and defenses on municipal liability, First Amendment retaliation claims, and protesters’ Bivens actions.

A.  Section 1983 and Qualified Immunity

This Section presents findings from the Qualified Immunity dataset. It begins with a general overview of the dataset, and then discusses more detailed quantitative findings concerning First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims. In connection with the discussion of these claims, the Section also presents qualitative assessments of the state of clearly established First Amendment and Fourth Amendment law in public protest cases.

1.  Qualified Immunity Dataset: Overview

Table 1 contains general information about the overall number of cases, whether decisions were published or unpublished, and the distribution of federal district court and courts of appeals decisions in the Qualified Immunity dataset. As indicated, this dataset includes federal district and appellate court public protest decisions from 1982 through the end of 2022 in which defendants sought dismissal or summary judgment based on qualified immunity. It does not include state-level constitutional claims or qualified immunity decisions.

The Qualified Immunity dataset consists of 253 (published and unpublished) federal district court and appellate court decisions. As noted earlier, for purposes of establishing whether there is clearly established law regarding a constitutional right, courts look primarily to published courts of appeal decisions (although some will also look to published district court decisions). There are more than twice as many published (170) as unpublished (83) decisions in the database. In terms of precedents most likely to be considered controlling, there are eighty-six published appeals court decisions—including two decisions from the Supreme Court.144These decisions are the primary basis for the description and analysis of substantive First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights below. See infra Sections III.A.2–3.

Table 1.  General Case Data
Cases in the Dataset253
Published Cases170
Unpublished Cases83
Appellate Cases (Including Supreme Court)114
District Court Cases139
Published Appellate Cases86

The study of the Qualified Immunity dataset focused primarily on the disposition of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims subject to defense motions for dismissal or summary judgment based on qualified immunity. As indicated in Table 2, the dataset includes 468 distinct First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims as to which defendants filed such motions. A claim was counted just once, even if brought against multiple defendants—unless the court disposed of the claim differently for certain defendants, in which case the claim was counted more than once. In general, courts tended to analyze qualified immunity motions by multiple defendants together.

There were slightly more First Amendment (253) than Fourth Amendment (215) claims in the dataset. More qualified immunity motions concerning these claims were decided by federal district courts (287) than by federal appellate courts (181). In many cases, no appeal appears to have been filed after the district court disposition of defense qualified immunity motions. Although it is possible appeals were filed but not noted on Westlaw, many cases appear to have terminated at the district court level without any interlocutory or other appeals.

The study examines constitutional claims subject to defense qualified immunity motions, again in cases that resulted in a published or unpublished opinion available on Westlaw. If, at the time the study period closed, an appellate decision was not available in Westlaw, then the district court decision was included in the dataset. In all other cases, the highest available appellate decision (Supreme Court or federal court of appeal) was coded instead of the district court opinion.

Table 2.  General Claims Data 
Claims in the Dataset468
First Amendment Claims253
Fourth Amendment Claims215
Claims Considered in District Courts287
Claims Considered in Appellate Courts (Including Supreme Court)181

Like other studies, mine tracks the disposition and analysis of constitutional claims brought by protester plaintiffs.145See, e.g., Leong, supra note 22, at 684–88 (accounting for separate claims in study of district court decisions). A docket study focusing on public protest cases, as defined for purposes of the study, was not feasible. Even if all public protest cases could be identified through a review of court dockets, to get a substantial sample one would need to review complaints filed in a multitude of districts.146See Schwartz, supra note 23, at 19–25 (basing study on a review of dockets for section 1983 claims filed in five districts). Focusing on defendants would provide some information about how many individual officers were sued and how many achieved dismissals, but it would not provide information about why they were sued or how courts analyzed constitutional claims in qualified immunity cases.147There is also the problem of what to do about “Doe” defendants, which appeared in several cases in the Qualified Immunity dataset. Focusing on case-level data, for example, how many cases resulted in dismissal on qualified immunity grounds, would likewise not tell us what kinds of claims protesters typically bring, the dispositions or success rates of defense motions to dismiss or for summary judgment regarding specific claims, and information about substantive First Amendment and Fourth Amendment law. My study focuses primarily on claim-level findings to learn how courts have analyzed motions to dismiss claims based on qualified immunity in the specific context of public protest.

Success rates overall and by claim for defense motions to dismiss or for summary judgment based on qualified immunity are reported in Figure 1. The Qualified Immunity dataset includes only cases in which defendants raised a qualified immunity defense as to one or more constitutional claims and courts explicitly addressed the defense. A defense qualified immunity motion was deemed “successful” if it was granted or dismissal of the claim was upheld on qualified immunity grounds. Motion success was not defined as disposing of all claims in the case, including Monell, state law, and other actions.148Cf. Schwartz, supra note 23, at 45 (finding that qualified immunity resulted in dismissal of all claims in just 0.6% of cases and summary judgment on all claims in 2.6% of cases). Rather, my study focused on the qualified immunity determination with respect to each claim of constitutional wrong.

Figure 1.  Defense Q.I. Motion Success Rates

Although approximately a third of qualified immunity motions succeeded at the pleadings stage (53/152 for all claims), as in other studies defendants were far more likely to prevail at summary judgment.149See Schwartz, supra note 23, at 39 (“[C]ourts were more likely to grant summary judgment motions on qualified immunity grounds than they were to grant motions to dismiss on qualified immunity grounds.”). Examination of qualified immunity decisions in protest-related cases thus adds some support for the claim that the defense does not generally serve the goal of weeding out cases at the earliest stages of litigation and sparing defendants the expenses of discovery.150See id. at 11 (observing that “plaintiffs can often plausibly plead clearly established constitutional violations and thus defeat motions to dismiss”). Defense success rates at the motion to dismiss stage in my study are somewhat higher than those reported in some others, but generally consistent with dismissal findings across studies.151See id. at 39 (finding 26.6% dismissal rate for motions to dismiss). In sum, in most protest cases plaintiffs were able to proceed to discovery on their claims.

As noted, courts were more likely to grant summary judgment on qualified immunity grounds than to dismiss at the pleadings stage. Across all claims, defendants prevailed on 58% (183/313) of their motions. That success rate was consistent across claims, with courts granting 60% (101/168) of defense qualified immunity motions in First Amendment cases and 57% (82/145) of summary judgment motions in Fourth Amendment cases. Again, these numbers are generally consistent with those reported in other studies.152See id. (finding courts granted 39.7% of qualified immunity summary judgment motions); see also sources cited supra note 22 (reporting low denial rates ranging from 14% to 32%).

Courts denied summary judgment as to 130 claims. In 53% of those cases (69/130), the defense motion was denied because there were genuine issues of material fact at issue. In the other 47% (61/130) of summary judgment motions, courts denied the motions on the merits (that is, held that plaintiffs had met their burden of showing a violation of clearly established law).

As shown in Figure 2, appellate courts were more likely than district courts to rule in defendants’ favor on qualified immunity. In published and unpublished decisions available on Westlaw, district courts granted 45% (128/287) of defense motions. Appellate courts ruled in defendants’ favor on 60% (109/181) of plaintiffs’ constitutional claims. These numbers are likely owing in part to defendants’ low rate of success at the pleadings stage, which in many instances were the last results coded. District courts, which faced more defense motions at the pleadings stage, were inclined to allow for some factual development before dismissing plaintiffs’ claims.

Figure 2.  Q.I. Motion Success Rates by Court

Figure 3 shows that appellate court success rates were similar if one considers only the eighty-six published decisions. Courts granted or upheld defense qualified immunity defenses with respect to 57% (77/135) of all constitutional claims. In published appellate decisions, the rate of success for defendants was still lower (48% or 15/31) at the motion to dismiss stage than when the case had reached the summary judgment stage (60% or 62/103). However, in published decisions appellate courts ruled in defendants’ favor at the pleadings stage at a somewhat higher rate than did all courts at that stage.153See supra Figure 1 (finding dismissal rate of 35% for all claims). Appellate courts may have been responding to the Supreme Court’s directive that non-meritorious cases should be dismissed at an earlier stage, or they may simply have been convinced that plaintiffs had not adequately pleaded a clearly established violation under applicable pleading rules.

Figure 3.  Q.I. Motion Success Rates in Published Appellate Decisions

As discussed earlier, under qualified immunity doctrine, courts can dismiss or grant summary judgment for defendants if the plaintiff has not demonstrated a constitutional violation occurred (“Step One”) or if, despite the occurrence of a constitutional violation, the law was not “clearly established” at the time the violation occurred (“Step Two”).154See supra notes 55–61 and accompanying text. Prior to 2009, the Supreme Court instructed lower courts to address these two steps in order.155Saucier v. Katz, 533 U.S. 194, 200–07 (2001), overruled by Pearson v. Callahan, 555 U.S. 223 (2009). In 2009, the Court held the sequence was not mandatory; thus, courts could skip Step One and base decisions solely on analysis at Step Two.156Pearson, 555 U.S. at 236.

Grants of defense qualified immunity motions were coded for sequencing. If a claim was dismissed or defendants prevailed on summary judgment, the disposition was coded “Step One” when the basis for granting or upholding qualified immunity was the absence of a constitutional violation, “Step Two” if the sole basis for granting or upholding qualified immunity was the court’s conclusion that the law was not “clearly established,” and “Both” if the court granted or upheld qualified immunity on the basis that there was a constitutional violation but the law was not “clearly established” at the time. The few instances in which the court’s decision was unclear regarding which Step it was relying on were also coded as “Both.”

Figure 4.  Sequencing and Success Rate

As indicated in Figure 4, when courts ruled in defendants’ favor in public protest cases, they did so at Step One 57% of the time (133/235). For Fourth Amendment claims, courts granted qualified immunity at Step One 63% (67/107) of the time. That percentage dropped to 52% (66/128) for First Amendment claims. The higher rate for Fourth Amendment claims may be attributable to the lenient probable cause and excessive force standards applied in Fourth Amendment cases, which make it more likely courts will conclude there was no constitutional violation. Of course, the higher success rates for defense motions may also be attributable to the relative weakness of the plaintiffs’ Fourth Amendment claims. Although not included in Figure 4, the number of overall Step One dispositions was somewhat higher (65% or 50/77) if one looks only at the eighty-six published appellate court decisions in the dataset.

Scholars have raised the concern that if courts proceed directly to Step Two there will be fewer opportunities to develop “clearly established” law, thus making it more difficult for plaintiffs to prevail in qualified immunity cases.157See, e.g., Schwartz, supra note 23, at 76 (discussing the adverse effect sequencing can have on the development of constitutional law). There is also a related concern that constitutional law will stagnate or fail to develop if courts do not rule on the constitutional question at Step One.158See Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1814–20 (discussing concerns that qualified immunity results in courts failing to define the contours of constitutional rights).

My data do not indicate courts are engaged in widespread avoidance of constitutional issues in public protest cases. But again, the findings may be driven in part by the constitutional standards courts are called upon to apply to First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims. Those standards call for, among other things, consideration of context and assessment of the “reasonableness” of governmental actions. The constitutional doctrine may make it easier for courts to dispose of claims by concluding no violation has occurred, that plaintiffs have not satisfied their burden of providing evidence of a constitutional violation, or that the law is not sufficiently clear.

The data show that in a significant percentage of instances, 35% overall (82/235), courts relied on the Step Two conclusion that the law was not “clearly established.”159The data did not produce a large enough sample size to assess whether the Court’s decision in Pearson, which allowed courts to address Step Two first in qualified immunity cases, had any effect on the sequencing. In these instances, courts did not address the substance of the constitutional claims. As discussed later, judicial reliance on a lack of clearly established law in public protest cases has probably limited development of substantive constitutional law regarding First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights.160See infra Sections III.B–C. Consider that in 42% (54/128) of rulings in defendants’ favor on First Amendment claims, courts relied on the absence of clearly established law regarding issues ranging from the constitutionality of exclusions of protesters from public properties to the right to record law enforcement. Those rulings make it more difficult for plaintiffs in future cases to prove a violation or show the law is clearly established.161See Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1815 (noting the Court’s qualified immunity decisions have created a “vicious cycle”). Courts also avoided the constitutional question in motions addressing a quarter of Fourth Amendment claims.

Some commentators have suggested that qualified immunity doctrine allows for development of substantive law because it permits courts to find a constitutional violation at Step One but still hold the law was not clearly established at Step Two.162See, e.g., John C. Jeffries, Jr., The Right-Remedy Gap in Constitutional Law, 109 Yale L.J. 87, 99–100 (1999) (arguing that qualified immunity standards allow for judicial innovation). My data show little evidence of such innovative judicial practice. Only 6% (8/129) of First Amendment claims were disposed of in this way, with a slightly higher percentage of Fourth Amendment claims (11% or 12/108). Again, these percentages track other studies’ findings.163See Nielson & Walker, supra note 79, at 37 (discussing studies finding that in only 2.5–7.9% of claims did courts find there was a constitutional violation but upheld qualified immunity).

Finally, my data show that appellate reversal or affirmance rates in protest-related qualified immunity cases were very low. Overall, appeals courts reversed lower court decisions on qualified immunity only 33% (59/181) of the time. For First Amendment claims, the reversal rate was 33% (36/108) and for Fourth Amendment claims it was 32% (23/73). These reversal rates are generally consistent with those reported in other qualified immunity studies.164See Schwartz, supra note 23, at 41 (finding an affirmance rate of 65.4%). A closer look at these data demonstrates that appellate courts reversed district courts 40% of the time (25/62) when they denied a qualified immunity motion, but only 26% of the time (30/114) when they granted a qualified immunity motion. This finding is consistent with the data in Figure 2, which show appellate courts were more likely to rule in favor of qualified immunity across a range of claims.

2.  First Amendment Claims

In addition to the general claims data discussed above, the Qualified Immunity dataset includes more specific information about First Amendment claims. The data include the types of claims protesters pursued, the success rates for qualified immunity motions respecting different types of claims, and the substantive law as it pertains to the First Amendment rights of public protesters.

i.  Types of Claims

There are 253 First Amendment claims in the Qualified Immunity dataset. Figure 5 shows the distribution and frequency of the six most common types of First Amendment claims.

Figure 5.  Types of First Amendment Claims

Retaliation claims were the most frequently litigated type of First Amendment claim. Law enforcement or other government officials violate the First Amendment when they arrest, use force against, or otherwise restrict expressive activity in retaliation for the exercise of First Amendment rights.165Hartman v. Moore, 547 U.S. 250, 256 (2006). To prevail on a retaliation claim, “the plaintiffs must show that they engaged in protected activity, that the defendants’ actions caused an injury to the plaintiffs that would chill a person of ordinary firmness from continuing to engage in the activity, and that a causal connection exists between the retaliatory animus and the injury.”166Bernini v. City of St. Paul, 665 F.3d 997, 1007 (8th Cir. 2012); see also Baribeau v. City of Minneapolis, 596 F.3d 465, 481 (8th Cir. 2010).

As discussed earlier, in Nieves v. Bartlett (2019), the Supreme Court modified the law with respect to retaliation claims.167See Nieves v. Bartlett, 587 U.S. 391, 400 (2019) (holding that probable cause to arrest generally negates a First Amendment retaliation claim). The Qualified Immunity dataset includes decisions addressing seventy-eight retaliation claims subject to the standards that applied prior to Nieves.168Post-Nieves retaliation claims were collected in a separate dataset and are discussed infra Section III.C.

Nearly half (124/253 or 49%) of the First Amendment claims pertained to protesters’ rights to access public properties and the doctrines that apply to speech and assembly in those places. Individuals and groups have a First Amendment right to speak and assemble in certain public properties, including public streets, parks, and sidewalks.169See Perry Educ. Ass’n v. Perry Local Educators’ Ass’n, 460 U.S. 37, 45 (1983) (explaining modern public forum doctrine). While governments can impose content-neutral time, place, and manner restrictions on speech and assembly in these “quintessential” public fora, they generally cannot restrict expression based on its content or prohibit access altogether.170Id. Under the First Amendment, regulations of speech based on subject matter or viewpoint receive strict judicial scrutiny and must be narrowly tailored to further compelling governmental interests.171See Reed v. Town of Gilbert, 576 U.S. 155, 170 (2015) (explaining that content-based speech regulations are subject to strict scrutiny). Thirty-seven First Amendment claims asserted that government regulated speech based on its content. Time, place, or manner regulations are subject to a lower degree of judicial scrutiny. They must be content-neutral, supported by important governmental interests, narrowly tailored to burden no more speech than necessary, and must leave available alternative channels of communication.172Ward v. Rock Against Racism, 491 U.S. 781, 791 (1989). Fifty-three First Amendment claims involved application of this standard.

Under the First Amendment, protesters and other speakers also have a right to access other public forums, primarily depending on the extent to which governments intend to allow expressive activities in these places and the extent to which such activities would affect their ordinary functioning.173See Perry, 460 U.S. at 45. In places generally open to the public for expressive purposes, or so-called designated public fora, governments can impose content-neutral time, place, and manner regulations.174Id. at 45–46. In “non-public” or “limited” public forums, regulations need only be viewpoint-neutral and reasonable.175Cornelius v. NAACP Legal Def. & Educ. Fund, 473 U.S. 788, 799–800 (1985). Thirty-four First Amendment claims concerned government restrictions on access to various public properties.

Rounding out the First Amendment claims, protesters brought thirty-two claims challenging a variety of policing methods—for example, use of tear gas, herding or “kettling” of protesters, and surveillance of protest groups. Protesters claimed these actions chilled or prohibited expression. Plaintiffs also pursued a dozen claims relating to arrests or other adverse actions taken against protesters who were recording law enforcement at public demonstrations. As discussed below, whether there is a First Amendment right to record police is an issue on which courts remain somewhat divided.176See infra notes 225–27 and accompanying text; see also Karen M. Blum, Qualified Immunity: Time to Change the Message, 93 Notre Dame L. Rev. 1887, 1897 (2018) (discussing the circuit split on the right to record).

ii.  Claims Disposition Data

Figure 6 shows the success rates for qualified immunity motions respecting the five most common types of First Amendment claims.177Since the dataset included only twelve “right to record” claims, the sample size was considered too small to produce any meaningful conclusions. Significant findings relate to the procedural posture of qualified immunity dispositions and the disparate success rates for qualified immunity motions challenging certain claims.

Figure 6.  Q.I. Motion Success Rates by First Amendment Claim

Although some of the sample sizes are small, the data generally show that plaintiffs were able to keep claims alive at the pleadings stage. The success rate percentages for retaliation, content-based speech regulations, and access to forum claims were in line with the overall pleadings stage dismissal percentages reported earlier.178See supra Section II.A.1.

Two claims produced unanticipated results. In qualified immunity motions respecting challenges to time, place, and manner regulations, defendants prevailed 63% (10/16) of the time. The judicial balancing that applies to time, place, and manner regulations generally requires consideration of factual context not typically available at the pleadings stage. The high success rate may reflect the deferential standard applicable to content-neutral time, place, and manner regulations, the uncertain state of the law as it pertains to application of the standard, the relative strength or weakness of the claims in the dataset, or some combination of these factors.

The other unexpected finding is that only 7% (1/14) of motions to dismiss First Amendment challenges to protest policing methods were successful. However, several of these claims relied on allegations that police had used aggressive policing methods against compliant and peaceful protesters or dispersed assemblies without cause or warning.179See Green v. City of St. Louis, 52 F.4th 734, 740 (8th Cir. 2022) (concluding that deploying tear gas against protesters who were not engaging in illegal activity violated clearly established First Amendment rights); cf. Quraishi v. St. Charles County, 986 F.3d 831, 838 (8th Cir. 2021) (holding that using tear gas or other law enforcement tactics to interfere with reporting activity violated clearly established First Amendment rights). Taking those allegations as true, courts concluded they stated a clear violation of the First Amendment.

At summary judgment, defendants substantially prevailed on their qualified immunity motions, winning 72% (26/36) of time, place, and manner claims, 62% (33/53) of retaliation claims, and 55% (11/18) of claims challenging protest policing methods. Again, there were a couple of exceptions. Defendants were granted qualified immunity as to only 44% (11/25) of claims involving content-based speech regulations and won only 50% (10/20) of motions relating to claims involving access to public property. This may reflect the fact that the law in both areas is longstanding and relatively clear. As discussed, under the First Amendment, laws or regulations based on content face a heavy presumption of invalidity. Similarly, protesters have a presumptive right to access certain public properties including public parks, streets, and sidewalks.

iii.  First Amendment Law and Protesters’ Rights

The numbers paint an important, if only partial, picture when it comes to application of qualified immunity doctrine in First Amendment cases. The study was also designed to identify and critically analyze the substantive law that has developed—or failed to develop—during application of qualified immunity doctrine. The law that matters most is controlling authority in a specific jurisdiction. However, using a qualitative assessment, we can get a more general sense of the development of substantive standards concerning protesters’ First Amendment rights. The assessment that follows relies primarily on published appellate court decisions but, when useful in terms of filling some gaps, also considers published district court decisions.

Although retaliation claims were the most common in the Qualified Immunity dataset, the core First Amendment rights of protesters relate to access to public properties and the application of content neutrality standards there. Protesters rely on access to public forums such as public streets, parks, and sidewalks, as well as other public properties, to organize and participate in public demonstrations, rallies, and other events.

In public forum qualified immunity cases, several courts treated arbitrary, broad, and effective denials of access to public fora as First Amendment violations.180See Collins v. Jordan, 110 F.3d 1363, 1371 (9th Cir. 1996) (holding that dispersing protesters absent evidence they are unlawful, violent, pose a clear and present danger of imminent violence, or violate some law violated the First Amendment); Dean v. Byerley, 354 F.3d 540, 559 (6th Cir. 2004) (holding that picketer has a First Amendment right to engage in peaceful targeted residential picketing); Dietrich v. John Ascuaga’s Nugget, 548 F.3d 892, 898 (9th Cir. 2008) (concluding that the complete exclusion of plaintiffs from a public sidewalk violated the First Amendment); Huminski v. Corsones, 396 F.3d 53, 92–93 (2d Cir. 2004) (finding that although the right was not clearly established, issuance of trespass notices indefinitely excluding a protester from state courthouses and lands violated the First Amendment); McGlone v. Bell, 681 F.3d 718, 733–35 (6th Cir. 2012) (holding that a state university’s fourteen business day advance notice requirement in policy requiring nonaffiliated individuals and groups to obtain permission before speaking on certain parts of its campus was an unconstitutional restriction on free speech); Occupy Columbia v. Haley, 738 F.3d 107, 125 (4th Cir. 2013) (holding that arresting protestors for their presence and protests on state house grounds after a certain time of day violated their First Amendment rights). They also held that precedents clearly established protesters’ rights to distribute pamphlets and have access to an audience in a public forum,181See Amnesty Int’l, USA v. Battle, 559 F.3d 1170, 1185 (11th Cir. 2009) (observing that while none of the cases “are on all fours with the instant case, and do not clearly elucidate the fact-specific rule that police may not create a police cordon that makes a protest rally totally ineffective,” prior cases “need not be ‘materially similar’ to the present circumstances so long as the right is ‘sufficiently clear that a reasonable official would understand that what he is doing violates that right’ ” and “[t]here need not . . . be a prior case wherein ‘the very action in question has previously been held unlawful’ ”). The court concluded the defendants “had fair warning that Amnesty had a clearly established right to assemble, to protest, and to be heard while doing so.” Id. engage in peaceful residential picketing,182Dean, 354 F.3d at 559. protest on private property with the owner’s consent,183Jones v. Parmley, 465 F.3d 46, 58–59 (2d Cir. 2006). be present on State House grounds after 6:00 p.m.,184Occupy Columbia, 738 F.3d at 125. and engage in non-disruptive activity on a public sidewalk adjacent to a public school.185People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals v. Rasmussen, 298 F.3d 1198, 1204 (10th Cir. 2002).

However, appellate courts upheld several bans on protest in government properties other than public streets, parks, and sidewalks.186See Braun v. Baldwin, 346 F.3d 761, 765–66 (7th Cir. 2003) (finding that it was not a First Amendment violation to arrest a speaker for disorderly conduct when he distributed pro-jury nullification pamphlets inside a courthouse and refused to desist when ordered to do so); Oberwetter v. Hilliard, 639 F.3d 545, 554 (D.C. Cir. 2011) (concluding that arresting a protester for staging an unlawful performance inside the Jefferson Memorial did not violate a clearly established First Amendment right); Paff v. Kaltenbach, 204 F.3d 425, 433–34 (3d Cir. 2000) (holding that it was not a violation of the First Amendment to arrest political party activists for criminal trespass while they were leafleting on the sidewalk outside a U.S. Post Office on income tax day). In addition, they concluded the following actions did not violate clearly established First Amendment rights to access public properties:

  • Enforcing an invalid permit ordinance that violated the First Amendment, on the ground that the officer was entitled to rely on the ordinance;187Grossman v. City of Portland, 33 F.3d 1200, 1210 (9th Cir. 1994).
  • Excluding a protester from state courthouse grounds and lands, because the “right of access to judicial proceedings” was not clearly established at the time;188Huminski v. Corsones, 396 F.3d 53, 68 (2d Cir. 2005).
  • Arresting a protester for refusing to move a rally from the sidewalk adjacent to Liberty Bell Center in Independence National Historic Park, because it was not clearly established at the time that the sidewalk was a public forum;189Marcavage v. Nat’l Park Serv., 666 F.3d 856, 859 (3d Cir. 2012).
  • Promulgating and enforcing a curfew, since protestors did not have a clearly established right under the First Amendment to continuously occupy a plaza on state capitol grounds for an indefinite time;190Occupy Nashville v. Haslam, 769 F.3d 434, 445–46 (6th Cir. 2014). and
  • Denying a state university student’s request to set up a table in the patio area outside the student union, since the right to access such space was not clearly established.191Turning Point USA at Ark. State Univ. v. Rhodes, 973 F.3d 868, 880 (8th Cir. 2020).

As one might expect based on qualified immunity doctrine, the forum access precedents allow protesters to hold officials liable for egregious restrictions, including flat bans on access to traditional or quintessential public fora. However, they also permit officials to enforce otherwise unconstitutional permit requirements and exclude protesters from important venues on the ground that there is insufficient controlling authority addressing access to those places or no reasonable official would know this violated the First Amendment.

According to the decisions, it is difficult for protesters to prove a clearly established right to access a property unless that same property has been previously declared a public forum for First Amendment purposes. But when courts rely on the absence of controlling authority with respect to a public place, they fail to develop forum law. This is part of qualified immunity’s “vicious cycle.”192Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1815.

Protesters also rely on courts to enforce content neutrality rules in public places. The data suggest they have done so unevenly and inconsistently. The Supreme Court has admonished lower courts not to define constitutional issues at a high level of generality but to rely only on controlling precedent.193White v. Pauly, 580 U.S. 73, 78–79 (2017). Nevertheless, in some contexts, courts applied general doctrinal rules to deny qualified immunity. In these instances, failure to follow the Court’s instructions benefitted protester plaintiffs.

For example, courts relied on the general principle that content-based regulations of expression violate the First Amendment. Based on that principle, they held that forcing abortion protesters to vacate a public sidewalk based on the content of their signs or arresting someone for, without more, burning an American flag violated clearly established First Amendment rights.194See Cannon v. City and Cnty. of Denver, 998 F.2d 867, 878–79 (10th Cir. 1993) (holding arrest of anti-abortion protesters for carrying signs reading “the killing place” on public sidewalk violated the First Amendment); Logsdon v. Hains, 492 F.3d 334, 346 (6th Cir. 2007) (holding police officers who allegedly removed anti-abortion protester from public sidewalk based on the content of his expression were not entitled to qualified immunity); Snider v. City of Cape Girardeau, 752 F.3d 1149, 1158–59 (8th Cir. 2014) (concluding the First Amendment prohibits the arrest and prosecution of an individual for, without more, burning the American flag to express an opinion). They also concluded, again based on general standards forbidding content-based speech regulations, that public university officials cannot prohibit student protests because of the content of their message and law enforcement officers violated the First Amendment when they made no serious effort to quell hecklers before shutting down a public protest.195See Crue v. Aiken, 370 F.3d 668, 680–81 (7th Cir. 2004) (holding it is clearly established that the First Amendment protects the rights of students and faculty to address student athletes on the issue of the racist nature of mascot); Bible Believers v. Wayne County, 805 F.3d 228, 256 (6th Cir. 2015) (concluding that imposing content-based heckler’s veto violated clearly established First Amendment rights; crowd’s violence was not substantial, evangelists were peaceful, and officers made no serious attempt to quell hecklers). Similarly, appellate courts held that it is clearly established that protesters cannot be arrested for communicating protected profanity.196See Sandul v. Larion, 119 F.3d 1250, 1256 (6th Cir. 1997) (concluding that well-established Supreme Court precedents demonstrate that saying “f—k you” to abortion protesters is constitutionally protected speech). Finally, one appeals court held that protesters cannot be arrested for engaging in an unusual form of dissent, on the ground that the First Amendment “protects bizarre behavior.”197See Tobey v. Jones, 706 F.3d 379, 388 (4th Cir. 2013) (concluding the First Amendment “protects bizarre behavior,” including airline passenger’s right to display peaceful non-disruptive message in protest of government policy).

By contrast, when courts followed qualified immunity law to the letter, they frequently upheld government actions that violated content neutrality rules. In several cases courts concluded defendants were entitled to qualified immunity even though they adopted or enforced content-based regulations. For example, courts held that the following actions and regulations did not violate clearly established First Amendment law:

  • Ordering anti-abortion activists displaying fetuses near a middle school to disperse under a law prohibiting disruptive presence at schools;198Ctr. for Bio-Ethical Reform v. L.A. Cnty. Sheriff Dep’t., 533 F.3d 780, 794 (9th Cir. 2008).
  • Arresting protesters for demonstrating publicly in thong underwear;199Egolf v. Witmer, 526 F.3d 104, 111 (3d Cir. 2008).
  • Arresting the driver of a truck who painted words on the side of his truck indicating he was “a fucking suicide bomber communist terrorist!” with “W.O.M.D. on Board”;200Fogel v. Collins, 531 F.3d 824, 827 (9th Cir. 2008).
  • Excluding a protester from a welcoming ceremony authorized by U.S. Senate resolution for carrying a sign objecting to the intended disposition of Olympic dormitories for correctional purposes;201Kroll v. U.S. Capitol Police, 847 F.2d 899, 904 (D.C. Cir. 1988).
  • Preventing a journalist from engaging with a counter-protester, under threat of arrest, at a public library children’s book reading event called “Drag Queen Story Hour”;202Saved Mag. v. Spokane Police Dep’t., 19 F.4th 1193, 1195 (9th Cir. 2021). and
  • Excluding protesters from an official speech on private property because of the viewpoint of a message displayed on a bumper sticker on their car.203Weise v. Casper, 593 F.3d 1163, 1169 (10th Cir. 2010).

In these instances, courts did not apply general content neutrality principles. Instead, they required that protesters identify controlling authority with facts similar or identical to those in the case under review—a case (or two) involving protesters in thong underwear or messages on bumper stickers, for example. With respect to novel claims, or at least claims courts viewed as such, they were quite strict about application of qualified immunity standards. To be fair to lower courts, even the Supreme Court has sometimes equivocated on the content neutrality point in the context of protests. The Court held in one case that it was not clearly established that Secret Service agents bore a responsibility to ensure that protest groups with different viewpoints had access to comparable locations during a presidential visit.204Wood v. Moss, 572 U.S. 744, 759–60 (2014). Even so, looking for precedential twins and dead ringers in highly context-specific protest cases led courts to uphold qualified immunity.

Protesters’ speech and assembly rights are substantially affected by the enforcement of time, place, and manner regulations. Here, too, the data show very mixed success for protester plaintiffs. In several cases challenging time, place, and manner restrictions, courts concluded protesters had either not alleged or adduced evidence of a First Amendment violation.205See Frye v. Kansas City Missouri Police Dep’t., 375 F.3d 785, 790 (8th Cir. 2004) (holding officers did not violate the First Amendment when they ordered anti-abortion protesters to relocate signs depicting aborted fetuses, which were distracting to drivers); Hartman v. Thompson, 931 F.3d 471, 480–81 (6th Cir. 2019) (holding it did not violate the First Amendment to move protesters to a speech zone at a state fair); Kass v. City of New York, 864 F.3d 200, 209 (2d Cir. 2017) (concluding that ordering person obstructing sidewalk to move along or use protest zone did not violate the First Amendment); Marcavage v. City of Chicago, 659 F.3d 626, 631 (7th Cir. 2011) (city police officers did not violate the First Amendment free speech rights of religious organization’s members by refusing to permit them to stand on sidewalks leading to homosexual athletic and cultural events in order to conduct outreach activities, despite members’ contention that alternative venues were inadequate); Marcavage v. City of New York, 689 F.3d 98, 109 (2d Cir. 2012) (holding city’s restrictions on expressive activity on a public sidewalk during a national political convention did not violate protestors’ First Amendment rights; city had significant interest in keeping the sidewalk across from an arena in which the convention was being held clear for pedestrians and in maintaining security, and even though there were no specific threats of violence, where area was generally crowded, the sidewalk next to the arena had been closed to pedestrian traffic, fifty thousand attendees were expected for the convention itself, and the President, Vice President, and other government officials were attending the convention); Pahls v. Thomas, 718 F.3d 1210, 1234–35 (10th Cir. 2013) (holding enforcing viewpoint-neutral policy to move protesters to the south side of a road while opponents were allowed to stay in a more favorable location on private property did not violate the First Amendment); Ross v. Early, 746 F.3d 546, 558 (4th Cir. 2014) (enforcement of a free speech zone against demonstrator who was arrested for leafleting outside of designated area near arena did not violate the First Amendment). In others, courts concluded that the applicable law concerning time, place, and manner was not clearly established:

  • The Fourth Circuit held that a reasonable officer could have believed, in 2005, that prohibiting an abortion protester from displaying large, graphic signs depicting aborted fetuses at a major intersection was lawful because case law from the Fourth Circuit and Supreme Court was ambiguous on that issue.206Lefemine v. Wideman, 672 F.3d 292, 300–01 (4th Cir. 2012), vacated, 568 U.S. 1 (2012).
  • The Ninth Circuit concluded that denial of protestors’ application for a march permit without a promise on protestors’ part not to engage in civil disobedience was unlawful, but the condition did not violate clearly established First Amendment rights under controlling circuit and Supreme Court precedent.207Galvin v. Hay, 374 F.3d 739, 746–47 (9th Cir. 2004).
  • The D.C. Circuit held that a reasonable police officer could have believed that, given its proximity to the Capitol, a protest on the East Front sidewalk of the U.S. Capitol was subject to different First Amendment standards than apply in similar public properties.208Lederman v. United States, 291 F.3d 36, 47–48 (D.C. Cir. 2002). The court also agreed with the government’s assertion that because narrow tailoring is “ ‘not an exact science,’ a reasonable officer should not be expected to perform that analysis prior to arresting an individual for violating a time, place, and manner restriction governing expressive activity in a public forum.”209Id. at 47.

As critics of qualified immunity doctrine have complained, in determining whether the law of time, place, and manner was clearly established, some courts engaged in factual parsing and line-drawing. For example, the Ninth Circuit concluded that relegation of a public prayer event to a “First Amendment area” burdened the plaintiffs’ speech to a substantially greater degree than necessary to achieve the government’s purposes.210Galvin, 374 F.3d at 755. However, the court held officials were entitled to qualified immunity because the relevant case law indicated that time, place, and manner doctrine, in particular the narrow tailoring requirement, distinguished between claims that an audience is essential to the message being conveyed and claims that location was essential for that purpose.211Id. at 757. Since plaintiffs were challenging the regulation based on locational as opposed to audience proximity, the court reasoned, a reasonable official would not have had sufficiently clear legal guidance to avoid violating the plaintiffs’ First Amendment rights.212Id. The Ninth Circuit’s “narrow tailoring” analysis highlights a central challenge plaintiffs face in terms of identifying clearly established law.

Protesters also brought First Amendment challenges to various protest policing methods, including issuance of unlawful dispersal orders, use of less-lethal weapons during protest events, and surveillance of protest groups. The Eleventh Circuit held that using cordons or barriers that prevent protesters from being seen or heard by anyone violates the First Amendment.213See Amnesty Int’l, USA v. Battle, 559 F.3d 1170, 1184–85 (11th Cir. 2009) (holding that the creation of a cordon that rendered a protest ineffective by preventing protesters from being seen or heard by anyone violated First Amendment rights). Several courts held that arbitrary dispersals of otherwise lawful public protests violate clearly established First Amendment law.214See Collins v. Jordan, 110 F.3d 1363, 1371–73 (9th Cir. 1996) (explaining that it is clearly established law that protests cannot be dispersed on ground they are unlawful unless they are violent or pose a clear and present danger of imminent violence or they are violating some other law in the process; a reasonable officer could not have believed that violent protests that occurred in the wake of a verdict in a highly publicized criminal trial in another city justified a ban on all public demonstrations the following evening); Davidson v. City of Stafford, Texas, 848 F.3d 384, 393–94 (5th Cir. 2017) (holding that arresting an anti-abortion protester while he was protesting outside an abortion clinic, without actual or arguable probable cause to support arrest, violated clearly established First Amendment rights). Courts also concluded that deploying tear gas and other less-lethal munitions against protesters who are not engaging in any illegal activity is unconstitutional.215See Green v. City of St. Louis, 52 F.4th 734, 740 (8th Cir. 2022) (concluding that deploying tear gas against protesters who were not engaging in illegal activity violated clearly established First Amendment rights); cf. Quraishi v. St. Charles Cnty., 986 F.3d 831, 839 (8th Cir. 2021) (explaining that it was clearly established that using tear gas or other law enforcement tactics to interfere with reporting activity violated First Amendment). Finally, the Ninth Circuit held that government officials violated clearly established First Amendment law when they conducted an eight-month investigation into a vocal, but entirely peaceful group.216White v. Lee, 227 F.3d 1214, 1239 (9th Cir. 2000).

However, results changed dramatically if courts discerned even an inkling of disruption or potential for violence at a public protest. In that event, they were far more likely to give law enforcement the benefit of the doubt in terms of protest-policing methods. For example, courts held that confiscating signs at demonstrations, using tear gas against protesters blocking egress from an industrial plant, arresting protesters who refused law enforcement directives to use a “free speech zone,” and making preemptive arrests did not violate the First Amendment or did not violate clearly established law.217See Allen v. Cisneros, 815 F.3d 239, 245 (5th Cir. 2015) (concluding that confiscation of shofar and signs at a demonstration did not violate the plaintiff’s first amendment rights); Ellsworth v. City of Lansing, No. 99-1045, 2000 U.S. App. LEXIS 2049, at *8 (6th Cir. Feb. 10, 2000) (concluding that use of tear gas against picketers blocking egress from industrial plant did not violate the First Amendment); Marcavage v. City of New York, 689 F.3d 98, 110 (2d Cir. 2012) (holding that probable cause supported protestors’ warrantless arrests for obstruction of governmental administration, where protestors rejected seventeen directives by three officers to leave no-demonstration zone, insisting on their constitutional right to demonstrate where they stood); Cross v. Mokwa, 547 F.3d 890, 897 (8th Cir. 2008) (explaining that it was not clearly established that a police officer could be liable on a prior restraint theory for conducting a search and making arrests supported by probable cause when occupants of condemned buildings were there illegally). In sum, while peaceful and compliant protesters were successful in pursuing challenges to protest policing methods, evidence or even allegations of disruption or potential for violence made success far less likely.

As noted earlier, the most frequently pursued First Amendment claim was that officials unlawfully retaliated against protesters for engaging in protected speech and assembly.218Hartman v. Moore, 547 U.S. 250, 256 (2006). Lower federal court decisions in the Qualified Immunity dataset did not produce much law concerning First Amendment retaliation claims. Retaliation claims often turn on the motive of the defendant, thus making them poor vehicles for establishing bright line rules.219See, e.g., Brown v. City of St. Louis, No. 18 CV 1676, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 85588, at *13 (E.D. Mo. May 12, 2022) (explaining that protesters’ retaliation claim failed because they did not show officers were aware of their presence, that they objected in any way to their presence or activities, or that they intentionally directed the pepper spray at them because of their First Amendment activities). They are also fact-dependent in other ways.

In a typical case, the Eighth Circuit held that when protesters moved toward officers “in a threatening manner” and blocked traffic, “[a] reasonable officer could conclude that this conduct violated Minnesota law and was not protected speech.”220Bernini v. City of St. Paul, 665 F.3d 997, 1007 (8th Cir. 2012). Further, the court concluded that since there was no evidence the protesters had been singled out while other similarly situated speakers had not been arrested, “[t]he only reasonable inference supported by the record is that the group’s unlawful conduct, not the protected speech, motivated the officers’ actions.”221Id.

Nevertheless, a few retaliation decisions produced intriguing results. In one case, a district court held that retaliating against protesters for their speech by surveilling them and pointing a red laser from a sniper rifle at a group member during a speech violated the First Amendment.222Black Lives Matter v. Town of Clarkstown, 354 F. Supp. 3d 313, 327 (S.D.N.Y. 2018). In an unpublished decision, the Ninth Circuit concluded that a reasonable official would know that directing a train into the path of demonstrators, one of whom lost his legs as a result, to stop a protest violated the First Amendment.223Willson v. Hubbard, No. 88-15671, 1990 WL 43011, at *2 (9th Cir. Apr. 6, 1990). In these decisions, at least, the courts did not point to any prior precedent with similar facts. Perhaps when the facts are so egregious, courts are willing to bend the clearly established standard.

Finally, courts addressed claims that officers violated the First Amendment when they interfered with or prevented the recording of officers as they engaged in protest policing. As Joanna Schwartz has observed, “[c]oncerns that the Court’s qualified immunity jurisprudence renders the Constitution hollow are even more acute for constitutional claims involving new technologies and techniques.”224Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1817. Several courts have held that there is a First Amendment right to record police at a public protest and that right is clearly established.225See Smith v. City of Cumming, 212 F.3d 1332, 1333 (11th Cir. 2000) (holding that there is a First Amendment right to record the police at a public protest, but that plaintiffs did not demonstrate the right had been violated); Gericke v. Begin, 753 F.3d 1, 10 (1st Cir. 2014) (holding that arresting person for attempting to film officer in a public place and in the absence of any order to stop filming violated the plaintiff’s First Amendment rights); Glik v. Cunniffe, 655 F.3d 78, 85 (1st Cir. 2011) (concluding that arresting citizens for filming law enforcement officers in the discharge of their duties in a public space violates the First Amendment). However, other courts have held that at the time of the alleged violation, the right to record was not clearly established or not apparent to all reasonable officers.226See Fields v. City of Philadelphia, 862 F.3d 353, 361–62 (3d Cir. 2017) (explaining that there is a First Amendment right to record police, but it wasn’t clear that the law gave fair warning so that every reasonable officer knew that, absent some sort of expressive intent, recording police activity at a public protest was constitutionally protected; there was “no robust consensus” concerning the right to record police in public places); Fordyce v. City of Seattle, 55 F.3d 436, 439–40 (9th Cir. 1995) (concluding that all individual police officers were entitled to qualified immunity with respect to plaintiff’s section 1983 damages claims relating to his arrest under a Washington statute prohibiting the recording of private conversations; at time of arrest, whether and under what circumstances conversations in public streets could be deemed private within the meaning of the privacy statute was not yet settled under state law and under the facts, a reasonable officer could have believed the plaintiff was recording private conversations in violation of the statute); see also Blum, supra note 176, at 1895 (noting the circuit split on the right to record). Courts have also observed that the right is not unlimited, and that arresting protesters for recording officers in ways that interfere with their duties does not violate clearly established law.227See, e.g., Fleck v. Trs. of Univ. of Pa., 995 F. Supp. 2d 390, 398, 408 (E.D. Pa. 2014) (concluding that a preacher engaging in disruptive behavior in a mosque entryway did not have a clearly established right to continue to record a police officer while holding camera close to the officer’s face after the officer requested that the preacher stop recording).

In sum, First Amendment decisions in the Qualified Immunity dataset demonstrate many of the pathologies of qualified immunity doctrine. While courts have held that egregious forms of governmental abuse can be the basis for a claim under section 1983, they have also upheld qualified immunity in cases involving denial of access to public fora, content discrimination, and questionable time, place, and manner regulations. Courts have applied the doctrine inconsistently, sometimes relying on general principles and in other instances demanding precise controlling authority.

We also learned that although wholly peaceful and compliant protesters can pursue claims for damages, at the first sign of disruption or potential violence, courts deferred to officers’ choice to use aggressive protest policing methods. In terms of retaliation, government actors probably cannot mow down demonstrators with a train—although the only opinion on this matter is unpublished and is not controlling authority concerning other types of conveyances. Again, in instances in which the facts are truly egregious, courts may apply the qualified immunity standard more flexibly. Finally, the cases indicate that not all appellate courts have concluded that there is a clearly established First Amendment right to record police at demonstrations.

3.  Fourth Amendment Claims

The Qualified Immunity dataset includes court decisions in which 215 Fourth Amendment claims were the subject of defense qualified immunity motions. Although the data support some clear limitations on governmental actions under the Fourth Amendment in the protest context, they also demonstrate an overall lack of substantive development.

i.  Types of Claims

Figure 7 shows the most common Fourth Amendment claims plaintiffs pursued in the cases in the Qualified Immunity dataset. The general standards governing these 215 Fourth Amendment claims are well-established.

Figure 7.  Types of Fourth Amendment Claims

The Fourth Amendment protects the “right of the people to be secure in their persons . . . against unreasonable searches and seizures.”228U.S. Const. amend. IV. To prevail on a claim for false arrest, a plaintiff must demonstrate that officers lacked probable cause to make the arrest. Probable cause to arrest exists when the officers have knowledge or reasonably trustworthy information of facts and circumstances that are sufficient to warrant a person of reasonable caution in the belief that the person to be arrested has committed or is committing a crime.229Dunaway v. New York, 442 U.S. 200, 208 n.9 (1979). The existence of probable cause to arrest, even for a very minor offense, is a complete defense to a Fourth Amendment false arrest claim.230See Atwater v. City of Lago Vista, 532 U.S. 318, 354 (2001) (“If an officer has probable cause to believe that an individual has committed even a very minor criminal offense in his presence, he may, without violating the Fourth Amendment, arrest the offender.”).

In an excessive force claim, a plaintiff must show that the use of force was excessive under the facts and circumstances presented.231Graham v. Connor, 490 U.S. 386, 396 (1989). In making this determination, the Supreme Court has instructed lower courts to pay “careful attention” to factors such as “the severity of the crime at issue, whether the suspect poses an immediate threat to the safety of the officers or others, and whether he is actively resisting arrest or attempting to evade arrest by flight.”232Id. As the Court has emphasized, “[t]he ‘reasonableness’ of a particular use of force must be judged from the perspective of a reasonable officer on the scene, rather than with the 20/20 vision of hindsight.”233Id.

Finally, a seizure of the person occurs “when there is a governmental termination of freedom of movement through means intentionally applied.”234Brower v. Cnty. of Inyo, 489 U.S. 593, 597 (1989); see Torres v. Madrid, 141 S. Ct. 989, 998 (2021). To be valid under the Fourth Amendment, a seizure or detention must be reasonable under the circumstances. Under the Fourth Amendment, an officer may seize an individual’s property from a public area “only if Fourth Amendment standards are satisfied—for example, if the items are evidence of a crime or contraband.”235Soldal v. Cook Cnty., 506 U.S. 56, 68 (1992). Officers may also conduct searches incident to arrest when they have reasonable suspicion contraband is present.236Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. 1, 30 (1968).

ii.  Claims Disposition Data

The success rates for defense motions to dismiss or for summary judgment based on qualified immunity are shown in Figure 8. The same caveats that applied to determining successful disposition of defense motions respecting First Amendment claims apply to Fourth Amendment claims. The findings count granted motions to dismiss and for summary judgment, and appellate court rulings upholding those grants as successful whether or not plaintiffs amended their complaints or their claims were considered on remand after appeal. The success rates are, as indicated, snapshots of dispositions in reported decisions available on Westlaw.

Figure 8 shows that, like the First Amendment claims in the dataset, two-thirds or more of Fourth Amendment claims survived defense motions to dismiss. By contrast, at summary judgment, courts were much more inclined to grant or uphold qualified immunity for defendants for false arrest (61% or 48/79 claims) and unlawful search or seizure (71% or 15/21 claims).

Figure 8.  Q.I. Motion Success Rates by Fourth Amendment Claim

As discussed earlier in the general data findings, when addressing qualified immunity respecting Fourth Amendment claims, courts were more likely to grant immunity at Step One. In those instances, courts held that no violation had occurred, instead of concluding that there was a lack of clearly established law at Step Two.237See supra Section III.A.1. As we have seen, courts were overall likely to grant defense motions for summary judgment. But the high rate of summary judgment for false arrest and unlawful search and seizure claims likely also reflects the deferential probable cause and reasonableness standards that apply to such claims.

The exception was defense motions for summary judgment on excessive force claims, which succeeded only 42% (19/45) of the time. As discussed below, several courts held that law enforcement uses of force against peaceful assemblies or compliant protesters constituted clear Fourth Amendment violations.238See infra notes 252–54 and accompanying text. In other cases, courts concluded that the degree or amount of force used against protesters violated clearly established Fourth Amendment standards.239See infra notes 252–54 and accompanying text. These decisions account for the lower defense success rates regarding excessive force claims at summary judgment.

iii.  Fourth Amendment Law and Protesters’ Rights

Substantive Fourth Amendment law in the context of public protest has developed slowly in lower courts. Like the discussion of First Amendment law, the following analysis focuses primarily on published federal courts of appeals decisions to assess what substantive Fourth Amendment law has been established. However, it also considers district court decisions that apply circuit precedents in Fourth Amendment qualified immunity determinations.

Appellate courts consistently held that arresting protesters without actual or arguable probable cause violated clearly established Fourth Amendment law.240See Davidson v. City of Stafford, 848 F.3d 384, 393–94 (5th Cir. 2017) (concluding that the arrest of an anti-abortion protester without probable cause violated clearly established Fourth Amendment law). They also concluded that it is a clear violation of the Fourth Amendment to arrest protesters without first issuing a dispersal order (although one district court held that officers are under no obligation to determine whether the order is lawful prior to enforcing it).241See Barham v. Ramsey, 434 F.3d 565, 573 (D.C. Cir. 2006) (holding that arresting protesters without first providing a dispersal order violated clearly established Fourth Amendment rights); Bidwell v. Cnty. of San Diego, 607 F. Supp. 3d 1084, 1099–100 (S.D. Cal. 2022) (finding no violation of clearly established Fourth Amendment law when officers failed to engage in an “individualized inquiry” regarding validity of dispersal order). Notwithstanding these limits, courts applied a flexible probable cause standard and upheld arrests for various offenses, some very minor—using noise amplification near an abortion clinic,242Duhe v. City of Little Rock, 902 F.3d 858, 861–63 (8th Cir. 2018). falling asleep in a zipped tent in a public park,243Williamson v. Cox, 952 F. Supp. 2d 176, 184 (D.D.C. 2013). openly carrying firearms on a public fishing pier,244Fla. Carry, Inc. v. City of Mia. Beach, 564 F. Supp. 3d 1213, 1233 (S.D. Fla. 2021). burning the Mexican flag in public without a permit,245Bohmfalk v. City of San Antonio, No. SA-09-CV-0497, 2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 109710, at *11 (W.D. Tex. 2009). and unfurling a banner outside a designated “speech zone.”246Asprey v. N. Wyo. Cmty. Coll. Dist., 823 F. App’x. 627, 633–34 (10th Cir. 2020).

Fourth Amendment law is unsettled when it comes to the validity of protesters’ arrests for engaging in protected expression. The Eighth Circuit held that arresting protesters solely for engaging in protected speech violates clearly established Fourth Amendment rights.247See Baribeau v. City of Minneapolis, 596 F.3d 465, 478–79 (8th Cir. 2010) (concluding that the arrest of protesters for playing music, broadcasting statements, dressing as zombies, and walking erratically violated clearly established Fourth Amendment rights). Similarly, the Sixth Circuit held that the law was clearly established that a county fair patron could not be arrested for disorderly conduct based on his spewing profanities at police and a fairgrounds executive director when he was being escorted off the fairgrounds (apparently for wearing a shirt stating “Fuck the Police”).248Wood v. Eubanks, 25 F.4th 414, 425–27 (6th Cir. 2022).

However, a federal district court applying circuit law concluded that officers who arrested a protester for anonymous comments made by others on his livestream after he posted the Chief of Police’s address did not violate clearly established Fourth Amendment law.249Zinter v. Salvaggio, 610 F. Supp. 3d 919, 939–40 (W.D. Tex. 2022) (observing that the speaker had not identified any case law indicating that arrest based on others’ anonymous comments was unlawful). Another district court held that officers did not act recklessly, negligently, or unreasonably in relying on a fellow officer’s determination that probable cause existed to arrest a protester for walking along the public sidewalks displaying “a gigantic Styrofoam middle finger emblazoned with the letters ‘Fuck cops.’ ”250Brandt v. City of Westminster, 300 F.Supp.3d 1259, 1264, 1273 (D. Colo. 2018). A district court also held that officers did not violate clearly established Fourth Amendment law when they arrested a protester for “interference” when he refused to relinquish a camera—something he otherwise had a right to possess under the circumstances—when ordered to do so.251Zinter, 610 F. Supp. 3d at 941.

As these decisions demonstrate, probable cause reasonableness standards make it difficult for courts to develop clearly established law concerning false arrest. As in other areas, egregious mass arrests and other actions not supported by any probable cause have been condemned as violating clearly established Fourth Amendment law. However, precedents show that even arrests closely related to, if not directly based on protected expression, have been the basis for qualified immunity for Fourth Amendment claims. The absence of precedents addressing similar or nearly identical circumstances has prevented courts from recognizing some clear constitutional violations.

In terms of excessive force claims, courts have consistently held that using less-lethal force, such as pepper spray and tear gas, against compliant and peaceful protesters violates clearly established Fourth Amendment law.252See Buck v. City of Albuquerque, 549 F.3d 1269, 1291 (10th Cir. 2008) (concluding that the law was clearly established that the use of force against nonviolent antiwar protestors facing misdemeanor charges, who did not flee or actively resist arrest, was excessive); Fogarty v. Gallegos, 523 F.3d 1147, 1163 (10th Cir. 2008) (concluding that the law was clearly established that the use of pepper balls and tear gas against non-resisting protesters constitutes excessive force under the Fourth Amendment); Headwaters Forest Def. v. Cnty. of Humboldt, 276 F.3d 1125, 1130–31 (9th Cir. 2002) (concluding that the use of pepper spray on a gathering of fewer than ten protesters when they already had control of the crowd and could have used more peaceful methods of maintaining public order violated clearly established law concerning excessive force); Johnson v. City of San Jose, 591 F. Supp. 3d 649, 662–63 (N.D. Cal. 2022) (holding that it was clearly established at the time that a police officer shot a protester with a foam projectile as the protester attempted to leave the scene of the protest that firing a less lethal projectile that risked causing serious harm at an individual who was not an imminent threat to officers in the midst of an allegedly unlawful assembly, resulting in an injury restricting the movement of that individual, amounted to a seizure and an excessive use of force); Laird v. City of St. Louis, 564 F. Supp. 3d 788, 800–01 (E.D. Mo. 2021) (holding it was unreasonable to use pepper spray against a protestor, throw him against the wall, kick and choke him while he was handcuffed, and dragged another protestor across pavement, when the protesters were nonviolent misdemeanants who did not flee or actively resist arrest and posed no threat to the security of the officers or the public); Lamb v. City of Decatur, 947 F. Supp. 1261, 1264–65 (C.D. Ill. 1996) (concluding that pepper spraying peaceful and non-resisting demonstrators violates the Fourth Amendment’s ban on the use of unnecessary force). The same goes for using other types of force when arresting or subduing a compliant protester.253See Zinter, 610 F. Supp. 3d at 955 (holding that Fifth Circuit precedents clearly established that “once a suspect has been handcuffed and subdued, and is no longer resisting, an officer’s subsequent use of force is excessive”) (quoting Carroll v. Ellington, 800 F.3d 154, 177 (5th Cir. 2015)); Jones v. City of St. Louis, 599 F. Supp. 3d 806, 821 (E.D. Mo. 2022) (holding that “[u]nder Eighth Circuit precedent, it was ‘clearly established’ . . . that the ‘gratuitous’ use of force ‘against a suspect who is handcuffed, not resisting, and fully subdued [was] objectively unreasonable under the Fourth Amendment’ ”) (quoting Krout v. Goemmer, 583 F.3d 557, 566 (8th Cir. 2009)). Driving a train into a crowd of peaceful demonstrators may constitute excessive force, although the only decision reaching that conclusion is unpublished.254Willson v. Hubbard, No. 88-15671, 1990 WL 43011, at *2 (9th Cir. Apr. 6, 1990).

However, as was true of some First Amendment claims, excessive force results sometimes hinged on whether the protest was wholly peaceful and non-disruptive. Courts held that the use of less-lethal munitions to disperse violent or unruly protests, tasing protesters in the context of “hostile” protest environments, and even kicking or choking protesters who refused to comply with officers’ commands did not constitute excessive force under the Fourth Amendment.255See Bernini v. City of St. Paul, 665 F.3d 997, 1006 (8th Cir. 2012) (concluding that the use of non-lethal munitions to disperse a violent crowd did not amount to the use of excessive force under the Fourth Amendment); Lash v. Lemke, 786 F.3d 1, 10 (D.C. Cir. 2015) (holding that tasing a protester in the context of a hostile protest environment does not constitute use of excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment); Laird, 564 F. Supp. 3d at 800–01 (concluding that it was not clearly established that herding protestors to an intersection where officers deployed pepper spray against one protestor, threw him against the wall, kicked and choked him while he was handcuffed, and dragged another protestor across pavement, or that kettling detainees or applying zip cuffs too tightly rose to the level of excessive force); Poemoceah v. Morton Cnty., No. 20-cv-00053, 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 249116, at *23–24 (D.N.D. Dec. 29, 2020) (concluding that tackling a protester did not violate clearly established Fourth Amendment law); Abdur-Rahim v. City of Columbus, 825 F. App’x. 284, 288 (6th Cir. 2020) (finding that pepper spraying a protester after repeated orders to disperse did not violate a clearly established Fourth Amendment right).

Several district courts also rejected excessive force claims concerning the use of handcuffs or zip ties so tight they caused physical injuries to protesters. In some cases, courts reasoned that under circuit precedent, only force sufficient to break a person’s wrist violated clearly established Fourth Amendment law.256See Robertson v. City of St. Louis, No. 18-CV-01570, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 186855, at *22 (E.D. Mo. Sept. 29, 2021) (concluding that the use of zip ties to detain arrested protesters did not violate clearly established Fourth Amendment law concerning excessive force because it has not been clearly established that anything less than force that breaks the person’s wrist constitutes excessive force); Thomas v. City of St. Louis, No. 18-CV-01566, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 193964, at *23 (E.D. Mo. Oct. 7, 2021) (explaining that it is not clearly established that applying zip ties too tightly violates the Fourth Amendment); Zinter v. Salvaggio, 610 F. Supp. 3d 919, 953 (W.D. Tex. 2022) (explaining that in the Fifth Circuit, tight handcuffing that causes acute contusions of the wrist is insufficient to demonstrate excessive force). The handcuffing/zip tie decisions demonstrate how the requirement that plaintiffs identify controlling precedent with the same facts undermines constitutional rights and prevents plaintiffs from being compensated for injuries. Absent a particular circuit court or Supreme Court decision (or perhaps more than one) holding that inflicting pain through bindings short of breaking the person’s wrist violates the Fourth Amendment, a protester plaintiff cannot recover even for serious injuries.

Several decisions in the Qualified Immunity dataset addressed the law as it relates to seizures under the Fourth Amendment. Some courts have held that warrantless seizures of protesters’ signs and other possessions violated the Fourth Amendment.257See Menotti v. City of Seattle, 409 F.3d 1113, 1154 (9th Cir. 2005) (concluding that the seizure of a protester’s sign without an arrest and without exigency offended the Fourth Amendment); Bloem v. Unknown Dep’t of the Interior Emps., 920 F. Supp. 2d 154, 166 (D.D.C. 2013) (concluding that the seizure of expressive materials from a park absent probable cause constitutes a Fourth Amendment violation). By contrast, when officers had probable cause to believe the item was unlawful, or reasonable suspicion it could be dangerous, courts have upheld seizures of items including shofars and firearms.258See Allen v. Cisneros, 815 F.3d 239, 245 (5th Cir. 2016) (concluding that the confiscation of a shofar and signs carried at a protest in violation of law restricting size of items did not violate the plaintiff’s Fourth Amendment rights); Torossian v. Hayo, 45 F. Supp. 2d 63, 68 (D.D.C. 1999) (upholding the confiscation of protest signs and the cursory search of protesters when the counter-demonstration was unlawful); Zinter, 610 F. Supp. 3d at 948 (concluding that the temporary seizure of a protester’s openly carried firearm and recording devices did not violate the Fourth Amendment). The fact that a shofar could “reasonably” be considered dangerous highlights the deference officers enjoy under Fourth Amendment cause and suspicion standards.

District courts applying circuit precedents disagreed concerning whether law enforcement uses of less-lethal weapons such as tear gas, pepper spray, and projectiles constituted “seizures” under the Fourth Amendment.259Compare De Mian v. City of St. Louis, 625 F. Supp. 3d 864, 873 (E.D. Mo. 2022) (explaining that it was not clearly established at the time police officers allegedly deployed pepper spray against a protestor at a protest that deploying pepper spray on a person who was free to leave constituted a seizure for the purposes of an excessive force claim under the Fourth Amendment), Dundon v. Kirchmeier, 577 F. Supp. 3d 1007, 1036–37, 1040 (D.N.D. 2021) (concluding that law enforcement officers’ use of less-lethal force, including water cannons, tear gas, and flash-bang grenades, against protestors of oil pipeline construction did not constitute a Fourth Amendment “seizure” supporting an excessive force claim, even though some protestors were subject to force while moving away from officers, since force was used to disperse protestors, not detain them, officers remained behind a blockade on the north side of a bridge, officers did not march toward protestors in an attempt to detain them, herd them into a certain location in such a way that protestors were unable to get away, or encircle them without a way out, and all protestors were free to leave to the south and disengage law enforcement contact), Brown v. City of St. Louis, No. 18 CV 1676, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 85588, at *14 (E.D. Mo. May 12, 2022) (concluding that pepper spraying protesters does not constitute a “seizure” under the Fourth Amendment; there is no evidence that the officer detained or arrested the protesters or directed them to stop or stay in place, nor were there any barriers to her leaving the scene), and Molina v. City of St. Louis, No. 17-CV-2498, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 62677 at *32 (E.D. Mo. Mar. 31, 2021) (concluding that protesters were not seized within the meaning of the Fourth Amendment when they merely felt the effects of tear gas without suffering any corporal impact), with Johnson v. City of San Jose, 591 F. Supp. 3d 649, 659 (N.D. Cal. 2022) (concluding that shooting a protester with a foam projectile as the protester attempted to leave the scene of the protest amounted to a seizure and an excessive use of force), and Jennings v. City of Miami, No. 07-23008-CIV, 2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 5430, at *22 (S.D. Fla. Jan. 27, 2009) (noting that the protesters alleged a seizure under the Fourth Amendment from the use of pepper spray, tear gas and other devices and holding it is a violation of the Fourth Amendment to use these methods of “herding” peaceful protesters). Some decisions suggested that the answer turns on whether the protester’s movement was otherwise constrained, which implies that the use of less-lethal munitions by itself does not constitute a “seizure.”260Dundon, 577 F. Supp. 3d at 1034–35. Other courts expressly held that the use of tear gas and other munitions can constitute a “seizure.”261Johnson, 591 F. Supp. 3d at 662–63. At present, there is a lack of consensus or appellate authority on this important issue.262See Shawn E. Fields, Protest Policing and the Fourth Amendment, 55 U.C. Davis L. Rev. 347, 352–58 (2021) (arguing that courts should treat the use of tear gas against protesters as a “seizure”).

Courts have also upheld brief detentions and searches incident to detention during public protests.263See, e.g., Marcavage v. City of Philadelphia, 481 F. App’x. 742, 749–50 (3d Cir. 2012) (holding that police officers’ brief detention of a counter-protester at a gay pride march was reasonable when officers had reasonable articulable suspicion that one of the counter-protester’s group members was involved in a physical altercation with a march participant, the counter-protester approached a group that was with a member and started arguing with officers, the seizure did not last for much more than one minute and the force applied was reasonable, and the detention ended once the situation with the counter-protester, his group, the crowd, and officers was stabilized); Zinter, 610 F. Supp. 3d at 948 (W.D. Tex. 2022) (noting the lack of clearly established law that an officer violates the Fourth Amendment by stopping a potential witness for several minutes and demanding his recording devices). They considered such actions justified as means of maintaining public safety and order. In some decisions, courts again relied on narrow factual distinctions relating to the detentions in determining whether they violated clearly established law. For example, although prior precedents in a circuit had established that a two-hour detention in which the plaintiff was handcuffed and detained in the back of a police cruiser was an unlawful seizure, a district court observed that in the case before it, protesters were not handcuffed, were not placed in the back of police vehicles, and were released after approximately one hour.264Zinter, 610 F. Supp. 3d at 946. Thus, the district court held, circuit precedents did not make clear to “every reasonable official” that detaining witnesses to a crime, without handcuffs and without moving them to a police vehicle, violated the Fourth Amendment.265Id.

Fourth Amendment qualified immunity decisions exhibited some of the same pathologies as First Amendment decisions. While courts condemned some egregious law enforcement practices, they declined to recognize others as violations of clearly established law. Courts relied on narrow factual distinctions and the absence of controlling authority. Together the decisions have resulted in a largely under-developed law of public protest in the Fourth Amendment area.

B.  Municipal Liability – Monell Claims

The Qualified Immunity dataset also collected information about plaintiffs’ claims against municipal defendants. Recall that to successfully hold a municipal defendant liable under section 1983, plaintiffs must demonstrate that the municipality directly violated their constitutional rights by, among other things, adopting and enforcing an unconstitutional “policy or custom.”266Monell v. Dep’t of Soc. Servs., 436 U.S. 658, 690–91 (1978). In order to sue the municipality, plaintiffs must demonstrate that an official has violated their constitutional rights because of the municipal policy or custom.267Id. at 690.

As shown in Figure 9, defendants were not successful at the motion to dismiss stage, as courts granted or upheld only eighteen of seventy-five (24%) dismissal motions. However, once cases reached the summary judgment stage, defendants were remarkably successful: 78% (113 out of 145) of municipal defendants’ motions for summary judgment were granted or upheld on appeal. Thus, although courts were inclined to allow plaintiffs to pursue discovery on Monell claims, they were overwhelmingly rejected at summary judgment.

Figure 9.  Defense Motion Success Rates for Monell Claims

The data show that in most instances, municipal liability was rejected, owing to a lack of evidence of a “policy or custom.” Courts also frequently relied on a lack of underlying constitutional violation and plaintiffs’ failure to identify a policymaking official who acted in a manner that violated their constitutional rights.

Although municipalities represent deep financial pockets and are responsible for making law enforcement and other policies, the data confirm that Monell claims are among the most difficult for plaintiffs to pursue. Defendants’ efforts to defeat these claims were largely successful.

C.  First Amendment Retaliation Claims

As discussed earlier, in Nieves, the Supreme Court adopted a probable cause standard for determining whether plaintiffs could bring a First Amendment retaliation claim.268Nieves v. Bartlett, 587 U.S. 391, 400–01 (2019); see supra notes 103–14 and accompanying text. It also recognized a narrow exception for plaintiffs who could demonstrate they had been subject to unequal treatment. Concurring and dissenting Justices sounded various alarms about the Court’s reliance on probable cause. In general, the Retaliation Claim dataset, which includes all public protest retaliation claims subject to the Nieves standard, supports the dissenters’ objections and concerns.

A significant concern is that law enforcement officers possess broad discretion to charge protesters with even minor public disorder offenses. Under Nieves, an officer who can show a protester’s arrest for disorderly conduct, breach of peace, or other minor crimes is likely to have a complete defense to a First Amendment retaliatory arrest claim. As Justice Gorsuch observed in his partial dissent:

History shows that governments sometimes seek to regulate our lives finely, acutely, thoroughly, and exhaustively. In our own time and place, criminal laws have grown so exuberantly and come to cover so much previously innocent conduct that almost anyone can be arrested for something. If the state could use these laws not for their intended purposes but to silence those who voice unpopular ideas, little would be left of our First Amendment liberties, and little would separate us from the tyrannies of the past or the malignant fiefdoms of our own age. The freedom to speak without risking arrest is ‘one of the principal characteristics by which we distinguish a free nation.’269Nieves, 587 U.S. at 412–13 (Gorsuch, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part) (quoting Houston v. Hill, 482 U.S. 451, 463 (1987)).

Justice Gorsuch noted an additional shortcoming of the majority’s approach. When it folded the free speech claim into the unreasonable arrest inquiry, he asserted, the Court made a category error. As Justice Gorsuch explained, “the First Amendment operates independently of the Fourth and provides different protections. It seeks not to ensure lawful authority to arrest but to protect the freedom of speech.”270Id. at 414. By hanging so much on probable cause to arrest protesters and other speakers, the Court elided important free speech claims and interests.

In her dissent, Justice Sotomayor took aim at the exception to the Nieves rule, which requires protesters to produce “objective evidence that [they were] arrested when otherwise similarly situated individuals not engaged in the same sort of protected speech had not been.”271Id. at 424 (Sotomayor, J., dissenting). She characterized the exception as unclear and irrational and argued it will lead to perverse results. Which protesters, she asked, are “otherwise similarly situated” to the plaintiff, and who is engaged in the “same sort of protected speech”?272Id. Further, under the Court’s approach, protesters who have more direct evidence of retaliatory motive, including officers’ own statements, cannot rely on that evidence, but must instead produce hard-to-come-by comparison-based evidence.273Id. at 425–26.

Justice Sotomayor surmised that plaintiffs who can satisfy the Nieves exception “predominantly will be arrestees singled out at protests or other large public gatherings, where a robust pool of potential comparators happens to be within earshot, eyeshot, or camera-shot.”274Id. at 430. However, she failed to consider that even those plaintiffs would be hard-pressed to gather such evidence in chaotic mass protest environments. Among other complications, during mass protests, ideological and other affiliations can be difficult to discern. Moreover, the exception incentivizes protest policing activities that data show to be already prevalent, including “herding” or “kettling” all participants regardless of specific offense, using tear gas and other force indiscriminately, and engaging in mass arrests. No officer can be accused of singling anyone out if everyone is subject to the same dragnets and other abuses. For a few reasons, there will, as Justice Sotomayor warned, be “little daylight between the comparison-based standard the Court adopts and the absolute bar it ostensibly rejects.”275Id. at 432.

Finally, Justice Sotomayor worried that the majority’s approach would “breed opportunities for the rare ill-intentioned officer to violate the First Amendment without consequence—and, in some cases, openly and unabashedly.”276Id. at 427. For example, “a particularly brazen officer could arrest on transparently speech-based grounds and check the statute books later for a potential justification.”277Id. at 431. She and the other dissenters might also have raised the possibility that racial disparities in protester arrests might affect First Amendment retaliation claims.278See, e.g., Christian Davenport, Sarah A. Soule & David A. Armstrong II, Protesting While Black?: The Differential Policing of American Activism, 1960 to 1990, 76 Am. Socio. Rev. 152, 166 (2011).

The Retaliation Claim dataset confirms many of the dissenters’ objections and concerns. Counting Nieves itself, there have been forty-one federal court decisions that applied the probable cause defense in protest-related cases. In twenty-seven of those decisions, or more than 65%, courts granted defendants’ motions to dismiss or for summary judgment with respect to First Amendment retaliation claims. An “absolute bar” may not have materialized. However, thus far, post-Nieves retaliation claims have not fared well at all in reported decisions. Courts granted or upheld dismissal at the pleading stage 56% of the time (10/18) and granted summary judgment to defendants 74% (17/23) of the time.

Table 3.  Defense Motions in Post-Nieves Retaliation Cases
PostureMotion GrantedMotion DeniedTotal
MTD10 (56%)8 (44%)18
SJ17 (74%)6 (26%)23

The nature of the charges underlying dismissal or summary judgment substantiates Justice Gorsuch’s concern that “criminal laws have grown so exuberantly and come to cover so much previously innocent conduct that almost anyone can be arrested for something.”279Nieves, 587 U.S. at 412 (Gorsuch, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part) (quoting Houston v. Hill, 482 U.S. 451, 463 (1987)). The criminal charges that ultimately defeated First Amendment retaliation claims included disorderly conduct (6), trespass (5), failure to disperse (4), disturbing the peace (3), violation of a curfew order (2), obstructing vehicular or pedestrian traffic (3), obstructing government functions (1), and jaywalking (1). As Justice Gorsuch predicted, probable cause to arrest protesters for even very minor or trivial offenses was enough to defeat the retaliation claims.

What about the exception based on evidence of unequal treatment? Courts addressed the exception on the merits in only 24% (10/41) of cases. In six of those decisions (60%), courts concluded there was insufficient evidence of unequal treatment or that the plaintiff was not “similarly situated” to the comparator class. In three decisions, courts concluded there were sufficient allegations or evidence of disparate treatment to defeat defendants’ motions to dismiss or for summary judgment. In one decision, the court concluded that the plaintiff had produced evidence that “similarly situated” speakers had not been arrested under the narrow exception Nieves recognized.280Id. at 393. In that case, plaintiffs demonstrated that no one had ever been arrested for the offense (chalking public property).281Ballentine v. Las Vegas Metro. Police Dep’t, 480 F. Supp. 3d 1110, 1116 (D. Nev. 2020).

The post-Nieves results suggest courts are engaging in a wooden application of the probable cause standard, rather than a “commonsensical[]” analysis.282Nieves, 587 U.S. at 432 (Sotomayor, J., dissenting). They have generally been willing to accept officers’ claims that arrests for minor offenses were reasonable under the circumstances, a conclusion that in most cases defeated protesters’ First Amendment retaliation claims.

Review of post-Nieves decisions also supports other criticisms. Justice Gorsuch criticized the majority opinion in Nieves for failing to recognize the First Amendment and Fourth Amendment as independent sources of rights.283Id. at 414–15 (Gorsuch, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part). As he predicted, Nieves has encouraged lower courts to focus on the legitimacy of the arrest to the exclusion of free speech, press, and assembly concerns.284See Michael G. Mills, The Death of Retaliatory Arrest Claims: The Supreme Court’s Attempt to Kill Retaliatory Arrest Claims in Nieves v. Bartlett, 105 Cornell L. Rev. 2059, 2083–84 (2020). While courts have been hyper-focused on probable cause to arrest, they have had little to say about the effects of the arrests on collecting petition signatures, public preaching and singing, videorecording protest arrests, and participation in protests involving LGBTQ rights, Occupy Wall Street, the Dakota Access Pipeline, Black Lives Matter, Juneteenth, and the removal of Confederate monuments.

The data do not provide a basis for assessing Justice Sotomayor’s concern about rogue officers suppressing speech. However, post-Nieves decisions have dismissed retaliation claims in which protesters were arrested while singing anti-LGBT songs, confronting public officials at public events, and videotaping protest policing. In these and other cases, there is at least the possibility that officers have targeted or suppressed speech based on its content.

Finally, commentators have warned that Nieves may have negative effects on newsgatherers.285See generally Clayton, supra note 113. Even if reporters have a First Amendment right to record government officials at public demonstrations, the decisions show that probable cause to arrest reporters for some minor offense may effectively negate press rights by allowing officials to target newsgatherers.

Prior to Nieves, the Supreme Court recognized another possible exception to the probable cause requirement. If a municipality adopts an official policy of retaliation against a speaker or group, the Court held, it may be held liable even if there is probable cause to arrest the speaker.286Lozman v. City of Riviera Beach, 585 U.S. 87, 99–101 (2018). Assuming this exception survives Nieves, it applies only in exceptional situations when a governmental body adopts a policy of retaliating against an individual or group for protected expressive activities.287See id. at 100 (alleging “that the City, through its legislators, formed a premeditated plan to intimidate [the plaintiff] in retaliation for his criticisms of city officials and his open-meetings lawsuit”).

The Retaliation Claims dataset suggests plaintiffs are not likely to pursue this type of claim. Only five of the forty-one decisions (12%) addressed such a claim. Three claims were dismissed for failure to allege or provide sufficient evidence of a policy or custom of retaliation or failure to establish an underlying constitutional violation.288See Blake v. Hong, No. 21-CV-0138, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 70194, at *11–12 (D. Colo. Mar. 30, 2022) (finding insufficient allegations of a “policy or practice” of retaliation); Fenn v. City of Truth or Consequences, 983 F.3d 1143, 1150 (10th Cir. 2020) (finding that a supervisory liability claim failed for lack of an underlying constitutional violation); Packard v. City of New York, No. 15-CV-07130, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 38791, at *22–23 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 8, 2019) (finding no evidence of a “policy or custom” of retaliation). One district court concluded that the plaintiff had alleged sufficient facts in the complaint to demonstrate a policy or custom of retaliation or harassment.289Goodwin v. Dist. of Columbia, 579 F. Supp. 3d 159, 170–71 (D.D.C. 2022). Another district court concluded genuine issues of material fact concerning whether a defendant had final policymaking authority precluded summary judgment on the municipal retaliation claim.290Bledsoe v. Ferry Cnty., 499 F. Supp. 3d 856, 879 (E.D. Wash. 2020).

Lower courts have not had much time to adjust to and apply the Nieves standard. However, evidence indicates that concerns about how the probable cause and other aspects of the decision will be applied have already surfaced in early cases.

D.  Claims Against Federal Officials

As discussed, the Supreme Court has never formally recognized a First Amendment claim under Bivens for monetary damages against federal officials.291See supra notes 115–33 and accompanying text. Recent decisions have expressed general skepticism concerning Bivens claims and rejected certain types of claims under the First Amendment and the Fourth Amendment.292Reichle v. Howards, 566 U.S. 658, 663 n.4 (“We have never held that Bivens extends to First Amendment claims.”); Egbert v. Boule, 142 S. Ct. 1793, 1807 (2022) (holding that the plaintiff could not sue federal border patrol agents for First Amendment retaliation or Fourth Amendment excessive force violations). The twenty-six decisions included in the Bivens Claims dataset suggest that while lower courts have long recognized protest-related claims against federal officials, the Supreme Court’s recent decisions have placed such claims in jeopardy.

The data show that lower courts have long recognized protesters’ ability to pursue First Amendment and Fourth Amendment Bivens claims. Courts recognized a cause of action for First Amendment or Fourth Amendment violations against federal defendants under Bivens in 81% (21/26) of protest-related decisions.

However, twelve, or nearly half, of these decisions are from the D.C. Circuit and D.C. district courts. The D.C. Circuit first recognized a First Amendment protest-related Bivens claim in Dellums v. Powell, which was decided in 1977.293Dellums v. Powell, 566 F.2d 167, 195 (D.C. Cir. 1977). The District of Columbia is the site of iconic protest venues, including the grounds near the U.S. Capitol and Lafayette Park near the White House. National Park Service, U.S. Marshals officials, U.S. Capitol Police, Secret Service, and other federal officials are involved in policing and managing mass and other protest events in the District.

In addition to the D.C. Circuit, the Third, Fourth, Eighth, Ninth, and Tenth Circuits have also recognized First Amendment and Fourth Amendment Bivens claims in protest-related cases.294See Marcavage v. Nat’l Park Serv., 666 F.3d 856, 858 (3d Cir. 2012); Tobey v. Jones, 706 F.3d 379, 386 (4th Cir. 2013); Galvin v. Hay, 374 F.3d 739, 757 (9th Cir. 2004); Pahls v. Thomas, 718 F.3d 1210, 1225–26 (10th Cir. 2013). Constitutional claims in these cases have run the gamut from violation of protesters’ right to speak and assemble in a public forum under the First Amendment to allegations of excessive force, false arrest, and unreasonable seizure under the Fourth Amendment. One might assume decisions recognizing these Bivens claims long predated the Court’s recent turn against expanding Bivens. However, ten out of fifteen lower court decisions (67%) recognizing such claims or assuming they are viable were decided during the last decade, when the Court was expressing increasing skepticism about them.

There is some evidence that the Court’s Bivens negativity is starting to affect lower court decisions in protest cases. In the four most recent decisions, including one by the D.C. Circuit regarding the clearing of Lafayette Park during the 2020 Black Lives Matter protests, courts expressly rejected protesters’ First Amendment and Fourth Amendment Bivens claims.295See Clark v. Wolf, No. 20-CV-01436, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 20027, at *20 (D. Or. Feb. 3, 2022) (Fourth Amendment claim); Kristiansen v. Russell, No. 21-CV-00546, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 99459, at *3 (D. Or. June 2, 2022) (Fourth Amendment claim); Ferguson v. Owen, No. 21-02512, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 120281, at *33 (D.D.C. July 8, 2022) (First Amendment claim); Black Lives Matter D.C. v. Trump, 544 F. Supp. 3d 15, 34 (D.D.C. 2021) (First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims), aff’d sub nom Buchanan v. Barr, 71 F.4th 1003 (D.C. Cir. 2023). The courts emphasized the Supreme Court’s admonition not to expand Bivens into “new” contexts and to apply a “special factors” analysis to prevent expansion of Bivens claims. Applying those standards, only one recent federal district court decision has upheld a protest-related Fourth Amendment claim and none have recognized a First Amendment claim.296Applying the Supreme Court’s recently adopted standards, one district court recognized a Fourth Amendment Bivens claim brought by protesters. See Graber v. Dales, No. 18-3168, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 169594, at *4–6 (E.D. Pa. Sept. 30, 2019).

The loss of a Bivens remedy would leave protesters without full recourse against federal officials who violate their First Amendment or Fourth Amendment rights. Officials with the National Park Service, Secret Service, and other federal agencies would be immunized from damages claims. As the 2020 racial justice protests demonstrated, holding federal officials liable for protest policing that violates individuals’ constitutional rights remains critically important.

IV.  STRENGTHENING PROTESTER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

This study confirms that protesters face steep obstacles in terms of holding government officials accountable for constitutional injuries. If protesters cannot be made whole in the event of serious injuries, they may be deterred from organizing and participating in public demonstrations. Thus, what is at stake is not just the important compensation owed to injured protesters but also broader injuries to our culture of public dissent. This final Part offers five proposals to strengthen protesters’ rights and remedies.297The proposals focus on federal laws and institutions. However, states and localities can also take steps to strengthen civil rights claims. See Emma Tucker, States Tackling ‘Qualified Immunity’ for Police as Congress Squabbles Over the Issue, CNN (Apr. 23, 2021, 7:45 AM), https://www.cnn.com/2021/04/23/politics/qualified-immunity-police-reform/index.html [https://perma.cc/WP46-YTCZ]; Jeffery C. Mays & Ashley Southall, It May Soon Be Easier to Sue the N.Y.P.D. for Misconduct, N.Y. Times (Mar. 25, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/03/25/nyregion/nyc-qualified-immunity-police-reform.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20220305142403/https://www.nytimes.com/2021/03/25/nyregion/nyc-qualified-immunity-police-reform.html].

First, as other scholars have advocated, qualified immunity should be abandoned or reformed.298See, e.g., Schwartz, supra note 24; see also sources cited supra note 79. This study confirms that courts are disposing of a significant percentage (approximately 60% at summary judgment) of protesters’ First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims based on qualified immunity. The data also show that qualified immunity shields officials from liability in all but the most egregious cases (and even in some egregious cases), is based on an impossibly narrow standard of controlling authority and reduces opportunities for courts to innovate and develop substantive law. The Court or Congress should abolish qualified immunity or reform it by, for example, changing the liability standard or doing away with the “clearly established law” requirement.299See Schwartz, supra note 24, at 1833–35 (proposing various qualified immunity reforms). Protesters and others would then be better able to recover for patently unconstitutional content-based regulations, abusive uses of force, invalid arrests, and other unconstitutional behavior.

Second, also in the realm of qualified immunity reform, the Supreme Court or Congress should revisit Nieves v. Bartlett. This study shows that First Amendment retaliation claims are frequently pursued in protest cases. Early lower court applications of Nieves’s probable cause rule confirm the objections raised by Justices Gorsuch and Sotomayor. The Supreme Court should at least clarify that probable cause is not an absolute bar to retaliation claims. Some commentators have also urged Congress to overturn Nieves.300See Clayton, supra note 113, at 2315; Mills, supra note 284, at 2063. If neither institution is willing to act, civil rights lawyers will need to focus on collecting the necessary evidence of disparate treatment to defeat the probable cause bar. As Justice Sotomayor has urged, lower courts can also adopt a “commonsensical[]” interpretation of the standard.301Nieves v. Bartlett, 587 U.S. 391, 431 (2019) (Sotomayor, J., dissenting).

Third, as this study confirms, courts need to strengthen constitutional protections under the First Amendment and Fourth Amendment. The lack of strong First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights reduces and undermines protesters’ constitutional protections. Applications of qualified immunity doctrine show that First Amendment doctrines allow officials to exclude protesters from public properties, enforce restrictive speech zones, and significantly displace demonstrations. Joanna Schwartz has criticized substantive Fourth Amendment law, specifically the “reasonableness” standard that allows officers to “stop, arrest, beat, shoot, or kill people who have done nothing wrong without violating their constitutional rights.”302Schwartz, supra note 9, at 52. Similarly, she argues, the Court’s “excessive force” doctrine has “left officers with few limits on their power.”303Id. The First Amendment and Fourth Amendment doctrines addressed in this study are longstanding. However, the Supreme Court should more clearly establish the limits they place on government officials when they regulate protest activity and lower courts should apply these limits in ways that better protect the rights of protesters.

Fourth, and relatedly, courts must publish more decisions elaborating on applications of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment rights. Figure 10 shows the number of published qualified immunity protest-related decisions over time available on Westlaw. The Qualified Immunity dataset covers four decades but includes only eighty-six published federal appellate court decisions. To be sure, there are likely more such decisions; but if they are not accessible, they cannot be used to analyze qualified immunity. If published appellate decisions are to be the primary sources of clearly established law, it is obvious that litigants and courts need significantly more guidance. The uptick in published decisions during the last five years is encouraging, even if it may partially be related to the 2020–2021 mass street protests. More published decisions should produce more clearly established limits on protest policing and other activities. The Supreme Court could also take steps such as loosening the requirement of controlling circuit precedent and allowing courts to consult other decisions or to rely on general principles, rather than requiring plaintiffs to identify in-circuit cases involving the same or similar factual circumstances.

Figure 10.  Published Qualified Immunity Protest Decisions over Time

Fifth, and finally, governmental immunity doctrines must allow injured plaintiffs to hold all parties that cause injuries accountable. This means reducing or repealing municipal immunities and allowing injured protesters to sue federal officials under Bivens for First Amendment and Fourth Amendment violations. In my study, although plaintiffs frequently sued municipalities, nearly 80% of their Monell claims failed at summary judgment.304See discussion supra Section III.B. As Joanna Schwartz has argued, “[o]ne way to make sure that people are paid what they are owed is to do away with Monell standards and hold cities legally responsible for the constitutional violations of their officers—just as private companies are held vicariously liable for the acts of their employees.”305Schwartz, supra note 9, at 230. Some have urged plaintiffs to pursue “failure to supervise” claims, which have been recognized in some federal appellate court decisions. See Nancy Leong, Municipal Failures, 108 Cornell L. Rev. 345, 371–72 (2023). However, the liability standard for these claims, “deliberate indifference,” is difficult to meet. Connick v. Thompson, 563 U.S. 51, 61 (2011) (quoting Bd. of the Cnty. Comm’rs v. Brown, 520 U.S. 397, 410 (1997)). In the Qualified Immunity dataset, protester plaintiffs brought seventy-five “failure to train” claims, which are subject to the same standard. Municipal defendants successfully moved to dismiss fifty-two of those claims, or 75%. Protester plaintiffs must also have the opportunity to hold Secret Service, National Park Service, and employees of other federal agencies accountable. Lower courts have traditionally perceived no impediment to recognizing and adjudicating such claims.306See, e.g., Dellums v. Powell, 566 F.2d 167, 194–95 (1977) (recognizing a Bivens action in the context of a protest at the U.S. Capitol). As some recent decisions demonstrate, the Supreme Court’s negativity regarding Bivens threatens to undermine the fundamental right to express political dissent.307See, e.g., Black Lives Matter D.C. v. Trump, 544 F. Supp. 3d 15, 31–32 (D.D.C. 2021) (rejecting a Bivens claim brought by racial justice protesters). Although the Supreme Court has not expressly rejected protest-related First Amendment claims against federal officials, it has crept ever closer to doing so. As the Court itself has urged, Congress should codify Bivens by creating civil damages claims against federal officials who violate First Amendment, Fourth Amendment, and other constitutional rights.

CONCLUSION

Governmental immunities have had a profoundly negative effect on public protesters’ ability to obtain compensation for constitutional harms. This study’s quantitative analysis shows defendants’ significant success using qualified immunity to defeat a variety of First Amendment and Fourth Amendment claims. Its qualitative analysis illustrates how application of qualified immunity and other doctrines have defeated protesters’ claims, even when defendants have engaged in egregious constitutional violations.

The study lends additional support to general criticisms of qualified immunity and related doctrines. More broadly, it shows that failure to reform or abolish governmental immunities will affect the right to protest peacefully, safely, and with high confidence that officials who regulate and police protests will respect constitutional rights.

This Article offers several proposals for strengthening protesters’ remedies or at least limiting obstacles to monetary recovery. These include judicial or legislative repeal of qualified immunity, developing stronger substantive First Amendment and Fourth Amendment protections, abandoning municipal liability restrictions, and retaining civil liability for federal officials. Without serious reform, in most cases protesters will continue to be un- or under-compensated, public officials will continue to escape liability, and traditionally valued public protest activity will be encumbered and chilled.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1583

Download

* John Marshall Professor of Government and Citizenship, William & Mary Law School. I would like to thank Paul Hellyer for his outstanding assistance with the study design and the research supporting this Article. Special thanks also to Rebecca Roberts for her help updating the study databases. Any errors are, of course, my own.

“Bob Jones University” in the 21st Century: An Examination of Charitable Tax-Exempt Status and Religious Exemption from Title IX for Religious Colleges That Discriminate Against LGBTQ+ Students

INTRODUCTION

On March 30, 2021, the Religious Exemption Accountability Project (“REAP”) filed a historic class action lawsuit with the goal of challenging the abusive conditions that many private religious colleges and universities have created for LGBTQ+ students. These unsafe conditions have been permitted for decades by the U.S. Department of Education’s policies surrounding religious freedom.1First Amended Complaint at 2–3, Hunter v. U.S. Dep’t of Educ., No. 6:21-cv-00474-AA (D. Or. June 7, 2021). In the complaint, plaintiffs criticize the privileges—tax-exempt status and government funding—that are bestowed upon these institutions despite their discriminatory practices, denouncing the special treatment they receive simply for shrouding their behavior in religious justifications for protection. The complaint went on to criticize the religious exemption to Title IX, alleging that it “permits the Department to breach its duty as to the more than 100,000 sexual and gender minority students attending religious colleges and universities where discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation and gender identity is codified in campus policies and openly practiced.”2Id.

There are many documented cases in which private religious institutions have engaged in discrimination against LGBTQ+ students without legal repercussions—often involving the enforcement of an “honor code” that prohibits certain types of gender and sexuality expression. For example, one student was expelled from Southwestern Christian University—a semester shy of graduation—when school officials discovered that she was married to a same-sex partner; the school pointed to a “lifestyle covenant” that prohibited “Lesbian, Gay, Bi-sexual and Transgender (LGBT) behavior or acts” to justify its decision.3Human Rights Campaign, Hidden Discrimination: Title IX Religious Exemptions Putting LGBT Students at Risk 13 (2015). Another student, who is transgender, was expelled from California Baptist University after the school alleged that she committed fraud on her school application by listing her gender as “female.”4Id. at 10. In this case, the student, Domaine Javier, sued the school for an alleged violation of the state Unruh Civil Rights Act, which provides, “[a]ll persons within the jurisdiction of this state are free and equal, and no matter what their sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sexual orientation, citizenship, primary language, or immigration status are entitled to the full and equal accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, or services in all business establishments of every kind whatsoever.” Unruh Civil Rights Act, Cal. Civ. Code § 51(b) (West 2023). The court refused to grant relief, ruling that her expulsion was not prohibited because the school’s educational activities did not qualify as a “business establishment.” Human Rights Campaign, supra note 3, at 10. Another student, after it was revealed that she was in a same-sex relationship, was barred from enrolling in her final semester at Grace University; she was told that she could re-enroll only “if she went through a restoration program involving mandatory church attendance, meetings with counselors and mentors, and regular communication with a school dean.” She was eventually expelled for continuing to date women, and the school demanded that she return thousands of dollars in federal financial aid money.5Human Rights Campaign, supra, note 3, at 15. The complaint filed by REAP alleged dozens of additional acts of discrimination against LGBTQ+ students. The named plaintiff on the lawsuit, Elizabeth Hunter, was subject to discipline from Bob Jones University after posting online about LGBTQ+ issues, including “her posts about reading a book with a lesbian main character, and about writing a book including a lesbian relationship.”6First Amended Complaint at 12, Hunter v. U.S. Dep’t of Educ., No. 6:21-cv-00474-AA. Another plaintiff, Victoria Joy Bacon, alleged that school officials at Lipscomb University directed homophobic and transphobic statements against them, including slurs, and that resident advisors witnessed them being called slurs and refused to intervene.7Id. at 19. Nathan Brittsan only attended Fuller Theological Seminary for a few days before being expelled for being homosexual and married to a same-sex partner.8Id. at 22. Scott McSwain was told by Union University that he was “going to hell” and that he would be expelled if he did not attend sexual conversion therapy.9Id. at 44. These examples represent only a fraction of the reported discrimination that LGBTQ+ students have been subjected to by private religious institutions.

In the REAP lawsuit, plaintiffs argued that it is constitutionally impermissible for government funding to be distributed to private educational institutions that engage in discrimination against students, either through official policies and honor codes or unofficially through other channels. However, I argue that a bright line rule consistent with this position would be difficult to implement in any practical sense—not only because it is virtually impossible for schools to operate without any government funding at all, but also because taking any legislative action to restrict funding to these schools would be extremely unpopular in the current political environment. Under current IRS tax policies, it is unlikely that private religious institutions could have their tax-exempt status revoked for engaging in discrimination on the basis of gender identity or sexual orientation. The most promising route for holding schools responsible for such behavior by revoking tax-exempt status is the IRS promulgating a new regulation forbidding organizations that discriminate on the basis of gender identity or sexual orientation from being categorized as “charitable” for the purpose of tax exemption. The Court should then uphold this new policy by extending the holding of Bob Jones University v. United States beyond just racial discrimination. This order of operations is crucial, as it seems unlikely that a potential extension of Bob Jones University would be effective if not preceded by a new IRS policy. Congress, as the ultimate source of authority for the IRS, has the power to modify those policies which it considers improper. However, it seems likely that independent agency action coupled with judicial review would be more successful than getting the legislative branch to make the politically-unpopular decision to threaten the tax-exempt status of a large number of private religious colleges and universities. Even when Bob Jones University was engaging in blatant racial discrimination to such an extent that the majority of the public did not approve, it was the IRS and Supreme Court that took action, not Congress.

All of the schools mentioned above claim to be exempt from Title IX for religious reasons, and  none has ever been subjected to substantive investigations or discipline from the federal government for civil rights violations against LGBTQ+ students. In the REAP lawsuit, plaintiffs argue that the religious exemption to Title IX, to the extent that it allows institutions to discriminate against students on the basis of gender identity and sexual orientation, is a violation of the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. However, I am highly skeptical that the Court would issue a holding consistent with this position any time in the foreseeable future. Thus, some practical stop-gap solutions are necessary. First, there needs to be a dramatic reconfiguration of the religious exemption to Title IX. At the very least, the current process of automatically granting religious exemption to any religious educational institution leaves a lot of ambiguity about what protections exist for students and what remedies are available; moreover, it gives implicit permission to such institutions to engage in more and more discriminatory behavior because they were given no conditions on which their exemption would be granted and they have no fear of losing the exemption. Beyond this, the enforcement mechanisms behind Title IX need to be bolstered so that schools operate with a more legitimate fear of negative consequences if they break the law. Currently, the Office for Civil Rights’ (“OCR’s”) only real enforcement mechanism is the threat of cutting off federal funding, but since this has never been done, it is a hollow threat.

There is an infinite number of questions that could be explored in relation to private religious colleges and universities and their religious free exercise rights. In this Note, I seek to limit my focus to just the issue of discrimination against members of the LGBTQ+ community—those who are gender-identity or sexuality minorities. For example, although Title IX governs the way that school administrations respond to sexual assault and sexual harassment allegations made by members of the campus community, this Note does not seek to address this facet of the Act’s effects other than to the extent that such actions (or lack of action) constitute sex-based discrimination (for example, failure to respond to sexual assault allegations made by LGBTQ+ students). I am aware of recent high-profile scandals at certain private religious institutions involving sexual assault and failure to follow proper reporting and investigation procedures laid out by Title IX; although important, addressing these systematic failures would distract from the religious exemption to Title IX and the disparate treatment that LGBTQ+ minority students are subjected to. Furthermore, this Note does not directly address discrimination perpetrated by primary or secondary schools; rather, the focus is placed on post-secondary educational institutions. Despite this narrow focus, the information and analysis provided in this Note will hopefully prove useful to other scholars who seek to apply my argument to a broader array of educational settings.

Scholarly literature has already examined the tax-exempt status question to a certain extent regarding the history and potential application of the Bob Jones University case. Some articles, like The Story of Bob Jones University v. United States: Race, Religion, and Congress’ Extraordinary Acquiescence, take the position that the case only came out the way it did because race is treated much differently than other protected categories.10Olatunde C. A. Johnson, The Story of Bob Jones University v. United States: Race, Religion, and Congress’ Extraordinary Acquiescence 21–22 (Columbia L. Sch. Pub. L. . & Legal Theory Working Paper, Paper No. 10-229, 2010). This is somewhat contrary to the argument of this Note: the holding in Bob Jones University should be extended to protect students against discrimination beyond that which is solely on the basis of race. Other articles criticize the Court’s holding in Bob Jones University as overly broad and failing to take into consideration the school’s viable religious liberty claims. One such article, Bob Jones University v. United States: A Political Analysis, highlights what it refers to as the “hazards” of the Supreme Court getting involved in such questions, holding out free exercise of religion as an important principle. Despite this article’s fundamental disagreement with my proposal that the holding in Bob Jones University be extended, the article contributes a great amount of political analysis of the history of tax-exempt status for religious institutions and the cases that have developed the Court’s jurisprudence on the issue.11Neal Devins, Bob Jones University v. United States: A Political Analysis, Wm. & Mary J. L. & Pol. 403, 404 (1984). This information allowed me to more fully understand how policy and jurisprudence might most effectively evolve in the future. Some articles, such as The Sexual Integrity of Religious Schools and Tax Exemption, touch on the Obergefell v. Hodges decision and how the recognition of same-sex couples’ fundamental right to marry may impact the civil rights owed to them in educational contexts. The aforementioned article notably takes the position that the Court’s decision in Obergefell is explicitly inconsistent with “applying Bob Jones to the disadvantage of religious schools that maintain sexual conduct policies”—which is at odds with the central position of this Note.12Johnny Rex Buckles, The Sexual Integrity of Religious Schools and Tax Exemption, 40 Harv. J.L. & Pub. Pol’y 255, 267, 314–18 (2017). Other articles, such as Discrimination in the Name of the Lord and Discriminatory Religious Schools and Tax-Exempt Status, offer relevant analysis of the interaction between free exercise by religious universities and the civil rights protections afforded to students; however, their decades-old perspectives require updating in light of relevant legal and political developments.

Scholarly literature has also explored the issue of religious exemption from Title IX. One article, Should Religious Groups Be Exempt from Civil Rights Laws?, delves deeply into the issue, examining civil rights protections for race, sex, and sexual orientation.13Martha Minow, Should Religious Groups Be Exempt from Civil Rights Laws?, 48 B.C. L. Rev. 781, 783 (2007). However, there is a gap in this article, written in 2007, which does not account for new developments in the law surrounding the definition of discrimination “on the basis of sex,” especially in the context of civil rights laws like Title IX and Title VII. This has important implications for what is thus categorized as discrimination on the basis of sex. In the U.S. Supreme Court’s October 2019 term, the Court released an opinion in Bostock v. Clayton County that held, “[a]n employer who fires an individual merely for being gay or transgender violates Title VII.”14Bostock v. Clayton Cnty, 140 S. Ct. 1731, 1737 (2020). This opinion relies on a new (to the Supreme Court’s jurisprudence) definition of discrimination on the basis of sex. If this definition is applied to Title IX as well, there may be implications for how colleges and universities must act in order to remain in compliance with Title IX.

One work of scholarship stands out in particular for its similarity to this Note’s contribution to the debate. In 2022, the Brigham Young University Prelaw Review published an article entitled The Constitutionality of the Title IX Religious Exemption. This article responds to the Hunter v. Department of Education lawsuit, but its author, Madelyn Jacobsen, makes the opposite argument from mine by arguing that the religious exemption to Title IX is “crucial for maintaining [religious] diversity in higher education” and that restricting or eliminating the religious exemption to Title IX would necessarily constitute a restriction on free exercise of religion.15Madelyn Jacobsen, The Constitutionality of the Title IX Religious Exemption, 36 BYU Prelaw Rev. 67, 69 (2022). Jacobsen mimics the language often used in legal disputes surrounding free exercise of religious “closely held beliefs.” This Note contributes a much-needed alternative perspective on the debate where the Jacobsen article left a clear gap. Another work of scholarship stands out in particular for the similarities that the author brings in personal background that contribute to the article’s perspective. The author of Loving the Sinner: Evangelical Colleges and Their LGB Students notes that she attended Wheaton College, a private Christian college that is one of the many targets of the Hunter v. Department of Education lawsuit, and reflects on this experience as being “encased in a protective coating of ignorance and denial” about her homosexuality.16Elizabeth J. Hubertz, Loving the Sinner: Evangelical Colleges and Their LGB Students, 35 Quinnipiac L. Rev. 147, 175 (2017). Because of this background, the author homes in on the personal experiences of LGBTQ+ students at private religious colleges and carefully considers the stakes of all major actors: the religious institution’s interest in maintaining the pure religious character of its student body and minority students’ interest in expressing themselves fully while still attending the college in question. The author conducts analysis through a framework of “institutional religious freedom,” focusing mainly on sexual codes of conduct, voluntary association, and third-party burdens. This Note adopts a similar perspective, due to my similar personal upbringing, but shifts the analytical angle from the religious freedom owed to institutional actors to the civil rights owed to minority students.

I.  BACKGROUND

A.  Government Funding and Tax-Exempt Status for Private Religious Colleges

Public institutions have historically provided the setting for legal challenges to laws that involve education; colleges like the University of Michigan and University of Texas have famously been involved in litigation over segregation and affirmative action because of their receipt of significant funds from state and federal sources. There is a bit more uncertainty surrounding the applicability of such laws to private institutions. Although private religious colleges may not be fully state sponsored like public institutions, almost none of them operate entirely independently from the government. Federal funds are given to private religious colleges through a variety of means, including loans and grants for construction and renovation of campus facilities;17Tilton v. Richardson, 403 U.S. 672, 672 (1971). noncategorical state “capitation grants”18Roemer v. Bd. of Pub. Works of Md., 426 U.S. 736, 736 (1976).; Medicare reimbursements for campus medical centers; National Institute of Health (“NIH”) grants for science departments; and Health Resources and Services Administration grants to medical, dental, or nursing programs.19Office for Civil Rights, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Dep’t of Health & Hum. Servs., https://www.hhs.gov/civil-rights/for-individuals/sex-discrimination/title-ix-education-amendments/index.html [https://perma.cc/LDD6-BJM7]. Federal student loans, tuition tax credits, and federal Pell Grants allow colleges to be able to raise tuition rates without lowering enrollment.20Richard Vedder, There Are Really Almost No Truly Private Universities, Forbes (Apr. 8, 2018, 8:00 AM), https://www.forbes.com/sites/richardvedder/2018/04/08/there-are-really-almost-no-truly-private-universities [https://perma.cc/7AMF-U6A2]. Beyond direct grants and loans, private religious colleges also receive a tremendous amount of assistance from the savings received through tax-exempt status.21Id. Furthermore, gifts to religious colleges are treated as charitable deductions for income-tax purposes, which incentivizes giving.22Id. Thus, the perception that private educational institutions are independent from the public sphere is a myth.

An oft-repeated argument about the private sector (including privately-owned businesses and private colleges and universities) is that it should be subject to fewer government restrictions and regulations because of its independence from the public sector. However, since the vast majority of private religious colleges accept millions of dollars of public funds each year, plaintiffs in the Hunter lawsuit argued that there are constitutional restrictions on how those funds may be used. Plaintiffs acknowledge that the receipt of public funds is permissible; “[h]owever, when the government provides public funds to private actors . . . the Constitution restrains the government from allowing such private actors to use those funds to harm disadvantaged people.”23First Amended Complaint at 3, Hunter v. U.S. Dep’t of Educ., No. 6:21-cv-00474-AA (D. Or. June 7, 2021). In light of this, it would be inconsistent to allow institutions that receive public funds or that benefit from tax-exempt status to discriminate against sexual and gender minority students.

This stance represents a logical extension of the U.S. Supreme Court’s 1983 opinion in Bob Jones University v. United States, in which the Court held that Bob Jones University (“BJU”), a private religious college, did not qualify as a tax-exempt organization under §501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code because of its racially discriminatory policies.24Bob Jones Univ. v. United States, 461 U.S. 574, 586 (1983). In 1980, the IRS had issued a ruling providing that a private school with a racially discriminatory policy does not qualify as “charitable” within the common law concepts reflected in the Internal Revenue Code. The Court held that “an institution seeking tax-exempt status must serve a public purpose and not be contrary to established public policy.”25Id. at 575, 586. BJU continued to enforce its policy of denying admission to applicants who engaged in interracial marriage or applicants who were known to advocate for interracial marriage. In light of this discriminatory policy, the IRS revoked BJU’s tax-exempt status. The university was asked to pay a portion of federal unemployment taxes for a year, and then filed a refund action in federal District Court; the IRS filed a countersuit claiming millions of dollars in unpaid taxes.26Id. at 574.

The Court analyzed Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) §501(c)(3)—the portion of the Internal Revenue Code that sets forth regulations that apply to charitable organizations—against the backdrop of the congressional purpose, which was to give preferential treatment to charities in exchange for the benefit that they provide to society, and their relationship with the public interest.27Id. at 585–92. The Court invoked the history of charitable tax-exempt status; the status was originally conceived as similar to charitable trusts, which could not “be illegal or violate established public policy.”28Id. at 591. In light of this purpose, the majority held that in order to qualify for tax-exempt status, an institution must “demonstrably serve and be in harmony with the public interest,” and that “[t]he institution’s purpose must not be so at odds with the common community conscience as to undermine any public benefit that might otherwise be conferred.”29Id. at 592. Indeed, any institution that engaged in racial discrimination was excluded from the category of those that confer a public benefit and could thus be excluded from the charitable category and stripped of the accompanying tax-exempt status. Therefore, the IRS’s action stripping BJU of its charitable tax-exempt status was a valid exercise of its congressionally-granted authority.

One portion of the Bob Jones University decision that is potentially relevant to the question before us is which level of scrutiny the court should apply. It is worth noting that this analysis should not be interpreted to mean which level of scrutiny should be applied when sex is involved—a question that would involve its own analysis of what is included in the definition of “sex discrimination.” Indeed, the Court did not craft its ruling in Bob Jones University based on whether race is a suspect classification that triggers the application of strict scrutiny. Rather, the question is how closely the Court should scrutinize government policies that implicate religious freedom. In Bob Jones University, the Court applied strict scrutiny to the potential burden that the IRS rule placed on religious freedom for the university. Thus, this means that the relevant balancing test that the Court would have to consider in judicial review of a new IRS rule would be whether there is an overriding interest in protecting the LGBTQ+ community from discrimination that outweighs the religious freedom of private religious universities. In engaging in this examination, the Court should come to the same conclusion as the similar question, from Bob Jones University, regarding racial discrimination.30It is worth noting that the potential application of the Bob Jones University case to discrimination by colleges and universities based on sexual orientation and gender identity has been considered by relevant actors to some extent. In fact, during the oral argument phase of Obergefell v. Hodges, Justice Alito invoked Bob Jones University, asking if the Court’s holding that a college was not entitled to tax-exempt status if it engaged in racial discrimination might be applied to a college’s opposition to same-sex marriage. Transcript of Oral Argument at 38, Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644 (2015) (No. 14-556). In response, General Verrilli responded that “it’s certainly going to be an issue . . . I don’t deny that.” Id.

The First Amendment provides a baseline level of protection for religious freedom, providing that the government “shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof.”31U.S. Const. amend. I (emphasis added). The Court’s jurisprudence regarding the Free Exercise Clause has evolved over time, beginning with a compelling interest test and eventually departing from it in Employment Division v. Smith.32Whitney K. Novak, Cong. Rsch. Serv., IF11490, The Religious Freedom Restoration Act: A Primer (2020); Sherbert v. Verner, 374 U.S. 398, 403 (1963) (holding that if a government burden on religious free exercise is allowed to stand, “it must be either because . . . [it] represents no infringement by the State on [one’s] constitutional rights of free exercise, or because any incidental burden on the free exercise of [one’s] religion may be justified by a ‘compelling state interest in the regulation of a subject within the State’s constitutional power to regulate’ ”) (quoting NAACP v. Button, 371 U.S. 415, 438 (1963)); Emp. Div. v. Smith, 494 U.S. 872, 878–79 (1990) (departing from the Sherbert balancing test, claiming that the Court has “never held that an individual’s religious beliefs excuse him from compliance with an otherwise valid law prohibiting conduct that the State is free to regulate” and weaving a creative interpretation of the Court’s Free Exercise Clause jurisprudence to justify the departure). In Smith, the majority delivered a scathing criticism of the compelling interest test, claiming that its application would produce a “constitutional anomaly” and “a private right to ignore generally applicable laws.”33Smith, 494 U.S. at 886. Smith explicitly rejected the compelling interest test’s expansion of the First Amendment’s protection of religious liberty and asserted that the Free Exercise Clause

does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a law that incidentally forbids (or requires) the performance of an act that his religious belief requires (or forbids) if the law is not specifically directed to religious practice and is otherwise constitutional as applied to those who engage in the specified act for nonreligious reasons.34Id. at 872.

It may surprise a modern audience to learn that Justice Antonin Scalia wrote the majority opinion in Smith, which places limits on religious freedom when it clashes with a compelling governmental interest.35Id. This surprising result cannot be attributed to a lack of vigor with which Antonin Scalia was willing to defend the rights of religious people in the United States—specifically Christians. Rather, scholars have speculated that the decision was because the case at hand involved Native Americans who were practitioners of indigenous religion, which the Court did not view in as sympathetic of a light as it may have viewed practitioners of Christianity. However, due to apprehension that this opinion may be applied to Christians in the future, the legislature responded with RFRA.

Congress reacted explosively to this inflammatory Supreme Court decision, fearful that it may lead to infringement on the free exercise of the religious beliefs of Christians. Shortly after Smith was decided, Congress passed the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (“RFRA”), which expanded the religious freedom protection granted by the First Amendment by legislatively establishing a compelling interest test (a test that had been explicitly rejected by the judicial branch). Under this new law, whenever the government imposes a burden on religious liberty, the courts are required to apply strict scrutiny in their analysis of the government’s justification.36Shruti Chaganti, Why the Religious Freedom Restoration Act Provides a Defense in Suits by Private Plaintiffs, 99 Va. L. Rev. 343, 343 (2013). RFRA prohibits the government from substantially burdening the free exercise of religion, “even if the burden results from a rule of general applicability,” unless the government is able to demonstrate that application of the burden (1) furthers a compelling governmental interest; and (2) does so by the least restrictive means.37Religious Freedom Restoration Act: Free Exercise of Religion Protected, 42 U.S.C. § 2000bb-1. Because of RFRA’s new permissive standard, the Court would be required to analyze any potential burden on the free exercise of religion by private religious institutions under strict scrutiny, using a compelling interest test. This law makes it more difficult to hold religious institutions responsible for engaging in discrimination against LGBTQ+ individuals because it provides such strong protections for religious groups against government intervention.

Government funding and tax-exempt status are one important piece of the puzzle when it comes to protecting LGBTQ+ individuals from experiencing discrimination at the hands of their private religious institutions. The other piece is Title IX, a historic legislative act drafted in the Civil Rights era to prevent discrimination in the realm of education, which applies certain standards to all educational institutions that are the recipients of government funding, including private religious schools. However, the efficacy of the Act is undermined by the blanket exemptions granted to religious organizations. The process for granting religious exemptions to Title IX should either be vastly reworked, or the exemptions should be done away with entirely. I will analyze these options and consider the legality and practicality of each option.

B.  Title IX and the Religious Exemption

Title IX provides that “[n]o person in the United States shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.”38Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. § 1681(a). In Cohen v. Brown University, the Court recognized Congress’s dual objectives in passing Title IX: (1) “to avoid the use of federal resources to support discriminatory practices;” and (2) “to provide individual citizens effective protection against those practices.”39Cohen v. Brown Univ., 101 F.3d 155, 165 (1st Cir. 1996) (quoting Cannon v. Univ. of Chicago, 441 U.S. 677 (1979)). Specifically, Title IX, also known as the Education Amendments of 1972, was intended to update Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, which had been passed in 1964. Title VII prohibits employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, and national origin, but Title IX was intended to expand that prohibition against discrimination to the education system as well.40Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000(e)–2000(e)(17). Without Title IX, the only aspect of the education system in which discrimination on the basis of sex would be prohibited is discrimination against employees of the school; Title VII left students largely unprotected.

Regulations that govern the implementation of Title IX are set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”), and the Office for Civil Rights (“OCR”)—a department within the U.S. Department of Education—has the legal authority to enforce Title IX.4134 C.F.R. § 106. The OCR performs invaluable work: investigating complaints, ensuring that institutions are complying with necessary regulations, and even providing technical assistance.42Valerie McMurtrie Bonnette, How Title IX Is Enforced Good Sports, Inc. (2012), http://titleixspecialists.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/How-Title-IX-is-Enforced.pdf [https://perma.cc/3EM6-A7YV]. One of the most important tools that the OCR wields is the right to conduct compliance reviews. This provides a significant incentive for schools to comply with its legal obligations because if it is found to violate Title IX, there can be harsh consequences—at least on paper. First, an institution is given the option to voluntarily remedy the violation. If it refuses to do so, OCR may: (1) initiate a termination of the institution’s federal funding, or (2) refer the case to the U.S. Department of Justice to pursue a case in court.43Id. However, these threats have proven hollow, as no university has yet had its federal funding revoked—a bold move that would send shockwaves through the higher education community in the United States. Separately from federal agency enforcement of Title IX through administrative channels, individuals have the authority to initiate proceedings against allegedly discriminatory institutions. An individual has the right to file a lawsuit in court alleging Title IX violations and to file a complaint with the OCR, but the former is not required to have standing for the latter.44Id. Courts may order specific remedies or may award monetary damages to victims of sex discrimination who file lawsuits. Given that the OCR’s threat of revocation of federal funding is a largely hollow threat, the “implied private right of action” of Title IX has “given Title IX its teeth” and serves as a crucial enforcement mechanism.45R. Shep Melnick, The Strange Evolution of Title IX, Nat’l Affs. (2018), https://www.nationalaffairs.com/publications/detail/the-strange-evolution-of-title-ix [https://perma.cc/L38R-TEGD].

Title VII contains a religious exemption section which restricts the protections afforded by the new piece of legislation. Section 2000e-1 states, “[t]his subchapter shall not apply to an employer with respect to the employment of aliens outside any State, or to a religious corporation, association, educational institution, or society with respect to the employment of individuals of a particular religion to perform work connected with the carrying on by such . . . .”46Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000(e)-1(a). Thus, when Congress recognized that the protections of Title VII were exclusively restricted to the employment sector and set out to expand it to the education sector, Congress inserted a similar section exempting religious organizations from Title IX as well. Despite Title IX’s illusion of broad protection against discrimination, § 106.12 goes on to exempt educational institutions that are controlled by religious organizations, declaring that the act “does not apply to an educational institution which is controlled by a religious organization to the extent application of this part would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.”4734 C.F.R. § 106.12(a). In the cases of both Title VII and Title IX, the religious exemption sections were crafted as a part of a political compromise with the religious right to pass the legislation.48Kif Augustine-Adams, What Is the Religious Exemption to Title IX and What’s at Stake
in LGBTQ Students’ Legal Challenge, The Conversation (June 22, 2021, 2:59
PM), https://theconversation.com/what-is-the-religious-exemption-to-title-ix-and-whats-at-stake-in-lgbtq-students-legal-challenge-161079 [https://perma.cc/5L2W-QR7G].

For most of the history of Title IX, very few institutions sought religious-based exemptions. However, in 2013, there was a sudden increase in the number of official claims of religious exemption. In fact, between 2013–2021, more than 120 religious institutions claimed exemption from Title IX.49Id. This development can largely be traced back to evangelical fears about the Obama administration—anticipation of a crackdown on religious freedom. Though it was not to the extent that the American evangelical community expected, the Obama administration did seek to expand the protections of Title IX. On October 26, 2010, the executive branch issued guidance to schools to include LGBTQ+ individuals under Title IX protections. The letter defined gender-based harassment under Title IX in a new way, labeling it sex discrimination “if students are harassed . . . for failing to conform to stereotypical notions of masculinity and femininity.”50Letter from Russlynn Ali, U.S. Dep’t of Educ., to Colleague (Oct. 26, 2010), https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/letters/colleague-201010.pdf [https://perma.cc/2JY7-93JW]. The letter goes on to explicitly state that “Title IX does protect all students, including lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) students, from sex discrimination.”51Id.

The Code of Federal Regulations lays out a very basic framework for how exemptions are to be granted. C.F.R. § 106.12, governing Educational Institutions Controlled by Religious Organization, suggests that no formal process must be followed in order to secure a religious exemption to Title IX..”5234 C.F.R. § 106.12(a). The further relevant procedures provided by the Code do not serve to confer exemption on the institutions, but only to reassure the institutions that they are eligible for those exemptions. Indeed, even without such advance assurance of religious exemption, if the Department of Education notifies an institution that it is under investigation for non-compliance with Title IX, the institution may choose to raise its exemption at that time. To do so, the institution shall submit a letter to the Department of Education’s Assistant Secretary, “identifying the provisions of this part which conflict with a specific tenet of the religious organization”—regardless of whether or not the institution already sought assurance before the fact.53Id. § 106.12(b). An institution may write to the Department of Education’s Assistant Secretary to seek assurance of their religious exemption. However, “[a]n institution is not required to seek assurance from the Assistant Secretary in order to assert such an exemption.”5434 C.F.R. § 106.12(b). Consistent with this interpretation of the automatic triggering of this exemption, in 1976, President Oaks of Brigham Young University wrote a letter to the Department of Education that he clarified was notifying the Department of BYU’s exemption from Title IX (rather than requesting exemption). President Oaks specifically noted that BYU “did not concede that the Department of Health, Education and Welfare has the power to review our claim of exemption on the ground of religion.”55Letter from Martin H. Gerry, Dir., Off. for C.R., U.S. Dep’t of Educ., to Dallin H. Oaks, President Brigham Young Univ. (Aug. 12, 1976); Elise S. Faust, Who Decides? The Title IX Religious Exemption and Administrative Authority, 2017 BYU L. Rev. 1197, 1210 (2017). Thus, there is a long history—stretching back almost as far as the origin of the exemption itself—of the automatic triggering mechanism of the religious exemption to Title IX.

Once exemptions started being requested, the Department of Education started approving requests—seemingly indiscriminately: “In the nearly 50 years since the enactment of Title IX, the Office for Civil Rights has never denied a claim to religious exemption. As a result, religious educational institutions decide for themselves whether and to what degree they are exempt from Title IX.”56Augustine-Adams, supra note 48. In 2014, the Department of Education—under the Obama administration—issued guidelines making it clear that transgender students are also protected under Title IX. This guidance, paired with the growing contemporary evangelical panic surrounding transgender people, seems to have drastically increased the number of schools seeking exemptions from Title IX. In response to this avalanche of requested (or declared) exemptions, a number of Democratic Senators asked the Department of Education to publish a list, for the first time, of the colleges that specifically request waivers. In the letter, the Senators cited taxpayers’ “right to know when institutions of higher education—as recipients of tax dollars—seek and receive exemptions under Title IX.”57Press Release, Senator Ron Wyden, 7 Senators Call for Transparency for LGBT Students at Schools Seeking Religious Exemptions (Dec. 18, 2015), https://www.wyden.senate.gov/news/press-releases/wyden-7-senators-call-for-transparency-for-lgbt-students-at-schools-seeking-religious-exemptions [https://perma.cc/53K8-RDT5]. The Department of Education released the requested list, revealing that at the time 248 schools had been granted exemption to Title IX. Under the Trump administration, new regulations reversed the policy of transparency. However, under the Biden administration, the policy was again reversed; today, an official list is once again maintained by the Department of Education’s Officer for Civil Rights, along with a copy of the office’s response to each request.58Other Correspondence, U.S. Dep’t of Educ., Off. for C.R., https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/correspondence/other.html [https://perma.cc/PL2J-TCEG].

Title IX’s private enforcement mechanism was put to use on March 9, 2020, when an individual filed a complaint with the OCR, alleging that Brigham Young University (“BYU”) discriminates against students on the basis of sex. BYU is a private university with enrollment of almost 35,000 students, and is affiliated with the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.59Facts & Figures, Brigham Young Univ., https://www.byu.edu/facts-figures [https://perma.cc/XU5J-CWL5]. The university is known for its strict honor code, which until recently included a section explicitly titled “Homosexual Behavior” that banned students from “all forms of physical intimacy” with a member of the same sex.60Courtney Tanner, BYU Students Celebrate as School Removes ‘Homosexual Behavior’ Section from its Online Honor Code, Salt Lake Trib. (Feb. 19, 2020, 8:08 PM), https://www.
sltrib.com/news/education/2020/02/19/byu-appears-remove [https://perma.cc/W5UW-B596].
That section was removed in early 2020, inspiring a number of members of the campus community to publicly come out as LGBTQ-identifying. However, the elation sparked by this move was short-lived; shortly after, the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints clarified that same-sex romantic behavior remains incompatible with official school rules. In a public letter, Church Educational System Commissioner Elder Paul V. Johnson clarified that “[t]he moral standards of the Church did not change with the recent release of the General Handbook or the updated Honor Code. . . . Same-sex romantic behavior cannot lead to eternal marriage and is therefore not compatible with the principles included in the Honor Code.”61@BYU, X (Mar. 4, 2020, 10:14 AM), https://twitter.com/BYU/status/1235267296970473472/photo/1 [https://perma.cc/8DS8-VWVP]. This announcement was met with protest, as many students felt like they were experiencing whiplash with regard to the Honor Code—and even felt trapped if they came out while believing themselves to be in a newly-safe environment.62Courtney Tanner, Erin Alberty & Peggy Fletcher Stack, After BYU Honor Code Change, LDS Church Now Says Same-sex Relationships Are ‘Not Compatible’ with the Faith’s Rules, Salt Lake Trib. (May 27, 2022, 11:36 AM), https://www.sltrib.com/news/education/2020/03/04/after-byu-honor-code [https://perma.cc/99H4-HXRA]. It was in the wake of this policy reversal that an unnamed individual filed a complaint with the OCR, alleging that BYU was engaging in discriminatory behavior.

In response to the complaint, the OCR launched a rare investigation into the private religious university. The complaint specifically alleged that BYU “engages in the different treatment of students who are involved in same-sex romantic relationships by stating that such relationships are not compatible with the principles of the University’s Honor Code.”63Letter from Sandra Roesti, Supervisory Att’y, U.S. Dep’t of Educ., Off. for C.R., to Kevin J. Worthen, President, Brigham Young Univ. (Feb. 8, 2022), https://news.byu.edu/0000017e-e090-ddc8-a77f-f8b78c8c0001/final-signed-ocr-decision [https://perma.cc/33MT-PSGM]. In a letter dated October 21, 2021, the OCR notified BYU that it was opening an investigation into the individual’s complaint. BYU responded on November 19, 2021 by requesting assurance from the U.S. Department of Education that the university is exempt from Title IX and its accompanying implementing regulations.64Id. On January 3, 2022, the Department responded by assuring BYU of its exemption from a number of specific regulations under Title IX “to the extent that application of those provisions would conflict with the religious tenets of the University’s controlling religious organization”—including regulations involving admission, recruitment, housing, counseling, financial assistance, athletics, and comparable facilities.65Id. Thus, in a letter dated February 8, 2022, the OCR concluded that it lacked jurisdiction to address the individual complainant’s allegations. Although it was rare for the OCR to go through the motions of initiating a Title IX investigation into any private religious college for alleged discrimination against LGBTQ+ students, the investigation was ultimately halted prematurely because the religious exemption to Title IX blocked the OCR from exercising jurisdiction over the complaint. If the complaint had been filed against any other educational institution—a public university, or even a private one without a religious affiliation—the OCR would have initiated a fact-finding mission and published the results. This exposes the university to significant liability and serves as a deterrent to the implementation of discriminatory policies that violate Title IX.

Again, the text of the religious exemption to Title IX reads as follows: “[Title IX] does not apply to an educational institution which is controlled by a religious organization to the extent application of this part would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.”6634 C.F.R. § 106.12(a) (explaining exceptions for educational institutions controlled by religious organizations). Thus, there are two parts to the religious exemption to Title IX that should be examined separately: (1) Title IX does not apply to an institution “controlled by a religious organization” (with “control” defined very broadly), and (2) institutions are exempt only to the degree that their “religious tenets” conflict with Title IX. Below, I will elaborate on both elements.

1.  “Controlled by a Religious Organization”

Title IX does not apply to an educational institution “controlled by a religious organization.” There are six different ways that an educational institution may establish that it is controlled by a religious institution: (1) it is a school or department of divinity; (2) it requires faculty, students, or employees to be members of or espouse personal belief in the religion of the controlling organization; (3) it contains an explicit statement that it is controlled be a religious organization in its charter, the members of its governing body are appointed by the controlling organization, and it receives a significant amount of financial support from the controlling organization; (4) it has a doctrinal statement along with a statement that members of the institutional community must engage in the religious practices of or espouse a personal belief in the statement; (5) it has a published institutional mission that is approved by the governing body of the controlling organization and is predicated on religious tenets; or (6) other sufficient evidence as laid out in 20 U.S.C. § 1681(a)(3).67Id. This inclusive qualifying language is problematic; with “control” defined so broadly, potentially up to 1,000 colleges are encompassed by the words “controlled by a religious organization.”

2.  Conflict Between “Religious Tenets” and Title IX

There is an age-old debate in American legal jurisprudence about how to determine whether an action—or inaction—is actually motivated by “religious belief.” This question is especially difficult in the context of an organization, not just an individual. If construed too broadly, there is a risk that a religious organization might simply do anything or discriminate against anyone on any basis and then fall back on a loose claim that the action was based on religious belief. Therefore, it is important to know where the line is drawn. The A.S. Singleton memo, written by the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Education in 1985, instructs that religious exemption claims be consistent with the requirements of the First Amendment and the Religious Freedom Restoration Act.68Memorandum from Marry M. Singleton, Assistant Sec’y for C. R., U.S. Dep’t of Educ. (Feb. 19, 1985), https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/docs/singleton-memo-19850219.pdf [https://perma.cc/RV86-2SRB]. The Office for Civil Rights purports to follow a special procedure to determine whether a provision of Title IX conflicts with religious tenets, requiring that schools submit a statement reflecting either their religious tenets or religious practices.69Exemptions from Title IX, U.S. Dep’t of Educ., Off. for C.R. (Mar. 8, 2021), https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/docs/t9-rel-exempt/index.html [https://perma.cc/E3DY-29UK]. “A school claiming an exemption may refer to scripture, doctrinal statements, catalogs, statements of faith, or other documents.”70Id.

When administration officials from educational institutions write to the Department of Education to formally request a religious exemption from Title IX, the Civil Rights Office writes—and publicly publishes—a response letter. In each letter, they note that the requested exemptions must be based on actual religious tenets, and if the “governing organization” does not agree that those are actual religious tenets, the exemptions may not be valid.71Letter from Sandra Roesti, supra note 63. This response to BYU’s request for an exemption lists several reasons that BYU argued it should be considered to be controlled by the religious tenets of its controlling organization. (1) “BYU is a religious institution of higher education ‘founded, supported, and guided by’ the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (Church of Jesus Christ)”; (2) “BYU is ‘controlled by’ the Church of Jesus Christ, whose governing leaders appoint prophets, apostles, general authorities, and offices of the Church of Jesus Christ as members of BYU’s Board of Trustees”; (3) “[a]ll BYU students, faculty, administrators, and staff agree to the Church Educational System Honor Code and thereby ‘voluntarily commit to conduct their lives in accordance with the principles of the gospel of Jesus Christ’ ”; (4) “same-sex romantic behavior cannot lead to eternal marriage and is therefore not consistent with the principles included in the Honor Code”; and (5) “any obligation that would require [BYU] to ‘allow same-sex romantic behavior’ or ‘contradict doctrine of the Church of Jesus Christ regarding the distinction between men and women, the eternal nature of gender, or God’s laws of chastity and marriage’ would violate the religious tenets of the Church of Jesus Christ.” Letter from Catherine E. Lhamon, Assistant Sec’y for C.R., U.S. Dep’t of Educ., Off. For C.R., to Kevin J. Worthen, President, Brigham Young Univ. (Jan. 3, 2022), https://news.byu.edu/0000017e-e0cc-d5b2-abfe-eadc2e240001/2022-01-03-letter-from-catherine-lhamon-to-kevin-worthen-re-byu-religious-exemption-pdf [https://perma.cc/9JPG-MDXK]. For these reasons, BYU’s requested religious exemption is considered to be based on its closely-held religious tenets. This same format is followed in all other response letters published by the OCR. This creates the impression that religious exemptions to Title IX must be claimed on the basis of legitimate religious beliefs; however, the reality is that the Court is unwilling to scrutinize such organizational claims. Generally, the Court has thus far shied away from articulating a bright line test for what constitutes a religious belief, seemingly out of fear of being under-inclusive and resulting in the legal condemnation of “religiously-motivated” activities that the Court wishes to protect. This hesitation has had an unfortunate impact on the amount of scrutiny applied to explanations for why religious educational institutions seek to be exempt from Title IX.

II.  ARGUMENT AND ANALYSIS

In the following section, I will consider two main aspects of the issue of the constitutionality of discrimination by private religious institutions against LGBTQ+ students: the question of the tax-exempt status of those institutions and the question of those institutions’ religious exemptions to Title IX.

Race permeated the Bob Jones University case so thoroughly that scholars have struggled to extract any universal principles from it that are separate from race.72In 1970, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that the IRS shall not grant tax-exempt status to organizations that discriminate on the basis of race in Green v. Kennedy. At the time, the number of private religious secondary schools was skyrocketing in the wake of the desegregation efforts tied to Brown v. Board of Education. Private religious schools—mostly Christian by affiliation—were cropping up as an alternative for white parents who did not want to send their children to newly segregated schools. It was in this environment that increased scrutiny was placed on private religious schools and their charitable status—specifically, whether discriminatory policies precluded such schools from receiving funding or tax exemption from the government. John B. Parker, Paving a Path Between the Campus and the Chapel: A Revised Section 501(c)(3) Standard for Determining Tax Exemptions, 69 Emory L. J. 321, 336 (2019). For one thing, the details of the circumstances surrounding the case involve overt racial discrimination: BJU maintained a policy forbidding interracial dating, a regulation that succeeded an outright ban on African-American students enrolling in the university as a seeming-concession to changing cultural attitudes toward racism.73“The sponsors of the University genuinely believe that the Bible forbids interracial dating and marriage. To effectuate these views, Negroes were completely excluded until 1971. From 1971 to May 1975, the University accepted no applications from unmarried Negroes, but did accept applications from Negroes married within their race. . . . Since May 29, 1975, the University has permitted unmarried Negroes to enroll; but a disciplinary rule prohibits interracial dating and marriage.” Bob Jones Univ. v. United States, 461 U.S. 574, 580 (1983). The language of the majority opinion makes it hard to ignore the racial elements that motivated the Court’s decision—especially with an eye to the historical effects of the systematic exclusion of African Americans from the educational system in the United States. However, I propose that the Court’s holding in this case is consistent with an extension to include other protected groups of people (specifically, members of the LGBTQ+ community). The most effective way to implement such an extension of legal protection is through the Court granting certiorari for a new case that presents a ripe opportunity and then issuing a holding that clarifies the extent of the application of Bob Jones University. An appropriate case should follow an IRS action, much like the IRS action taken against BJU; absent those circumstances, a lawsuit like the one REAP filed in 2021 is unlikely to be effective. In Bob Jones University, the Court held that as an official extension of Congress’s authority, “the IRS has the responsibility, in the first instance, to determine whether a particular entity is ‘charitable’ for purposes of § 170 and § 501(c)(3). This in turn may necessitate later determinations of whether given activities so violate public policy that the entities involved cannot be deemed to provide a public benefit worthy of ‘charitable’ status.”74Id. at 597–98. It is the duty of the IRS in this instance to recognize the injustice of discriminatory anti-LGBTQ+ policies at educational institutions. The Court noted that these determinations should be made “only where there is no doubt that the organization’s activities violate fundamental public policy.”75Id. at 598. Here, this is obviously the case, exemplified by Executive Orders and legislation forbidding discrimination against LGBTQ+ individuals and U.S. Supreme Court decisions like Obergefell and Bostock.76In Bob Jones University, the petitioner even brought forth a similar argument to that raised in Obergefell. In the former case, BJU maintained that it was not racially discriminatory because it “allows all races to enroll, subject only to its restrictions on the conduct of all students, including its prohibitions of association between men and women of different races, and of interracial marriage.” Id. at 605. Essentially, it maintained that the ban on interracial dating and marriage applies equally to those of all races, so therefore it is not racially discriminatory. Id. In Obergefell, a similar argument was raised—that bans on same-sex marriage did not discriminate against LGBTQ+ individuals because people of all genders were equally banned from marrying someone of the same sex and the ban did not just apply to gay people. Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644 (2015).

Even assuming that such protections are put into place, might these institutions be allowed to side-step any attempted regulation by opting out of receiving federal funds entirely and agreeing to pay federal taxes? A small number of private Christian colleges in the United States have attempted to opt out of federal funds entirely. Hillsdale College, a private Christian college in Michigan, refuses to accept any federal funds, remaining independent on principle.77“As a matter of principle, Hillsdale doesn’t accept any federal or state subsidy to fund its operations, not even indirectly in the form of federal student aid. . . . Our independence allows us to maintain the integrity of our classical liberal arts curriculum, and to remain true to our founding mission.” Scholarships & Financial Aid, Hillsdale Coll., https://www.hillsdale.edu/admissions-aid/financial-aid [https://perma.cc/LV43-VK9G]. Would Hillsdale College or another similar institution thus be allowed to discriminate against their LGBTQ+ students? One of the main arguments of this Note has been that acceptance of federal funding and tax-exempt status creates a legal responsibility for educational institutions to abide by generally-applicable laws, including civil rights laws. But is the inverse true? Does independence from taxpayer dollars immunize an institution from punishment for refusing to follow federal rules? This question forces us to turn to the second major issue of this Note: Title IX.

The complaint filed by REAP in Hunter v. Department of Education suggests that religious exemptions to Title IX are blanketly unconstitutional. However, this stance is unlikely to be adopted in the current political climate, in which religious freedom is highly prized and anti-LGBTQ+ discrimination is not at the forefront of most Americans’ minds. I predict that the Court will be unwilling to find that religious exemptions to Title IX are blanketly unconstitutional and the next step is to challenge the legality of the process by which such exemptions are granted. Automatic exemptions should be presumptively suspect. A better process would be for colleges to be required to request exemptions and have them formally approved. This would place the right to consider the reasoning behind the exemption requests and their validity in the hands of the executive branch—the Department of Justice. Though it is important to consider the applicability of Title IX to institutions that opt out of the public sphere, we must keep in mind the likelihood of many colleges adopting this approach. Even though a small handful of institutions have been able to stay afloat without federal funds—albeit for a short period of time—federal funds still constitute the lifeblood of most educational institutions in the United States. I find it unlikely that this “independence” movement will catch on past the small ranks that it claims today.

As I briefly mentioned above, before any legal action may be taken to protect the vulnerable LGBTQ+ population at educational institutions that are abusing the tax-exempt status they enjoy as charitable organizations, the source that holds the authority to take action must be identified. The Court considered this question in Bob Jones University. Given that Congress is the source of IRS authority, it has the discretion to modify IRS rulings. However, in the “first instance,” the IRS is responsible for construing the IRC, which courts then exercise review over. “Since Congress cannot be expected to anticipate every conceivable problem that can arise or to carry out day-to-day oversight, it relies on the administrators and on the courts to implement the legislative will.”78Bob Jones Univ., 461 U.S. at 597. This proper order of operations is demonstrated in the successful alteration of rules that govern tax-exempt status in the Bob Jones University case. It was the IRS that first acted, modifying the IRC to exclude organizations that discriminate on the basis of race from the definition of “charitable.” This is why I argue that it would be most practical and effective for legal action to start with the IRS and proceed from there with an inevitable challenge before the judicial branch.

The current iteration of the U.S. Supreme Court, the Roberts Court, has skewed dramatically toward religious organizations and the free exercise of religious beliefs. According to a 2022 New York Times article, the Roberts Court “has ruled in favor of religious organizations in orally argued cases 83 percent of the time”—which is far more than any other recent Court.79Ian Prasad Philbrick, A Pro-Religion Court, N.Y. Times (June 22, 2022), https://www.nytimes.com/2022/06/22/briefing/supreme-court-religion.html [https://perma.cc/GN3M-5G2G]. This trend is especially pronounced when the religious organization in question is Christian, as there is a substantial Christian majority currently sitting on the Court, both Catholic and Protestant. Beyond the Court’s favoring of religion, the U.S. Congress is also very reluctant to take any steps to limit religious freedom or take away power from religious organizations (like powerful private religious educational institutions). Thus, even if the Court were willing to uphold a law seeking to hold private religious educational institutions accountable for discrimination, such a law would likely not even make it through both chambers of Congress in the first place. With regard to religious exemptions to Title IX, the same political forces are likely relevant here, creating another practical roadblock. One potential way that this roadblock may be overcome is a change in the social and political climate in the United States. This was crucial to how the Bob Jones University case ended up with the outcome that it did—the Court was motivated by the confidence that a majority of the American public despised racial discrimination and would support eradicating it from the educational system to whatever extent possible. Though BJU maintained its racially discriminatory policies, it was very much in the minority among its peer institutions. The legality of anti-miscegenation laws was put to the test in 1967, when the Court struck down a Virginia state law that banned interracial marriage.80Loving v. Virginia, 388 U.S. 1 (1967). BJU maintained policies forbidding interracial marriage almost two decades later. The public opinion had reached a tipping point such that religious freedom was not accepted as an excuse for overt racial discrimination and a ban on interracial marriage was much less widely accepted by that time. However, I believe that today, the United States has yet to reach this tipping point regarding religious freedom and LGBTQ+ discrimination.

This unwillingness to protect vulnerable LGBTQ+ individuals from religiously-motivated discrimination is exemplified by some of the Court’s decisions over the past five years. In 2017, the U.S. Supreme Court heard a case called Masterpiece Cakeshop v. Colorado Civil Rights Commission, in which the owner of a cake shop refused to make a wedding cake for a same-sex couple. The Court invalidated a ruling by the Colorado Civil Rights Commission that the cake shop had violated the civil rights of the same-sex couple; here, the Court clearly stood on the side of religious liberty and free exercise over the protection of civil rights.81Mark Satta, Masterpiece Cakeshop: A Hostile Interpretation of the Colorado Civil Rights Commission, Harv. C.R.—C.L. L. Rev. 1 (Apr. 12, 2019), https://journals.law.harvard.edu/crcl/masterpiece-cakeshop-a-hostile-interpretation-of-the-colorado-civil-rights-commission [https://perma.cc/HDP7-SD3N]. In 2021, the Court heard a case called Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, holding that a public school football coach was not prevented by the First Amendment from praying on the field with his players in what the court called “a personal religious observance.”82Kennedy v. Bremerton Sch. Dist., 597 U.S. 1, 31 (2022). Here, the Court continued to plow forward in carving out new rights to the free exercise of religious belief, which it had previously not recognized. In 2022, the Court heard 303 Creative v. Elenis, in which an individual Christian business owner challenged a Colorado law that banned businesses from discriminating against LGBTQ+ customers. During oral arguments, Justice Alito drew a distinction between discrimination on the basis of race and on the basis of sexual orientation, which would be consistent with a position that seeks to distinguish the Bob Jones University precedent from the Hunter v. Department of Education case.83Amy Howe, Conservative Justices Seem Poised to Side with Web Designer Who Opposes Same-Sex Marriage, SCOTUS Blog (Dec. 5, 2022, 7:18 PM), https://www.scotusblog.com/2022/12/conservative-justices-seem-poised-to-side-with-web-designer-who-opposes-same-sex-marriage [https://perma.cc/6CH7-BGNC]. The Court decided this case in June 2023, siding with the religious web designer and continuing its jurisprudential campaign toward expanding religious freedom at the expense of civil rights. These recent cases are among a series of examples of the Court demonstrating a strong preference for religion over other concerns—civil rights laws, anti-discrimination laws, etc.84Adam Liptak, An Extraordinary Winning Streak for Religion at the Supreme Court, N.Y. Times (Apr. 5, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/04/05/us/politics/supreme-court-religion.html [https://perma.cc/LQ2L-T2LC].

One of the reasons that I advocate for either the revocation of tax-exempt status from private religious institutions that discriminate against LGBTQ+ students or the enforcement of Title IX (over claimed “religious exemptions” by those institutions) is that tax-exempt status and government funding should be considered a privilege, not an automatic and irrevocable guarantee. Clearly, charitable tax-exempt status was originally intended to protect the money collected by charities from being reduced through government taxation, thereby increasing the amount of good that a not-for-profit organization may do with it. However, in the modern era, tax-exempt 501(c)(3) status organizations have grown to incredible sizes, with private religious institutions reporting endowments topping $1 billion.85In 2018, Liberty University’s endowment was reportedly $1.5 billion, and it is affiliated with the Southern Baptist Convention. At the same time, Brigham Young University’s endowment was reportedly $1.98 billion, and it is affiliated with the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. University of Notre Dame’s endowment was reportedly $11.1 billion, and it is affiliated with the Roman Catholic Church. Digest of Education Statistics, Endowment Funds of the 120 Degree-Granting Postsecondary Institutions with the Largest Endowments, by Rank Order: Fiscal Year 2018, Nat’l. Ctr. for Educ. Stats., https://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d19/tables/dt19_333.90.asp [https://perma.cc/6HAG-J5GJ]. These institutions are able to avoid enormous tax bills through the privilege of tax-exempt status, which is now practically automatic—especially when you combine the status as an educational institution with the almost-untouchable status as a religious institution. Free exercise absolutists in the United States have begun to argue that religious organizations should be completely free from any scrutiny by the government, lest the government be considered to be interfering in religious affairs that it ought not be involving itself in. However, there is a difference between restricting free exercise (through banning a practice or criminally punishing those who engage in a practice) and simply withholding a privilege from those who have proven themselves unworthy of receiving American citizens’ hard-earned tax dollars. The Court made this clear in its holding in the Bob Jones University case, in which a religious institution was stripped of the privilege of tax-exempt status because of its refusal to obey universally applicable civil rights anti-discrimination laws. The Court did not force BJU to integrate or to change its policies on interracial marriage, actions which would be more constitutionally suspect as infringing on the university’s religious freedom. Indeed, the Court did not approve the use of a “stick” as a punishment; rather the Court approved the use of a “carrot” as an incentive. The solution advocated for in this Note is of the same fundamental nature, and thus should pass constitutional muster for the same reasons. Any view that would characterize the Court’s holding as infringing on BJU’s freedom to exercise its religious beliefs is unnecessarily absolutist in nature and sets a far different trajectory for First Amendment jurisprudence than I believe was intended or is practical. The First Amendment to the Constitution is deservedly revered for its guarantee that the free exercise of religion may be protected from government interference, harassment, or persecution; however, it should be correctly interpreted as conferring a negative right (the right to be free from persecution) rather than a positive right (the right to guaranteed access to tax dollars and exemption from taxation).

I have mentioned more than once the practical difficulties of enforcing Title IX over claimed religious exemptions, even of conducting any investigation at all into allegations of misconduct. There are also practical difficulties involved in the revocation of the tax-exempt status of private religious universities that are often wealthy, powerful, and politically well-connected.86According to a 2015 letter from IRS Commissioner John Koskinen, it is currently the official position of the IRS that Obergefell does not extend civil rights protections implied by Bob Jones University to the LGBTQ+ community. The letter states, “[t]he IRS does not view Obergefell as having changed the law applicable to section 501(c)(3) determinations or examinations. Therefore, the IRS will not, because of this decision, change existing standards in reviewing applications for recognition of exemption under section 501(c)(3) or in examining the qualification of section 501(c)(3) organizations.” Letter from John A. Koskinen, Dep’t. of the Treasury, Internal Revenue Serv., to E. Scott Pruitt, Okla. Att’y Gen. (July 30, 2015), http://mediad.publicbroadcasting.net/p/kgou/files/201508/irs_response_letter_obergefell.pdf [https://perma.cc/6BHF-R57Z]. Thus, I will briefly address a few solutions beyond what I have proposed as the ideal. For one thing, the recent decision in Bostock may have implications on how sex discrimination is interpreted by both the executive and judicial branches. If the executive branch adopts a definition of sex discrimination that is consistent with the Court’s definition in Bostock—especially if this is paired with public opinion that tilts the scales in favor of civil rights protections for LGBTQ+ people over absolute unchecked rights for religious organizations—this may pave the way for expanded protections. In March 2021, the Civil Rights Division of the U.S. Department of Justice issued a memo explaining the application of the decision in Bostock v. Clayton County to Title IX.87Memorandum from Principal Deputy Assistant Att’y Gen. Pamela S. Karlan, U.S. Dep’t of Just., C.R. Div., to Fed. Agency C.R. Dirs. and Gen. Couns., (Mar. 26, 2021), https://www.justice.gov/crt/page/file/1383026/download [https://perma.cc/S9FQ-X6X7]. The memo references an executive order issued by the Biden administration—Executive Order 13988—that pairs well with the holding in Bostock, holding that “[a]ll persons should receive equal treatment under the law, no matter their gender identity or sexual orientation.”88Exec. Order No.13,988, 86 Fed. Reg. 7023 (Jan. 25, 2021). The memo indicates that the Civil Rights Division has determined that “the best reading of Title IX’s prohibition on discrimination ‘on the basis of sex’ is that it includes discrimination on the basis of gender identity and sexual orientation.”89Memorandum from Principal Deputy Assistant Att’y Gen. Pamela S. Karlan, supra note 87. On its face, this seems to be a significant civil rights victory for the LGBTQ+ community, ensuring that Title IX includes robust protections for individuals in that community. However, one blatant roadblock stands in the way from this having made much of a measurable impact yet: the religious exemption to Title IX. This is a welcome policy interpretation overall—protecting students at a great number of colleges throughout the United States that are not religiously affiliated; however, given that the religious exemption is so robust and the process so lacking in oversight, even the aforementioned change in how Title IX is interpreted does not protect minority students at private religious institutions, where students are most likely to encounter discriminatory treatment.

Another potential respite for LGBTQ+ students at private religious institutions may be the Equality Act, which “prohibits discrimination based on sex, sexual orientation, and gender identity in areas including public accommodations and facilities [and] education.”90Equality Act, H.R. 5, 117th Cong. (2021), https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-congress/house-bill/5 [https://perma.cc/K35F-95BJ]. It does so by expanding the definition of “public accommodations,” authorizing the Department of Justice to intervene in equal protection matters in federal court that relate to sexual orientation or gender identity, and amending the Civil Rights Act to include “sex, sexual orientation, and gender identity” in the prohibited categories of discrimination.91Id. Notably, the Act explicitly states that it trumps the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (“RFRA”), meaning that an individual or institution sued for discrimination under the Equality Act would be unable to rely on RFRA as a defense. As the bill currently stands, it may provide a cause of action for students; the Religious Education Accountability Project endorses it, stating that it “ensures strong protections for LGBTQ students attending religious colleges—ensuring that no institution is permitted to claim religious exemptions in order to discriminate against its LGBTQ students while still receiving taxpayer money.”92How Does REAP’s Work Relate to the Equality Act?, Religious Exemption Accountability Project (June 7, 2021), https://www.thereap.org/post/how-does-this-relate-to-the-equality-act [https://perma.cc/92NS-38DF]. The measure passed in the House of Representatives in February 2021, but has yet to be taken up in the Senate. It faces strong opposition from absolutist proponents of religious liberty, who have even proposed language be inserted into the Act that would explicitly carve out another religious exemption for religious colleges and universities.

Another possibility is private enforcement by large associations or organizations that these private religious institutions are members of and rely on. For example, the National Collegiate Athletic Association (“NCAA”) wields extensive power among colleges that want to participate in competitive athletics—as do the individual conferences that the schools belong to. The Pac-10, a major athletic conference that includes several universities on the west coast, has overlooked Brigham Young University, a private university affiliated with the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, in a number of league expansions over the past few decades. Reportedly, this is because BYU is seen as “not a good cultural fit” for the conference.93Eddie Dzurilla, Brigham Young University Not Wanted in Pac-10 Due to Discrimination, Bleacher Rep. (May 28, 2010), https://bleacherreport.com/articles/398103-byu-is-not-wanted-in-the-pac-10-due-to-discrimination [https://perma.cc/NWZ6-9CH6]. Effective in 2023, BYU will be admitted to the Big 12 conference, a move that attracted harsh criticism from groups like Athlete Ally, which released a statement saying that “acceptance to an athletic conference is an honor and privilege, and . . . there should be standards of equality and inclusion that schools must meet to be included.”94Athlete Ally Responds to BYU Inclusion in Big 12, Athlete Ally (Oct. 1, 2021), https://www.athleteally.org/byu-inclusion-in-big-12 [https://perma.cc/4T9K-TKVX]. Pressure from the NCAA or athletic conferences to adopt non-discriminatory policies may be an attractive option, given that there would be much less possibility of a religious freedom claim when the action is taken by a private association rather than the government. The First Amendment provides protection from government intervention, not absolute protection for religious groups against any hardship.

Finally, I would like to consider the likelihood of success for the aforementioned potential avenues of protection for LGBTQ+ students at private religious institutions. It has been a somewhat encouraging development that the Department of Justice has demonstrated a recent willingness to initiate investigations into claims of civil rights violations against LGBTQ+ students. As I mentioned above, in 2021, the DOJ announced a somewhat unprecedented investigation into BYU. However, this enforcement mechanism may not have any teeth after all because the investigation was subsequently dropped when BYU asserted its religious exemption based on relevant religious tenets consistent with its affiliation with the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.95U.S. Department of Education Dismisses Title IX Complaint Against BYU, BYU (Feb. 10, 2022), https://news.byu.edu/us-doe-dismisses-complaint [https://perma.cc/5BB6-D2M6]. It would surely be notable if the DOJ thoroughly investigated colleges for allegedly “over-extending” their exemptions, actually engaging in sufficient fact-finding and being willing to flex their enforcement muscles. It would be quite a development if these investigations were able to turn up anything substantial—and even more so if the Biden administration’s justice department categorically revoked the exemptions.

CONCLUSION

In this Note, I have considered the practicality and effectiveness of the argument that it is constitutionally impermissible to grant tax-exempt status and distribute any government funding to private educational institutions that engage in discrimination against LGBTQ+ students. I have concluded that the approach taken by the plaintiffs in Hunter v. Department of Education is unlikely to be successful. It is important to remain practical: a bright line rule consistent with this position would likely be impossible to implement, especially in the current political environment. The Hunter v. Department of Education lawsuit is still in the early stages of litigation; though it represents the best opportunity thus far presented in federal court, it is not a guaranteed win. Recently, a very unwelcome development spells trouble for the plaintiffs and the LGBTQ+ students they represent: the court ordered that the Department of Justice, over its objections and assurances that it would be able to effectively defend the suit itself, will be joined by intervening parties in the defense of the religious exemption to Title IX. Three Christian universities—Western Baptist University, William Jessup University, and Phoenix Seminary—along with the Council for Christian Colleges & Universities (“CCCU”) sought to intervene in the lawsuit. In the filing, CCCU adopts sweeping and broad language that the DOJ may be unlikely to adopt itself—that “the Title IX exemption is constitutionally required.”96Proposed Defendant-Intervenor CCCU’s Motion to Intervene and Memorandum in Support at 27, Hunter v. U.S. Dep’t of Educ., No. 6:21-cv-00474-AA (D. Or. filed May 12, 2021). On October 8, 2021, the court issued an order allowing this intervention and therefore opening up the suit to the much more hard-lined and sweeping rhetoric of the intervenors. There is some chance of victory—albeit small—for the plaintiffs at the lower court level. However, the chances of victory would wane even more if the case were to be elevated to the Supreme Court; I do not see a path to victory for the plaintiffs in front of the current conservative-supermajority Court.

It is noteworthy that the first time the scope of the religious exemption to Title IX was adjudicated, the court ruled against the civil rights of LGBTQ+ students—in favor of the free exercise rights of religious institutions. In Maxon v. Fuller Theological Seminary, plaintiffs brought a Title IX case against Fuller Theological Seminary because they were expelled for violating “school policies against same-sex marriage and extramarital sexual activity.”97Order Re: Motion to Dismiss at 1, Maxon v. Fuller Theological Seminary, No. 2:19-cv-09969-CBM- MRW (C.D. Cal. 2021). In November 2019, a motion to dismiss was granted in federal district court, as the court held that the religious exemption to Title IX was valid and applied in the case. Although this is a discouraging step, this was only a district court, and the Supreme Court has yet to issue a final authoritative word on the issue.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 737

Download

* J.D., University of Southern California Gould School of Law, 2024. B.A., Bowdoin College, 2019.

Dimensional Disparate Treatment

The Supreme Court’s decision in Bostock v. Clayton County was an important victory for gay and transgender workers—but the Court’s textual analysis has failed to persuade a number of thoughtful commentators, and it threatens to leave anti-discrimination law in disarray. The root of the problem is that Bostock trumpeted a “simple test” of but-for causation that could not alone explain the correctness of the results that the Court reached. This explanatory gap not only has left Bostock’s holding vulnerable to attack, but also has engendered uncertainty about the many disparate-treatment issues for which Bostock now provides the governing precedent. Indeed, because Bostock took it upon itself to interpret Title VII from textualist first principles, its analysis will orient—and perhaps disorient—judicial approaches to all manner of disparate-treatment claims for many years to come.

What disparate-treatment law needs, but the Court has thus far failed to provide, is a coherent, general, and textually grounded account of what it means for a decision to be made “because of” a protected characteristic—one that accords with Bostock’s motivating intuitions, but that transcends its overly simplistic account of its own reasoning. Drawing on a venerable body of work in analytic philosophy concerning “determinable” properties and their corresponding “determinates,” this Article develops an account that meets that need. In brief, this “dimensional” account of disparate treatment recognizes a decision as being made “because of [an] individual’s X” whenever the decision is motivated by a property that characterizes the individual in the dimension of X—regardless of whether a different decision would have been made if the individual had belonged to any other determinate class that is defined along that dimension. After introducing and defending this analysis, the Article traces its implications for a wide range of current controversies—involving bisexuality, pregnancy, race and gender stereotypes, and more. Finally, the Article defends the dimensional account and its implicit application in Bostock on textualist terms. It argues that the account best captures the meaning that an “ordinary reader” would ascribe to Congress’s enactment of Title VII—so long as the reader construes the statute in light of characteristic features of legislative communication, as sophisticated accounts of modern textualism would demand.

Introduction

Bostock v. Clayton County delivered a landmark victory to advocates of social equality and workplace fairness.[1] Discrimination against gay and transgender employees, the Supreme Court pronounced, violates the Civil Rights Act of 1964.[2] Two years later, however, even many who celebrated Bostock’s upshot have confessed doubts about the Court’s asserted justification for bringing it about: the now-famous claim that firing someone because they are gay or transgender logically entails firing them “because of their sex” as well.[3] The first wave of objections to that analysis came from avowed conservatives who, perhaps predictably, condemned it as an abuse of their favored textualist methodology.[4] But more striking is the second and more recent wave of criticism, in which some of the most thoughtful progressive scholars have now denounced that same analysis as either fallacious or, what is not much better, a façade for value-laden choices that the majority obscured from view.[5]

Although these criticisms are ultimately misplaced (or so I will argue), they underscore the need for something that the Court has indeed failed to provide: a coherent, general account of what it means for an action to be taken “because of” an attribute in the sense relevant to claims of disparate treatment. To be sure, Bostock purported to answer just that question by appealing to the familiar idea of “but-for” causation.[6] And in so doing, it arguably built on other recent decisions construing anti-discrimination requirements in similar terms.[7] But the critics are right to say that this “simple test”[8] is not nearly as simple as advertised. As the Bostock dissenters were quick to point out, if Gerald Bostock had been a woman rather than a man—but had still been attracted to people of the same sex—he (now she) would still have been fired.[9] “But for” Bostock’s sex, then, his fate might have been just the same: everything depends on which other traits one chooses to hold constant in the counterfactual comparison. Without principled criteria for making such judgments, Bostock’s test is not simple so much as it is vacuous.

But the problem is not just that one Supreme Court opinion—even a salient and consequential one—may be analytically unsatisfying. The more fundamental problem is that Bostock at once enshrined a formalistic approach to disparate-treatment law and set up anyone who seeks to implement that approach in a coherent way for failure.[10] Courts and scholars are already seeking to “reorient[]” this area of law around the “but-for principle” trumpeted in Bostock.[11] But if that account of “because of” is garbled—or, at the very least, seriously incomplete—it will only sow more confusion and suspicion as it is extended to the host of other issues for which Bostock now provides the leading precedent. If the ascendant, textualist vision of disparate-treatment law is instead to guide courts to principled results (and if Bostock’s own results are to be satisfactorily defended as such), that vision needs to include more than a pat equation of “because of” with but-for causation. It needs to incorporate a careful and convincing account of the formal relations on which a formalistic doctrine inevitably relies.

This Article undertakes to supply that missing analysis. It develops the account of “because of” that the Court’s approach to disparate-treatment law requires, but that the Court has failed to clearly articulate. And, importantly, it does so within the textualist parameters embraced by a majority of the sitting Justices (and by all of the Bostock opinions).[12] The most immediate payoff is to vindicate Bostock’s result—and what I will contend is its implicit logic—against the critics who claim that the ruling cannot be defended on its own textualist terms.[13] If I am right, conscientious textualists ought to accept Bostock as rightly decided, and everyone who feels trapped between nagging doubts about the majority’s textual argument and anxiety about the consequences of rejecting it can breathe a sigh of relief.[14] At the same time, the account that I develop here clarifies a wide variety of current controversies about the boundaries of anti-discrimination protections and puts a common frame on these diverse disputes, thereby outlining “the contours of a post-Bostock Title VII.”[15]

Consider a sampling of the questions that are newly arising, or will now be recast, in Bostock’s wake. If discrimination against gays and lesbians inherently involves sex discrimination under the “but-for” theory, does discrimination based on pregnancy as well?[16] What about discrimination against people who are bisexual or pansexual (and whose aggregate set of sexual attractions or practices would thus offend an employer irrespective of the employee’s own sex)?[17] Does Bostock’s protection for transgender individuals—whom the Court understood to be “persons with one sex identified at birth and another today”[18]—extend to nonbinary people, who identify neither as men nor as women today?[19] What does Bostock’s “but-for” analysis mean for the “sex stereotyping” theory articulated in Price Waterhouse v. Hopkins,[20] which was emphasized by advocates and lower courts but nearly ignored in the Court’s opinion?[21] And what does Bostock’s analysis mean for protected characteristics unrelated to sex, gender, and sexuality? For example, does discrimination based on cultural practices that have a racial valence constitute discrimination “because of [an] individual’s race”?[22] Does discrimination based on a person’s status within the Indian caste system constitute “national origin” discrimination?[23] And how should a Bostock-style textualist evaluate the panoply of discrimination claims based on intersectional identities or the conjunction of a protected trait with an unprotected one (as in so-called “sex-plus” cases)?[24]

The beginning of wisdom on all of these issues, I will suggest, is conceptual clarification. As is characteristic of anti-discrimination laws, Title VII prohibits certain actions with a certain connection to certain properties of a person; in particular, it prohibits certain adverse employment actions to be taken “because of [an] individual’s race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.”[25] Both the Court and commentators have generally read that phrase as if each property were merely a shorthand for its range of “standard” values—so that “because of such individual’s race,” for example, means “because of such individual’s being white, being Black, being Asian,” and so forth. On reflection, however, that is not the only or even the most natural interpretation of these words. Drawing on a rich but untapped body of philosophical work that examines “determinable” properties and their corresponding “determinates,” I will argue that the statute is better read to prohibit making decisions based on any facts about what a person is like in the named dimensions. I term this the “dimensional account” of disparate treatment.

On this understanding, the fact of a person’s being Black is a prohibited ground of decision-making, but so, too, is the fact of their being of a different race than their spouse, or the fact of their being of the same race as most existing employees. A decision made on any of these grounds is made on account of the person’s race in the requisite sense: it is made based on a fact about what they are like “race-wise,” or in respect of race. And that, in essence, is why Bostock was rightly decided: not because Gerald Bostock would have been treated better if his sex had been female, as the Court insisted, but because he would have been treated better if his sex had been different than the sex of his desired romantic partners—full stop. In short, disparate-treatment prohibitions make it unlawful to disfavor people because of properties—including relational properties—that they possess partly in virtue of how they stand in the dimensions enumerated in the statute. This account makes sense not only of Bostock, but also of the various other controversies noted above. And it puts causal counterfactuals in their place: an evocative tool for describing the role of a given attribute in a decision, but not the fundamental determinant of whether the attribute played a role or did not.

Of course, it is one thing to articulate a theory and another to ground it in positive law. I close that gap in two ways—one less ambitious, and one more so. First, I will contend that the account developed here captures what Bostock itself must be taken to have held in order for its own reasoning to make sense. In fact, despite repeatedly touting its “simple test,” the Court retreated at key moments to the intuitions that the dimensional account grounds, formalizes, and develops. So long as Bostock is good law, then, that account should be taken as a sympathetic reconstruction of the existing law as well. Second, I will contend that the dimensional account also captures the “ordinary meaning” of Title VII in the legally relevant sense—notwithstanding the oddity of describing anti-gay practices as “sex discrimination” in everyday speech—and thus that the account would deserve textualists’ allegiance even if it could claim no authority in Bostock (and, equivalently, that Bostock itself was rightly decided insofar as it should be read to incorporate this account).

With this last argument, I intervene not only in the debate over disparate-treatment law but in the cross-cutting debate over textualism as well. Bostock has quickly become ground zero for analysis of the textualist approach to statutory interpretation; it has spawned theoretical defenses, critiques, and even a literature that aims to ascertain the relevant facts about “ordinary meaning” by empirical means.[26] And it has already become a principal lens through which students encounter questions of interpretive method.[27] I will use the dimensional account to highlight a critical aspect of the methodological debate that, with due respect, all sides have given short shrift. As I will explain, the theoretical premises of modern textualism commit textualists to seeking not the meaning of a free-floating phrase, but rather the meaning of a legislative utterance containing that phrase. That difference matters because the hypothetical “ordinary reader” who undertook the latter inquiry would necessarily account for the characteristic modularity and generality of legislative communication. With respect to Title VII, that means they would seek a general analysis of “because of such individual’s X,” rather than consulting their own linguistic intuitions about one or another particular case considered in isolation. The dimensional account supplies just such a general analysis; few of Bostock’s textualist critics even try to do so. The dimensional account thus not only has a strong claim to be accepted on textualist grounds, but also exemplifies how reading a statute like a law may prove essential to faithfully implementing textualists’ methodological commitments.

Although my argument proceeds under textualist premises, I do not mean to imply either that I favor textualism as an original matter or that my analysis should be of interest only to those who do. The question of “[w]hether our system is textualist, intentionalist, purposivist, or something else” is distinct from the question of what it would be best for it to be.[28] And within our extant legal system, what a statute means in a textualist’s sense is undoubtedly at least one of the important determinants of its legal effect (whether that represents a salutary feature of our system or not).[29] Moreover, several of the current Justices purport to give this particular consideration special priority.[30] So there are powerful reasons for concerning oneself with how a textualist ought to resolve important questions, and even for taking the fruits of that inquiry to bear on the legal soundness of different possible answers, regardless of one’s own affinity for textualism and its purported justifications.

The Article unfolds over four parts. In Part I, I briefly explain why analyzing disparate treatment solely in terms of but-for causation, as Bostock purported to do, is untenable. In Parts II and III, I develop the interpretation of “because of such individual’s X” introduced above and unspool its implications for a range of familiar and novel issues in disparate-treatment law. Finally, in Part IV, I return to Bostock and sexual-orientation discrimination in particular in order to develop and rebut the concern that the dimensional account fails to accord with the “ordinary meaning” of the statutory text with respect to that specific form of discrimination.

          [1].      Bostock v. Clayton Cnty., 140 S. Ct. 1731 (2020).

          [2].      Id. at 1754.

          [3].      Id. at 1735, 1737, 1754; see 42 U.S.C. § 2000e-2(a)(1). For reasons of clarity and accuracy, I use the singular “they” in this Article. Cf. Bryan A. Garner, Garner’s Modern English Usage 196 (2016) (noting that “resistance to the singular they is fast receding” and that it is “the most convenient solution” to a difficult problem).

          [4].      For criticisms in that vein, see, for example, Josh Blackman & Randy Barnett, Justice Gorsuch’s Halfway Textualism Surprises and Disappoints in the Title VII Cases, Nat’l Rev. (June 26, 2020, 6:30 AM), https://www.nationalreview.com/2020/06/justice-gorsuch-title-vii-cases-half-way-
textualism-surprises-disappoints [https://web.archive.org/web/20220412183111/https://www.national
review.com/2020/06/justice-gorsuch-title-vii-cases-half-way-textualism-surprises-disappoints]; Nelson Lund, Unleashed and Unbound: Living Textualism in Bostock v. Clayton County, 21 Federalist Soc’y Rev. 158, 160–62 (2020); and Ed Whelan, A ‘Pirate Ship’ Sailing Under a ‘Textualist Flag, Nat’l Rev. (June 15, 2020, 1:01 PM), https://www.nationalreview.com/bench-memos/a-pirate-ship-sailing-under-a-
textualist-flag [https://web.archive.org/web/20220318235256/https://www.nationalreview.com/bench-
memos/a-pirate-ship-sailing-under-a-textualist-flag].

          [5].      See, e.g., Mitchell N. Berman & Guha Krishnamurthi, Bostock Was Bogus: Textualism, Pluralism, and Title VII, 97 Notre Dame L. Rev. 67, 79–120 (2021); Cary Franklin, Living Textualism, 2020 Sup. Ct. Rev. 119, 129–70; David A. Strauss, Sexual Orientation and the Dynamics of Discrimination, 2020 Sup. Ct. Rev. 203, 203–11; Cass R. Sunstein, Textualism and the Duck-Rabbit Illusion, 11 Calif. L. Rev. Online 463, 474–75 (2020).

          [6].      See Bostock, 140 S. Ct. at 1739.

          [7].      See Gross v. FBL Fin. Servs., Inc., 557 U.S. 167, 176 (2009); Univ. of Tex. Sw. Med. Ctr. v. Nassar, 570 U.S. 338, 350 (2013); see also Katie Eyer, The But-For Theory of Anti-Discrimination Law, 107 Va. L. Rev. 1621, 1623–25, 1641–44 (2021) (arguing that these cases, together with Bostock, stand for a “but-for principle” that is now central to anti-discrimination law). Although Bostock certainly pointed to Gross and Nassar as authority for its “but-for” test, see Bostock, 140 S. Ct. at 1739, their common holding—that, in a mixed-motive case, the statutorily prohibited reason must be decisive—does not actually say much of anything about Bostock, where the question was whether a particular reason is prohibited at all. See infra note 292.

          [8].      Bostock, 140 S. Ct. at 1743, 1747–49.

          [9].      See id. at 1762–63 (Alito, J., dissenting).

        [10].      For an account of Bostock emphasizing and defending its formalistic mode of analysis, see Tara Leigh Grove, Which Textualism?, 134 Harv. L. Rev. 265, 279–82, 290–307 (2020).

        [11].      See, e.g., Eyer, supra note 7, at 1621–22.

        [12].      See Franklin, supra note 5, at 120 (noting “that all of the opinions in Bostock—the majority and the two dissents—embrace textualism” and situating that fact in the larger context of textualism’s ascendancy).

        [13].      See, e.g., Berman & Krishnamurthi, supra note 5; Blackman & Barnett, supra note 4; Whelan, supra note 4.

        [14].      The academic literature on the question addressed in Bostock is, of course, extensive. I identify the prior suggestions with the most affinity to mine and contrast those approaches below. See infra note 67 and Section III.A. For now, suffice it to say that the commentary favoring Bostock’s result on textualist grounds mostly defends and develops (or, for that matter, pioneered) the form of counterfactual argument employed by the Bostock majority. See, e.g., William N. Eskridge Jr., Title VII’s Statutory History and the Sex Discrimination Argument for LGBT Workplace Protections, 127 Yale L.J. 322, 343–46 (2017); Katie R. Eyer, Statutory Originalism and LGBT Rights, 54 Wake Forest L. Rev. 63, 73–80 (2019); Grove, supra note 10, at 281–82; Andrew Koppelman, Why Discrimination Against Lesbians and Gay Men Is Sex Discrimination, 69 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 197, 208–11 (1994) [hereinafter Koppelman, Sex Discrimination]; Andrew Koppelman, Bostock, LGBT Discrimination, and the Subtractive Moves, 105 Minn. L. Rev. Headnotes 1, 8–9 (2020) [hereinafter Koppelman, Subtractive Moves]. On the other side of the debate, commentators have criticized Bostock (and the commentary preceding it) for either botching the counterfactual analysis or failing to capture the ordinary meaning of the text (or both). See sources cited supra note 5. And meanwhile, others have defended the result that Bostock reached but do not claim (or, in fact, outright deny) that their arguments show Bostock to be sound on textualist premises. See, e.g., Guha Krishnamurthi & Peter Salib, Bostock and Conceptual Causation, Yale J. on Regul. Notice & Comment (July 22, 2020), https://www.yalejreg.com/nc/bostock-and-conceptual-causation-by-guha-krishnamurthi-peter-salib [https://perma.cc/R6RP-PP7P]; Robin Dembroff, Issa Kohler-Hausmann & Elise Sugarman, What Taylor Swift and Beyoncé Teach Us About Sex and Causes, 169 U. Pa. L. Rev. Online 1 (2020). To my knowledge, no prior commentary develops the analysis of Title VII’s “because of” criterion that I advocate here, applies it to Bostock, or defends it as an account of the “ordinary meaning” relevant to textualism.

        [15].      Guha Krishnamurthi & Charanya Krishnaswami, Title VII and Caste Discrimination, 134 Harv. L. Rev. F. 456, 471 n.87 (2021) (“[E]ven under textualist reasoning, it is sufficiently early in the life of Bostock that we do not yet know the contours of a post-Bostock Title VII.”).

        [16].      See infra Section III.C.

        [17].      See infra Section III.B. Although some use “bisexual” and “pansexual” interchangeably, others take “pansexual” alone to encompass attraction to individuals who do not identify as either male or female. See generally Christopher K. Belous & Melissa L. Bauman, What’s in a Name? Exploring Pansexuality Online, 17 J. Bisexuality 58 (2017).

        [18].      Bostock v. Clayton Cnty., 140 S. Ct. 1731, 1746 (2020).

        [19].      See infra Section III.B.

        [20].      Price Waterhouse v. Hopkins, 490 U.S. 228 (1989).

        [21].      See infra Section III.D.

        [22].      See infra Section III.E.

        [23].      See infra Section III.C.

        [24].      See infra Section III.C.

        [25].      42 U.S.C. § 2000e-2(a)(1).

        [26].      See, e.g., Berman & Krishnamurthi, supra note 5, at 125 (arguing that those who think “that Bostock reached the legally correct result . . . have strong grounds to reject textualism”); Sunstein, supra note 5 (using Bostock to illustrate the alleged indeterminacy of textualist arguments); Franklin, supra note 5 (similar); Grove, supra note 10 (using Bostock to illustrate different flavors of textualism, and defending the majority’s “formalistic” variant); see also infra notes 86, 233, 262–65 and accompanying text (discussing survey research).

        [27].      See, e.g., John F. Manning & Matthew C. Stephenson, Legislation and Regulation 115–39, 146–50, 219–22 (4th ed. 2021); William N. Eskridge Jr., James J. Brudney & Joshua A. Chafetz, Cases and Materials on Legislation and Regulation 35–56 (6th ed. Supp. 2021).

        [28].      William Baude & Stephen E. Sachs, The Law of Interpretation, 130 Harv. L. Rev. 1079, 1116 (2017); cf. id. (making the further claim that this question is itself a legal one).

        [29].      Cf. Richard H. Fallon Jr., The Meaning of Legal “Meaning” and Its Implications for Theories of Legal Interpretation, 82 U. Chi. L. Rev. 1235, 1307 (2015) (concluding that there are “multiple linguistically and legally plausible senses of, and thus referents for, claims of legal meaning”); Franklin, supra note 5, at 120 (noting how Bostock has been taken as “confirmation of Justice Elena Kagan’s endlessly quoted observation that ‘[w]e’re all textualists now’ ”).

        [30].      See, e.g., Bostock v. Clayton Cnty., 140 S. Ct. 1731, 1737 (2020) (“When the express terms of a statute give us one answer and extratextual considerations suggest another, it’s no contest.”); id. at 1836 (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting) (“The best way for judges to demonstrate that we are deciding cases based on the ordinary meaning of the law is to walk the walk, even in the hard cases when we might prefer a different policy outcome.”).

           *      Assistant Professor of Law, Harvard Law School. For helpful comments and discussion, I thank Larry Alexander, Erin Beeghly, Mitchell Berman, Jessica Clarke, Richard Fallon, Sherif Girgis, John Goldberg, Deborah Hellman, Adam Hosein, Max Kistler, Michael Klarman, Issa Kohler-Hausmann, Andrew Koppelman, Guha Krishnamurthi, Jed Lewinsohn, Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen, Anna Lvovsky, James Macleod, John Manning, Andrei Marmor, Todd Rakoff, Daphna Renan, Zalman Rothschild, Benjamin Sachs, Matthew Stephenson, Cass Sunstein, and Daniel Wodak; participants in the Harvard Law School Faculty Workshop and the Penn Law & Philosophy Workshop; and Isaac Green, Nathan Raab, and Catherine Willett, who also provided valuable research assistance. This project was supported by the Harvard Law School Summer Research Fund.    

Civil vs. Criminal Legal Aid

The past few decades have highlighted the insidious effects of poverty, particularly for poor people who lack access to legal representation. Accordingly, there have been longstanding calls for “Civil Gideon,” which refers to a right to counsel in civil cases that would address issues tied to housing, public benefits, family issues, and various areas of law that poor people are often disadvantaged by due to their lack of attorneys. This civil right to counsel would complement the analogous criminal right that has been constitutionalized. Notwithstanding the persuasive arguments made for and against Civil Gideon, it is less clear why there is such a sharp distinction between civil and criminal legal aid. This Article re-examines longstanding assumptions about the civil-criminal legal aid divide and highlights some underexamined explanations: the legal profession’s historical implication in this division; courts’ unwillingness to use their inherent powers to appoint counsel; and courts’ enduringly narrow understandings of when poor people should be provided with lawyers. These insights prompt alternative reflections on how to best deliver legal services to poor people.

*                Presidential Assistant Professor of Law, University of Pennsylvania Law School. J.D., University of California, Berkeley, School of Law; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania; B.S. Northwestern University. This Article benefitted from feedback and conversations with Guy-Uriel Charles, Scott Cummings, Anne Fleming, Trevor Gardner, Myriam Gilles, Helen Hershkoff, Olati Johnson, Steve Koh, Seth Kreimer, Serena Mayeri, K-Sue Park, Clare Pastore, Portia Pedro, Dave Pozen, Dan Richman, Louis Rulli, Kathryn Sabbeth, Matt Shapiro, Emily Stolzenberg, and Catherine Struve. Special thanks to Megan Russo and Madeline Verniero for editorial support and Alexa Nakamura, Amy Lutfi, and the Southern California Law Review staff for their overall assistance with the Article. All errors are mine.

The Expressive Fourth Amendment

After the eight-minute and forty-six second video of George Floyd’s murder went viral, cities across the United States erupted in mass protests with people outraged by the death of yet another Black person at the hands of police. The streets were flooded for months with activists and community members of all racesmarching, screaming, and demonstrating against police brutality and for racial justice.Police—like warriors against enemy forces—confronted overwhelmingly peaceful protesters with militarized violence and force. Ultimately, racial justice protesters and members of the media brought lawsuits under section 1983 of the Civil Rights Act in the district courts of Minneapolis, Dallas, Oakland, Seattle, Portland, Denver, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Indianapolis, claiming extreme violence and unlawful and abusive use of less lethal weapons by police during protests. The first Part of this Article provides a recent history of this police brutality against racial justice activists in the George Floyd protests. The second Part of this Article reviews circuit court opinions in protest cases from the last three decades and district court injunctions from the George Floyd protest litigation to analyze how courts currently evaluate, in section 1983 Actions, the Fourth Amendment reasonableness of police force pursuant to Graham v. Connor. This Part demonstrates that in their Fourth Amendment reasonableness calculus, courts discount plaintiffs’ involvement in valuable politically expressive conduct. The third Part of this Article argues that the Fourth Amendment mandates courts evaluate the reasonableness of protest policing in light of freedom of expression which means they must positively weigh plaintiffs’ expressive protest activity. This reframing of reasonableness is supported by historical evidence of the Framers’ intent and Supreme Court jurisprudence on searches of books, papers, and other expressive materials when such items arguably deserve First Amendment protection. The fourth Part of this Article discusses the difference an expression-specific Fourth Amendment—the expressive Fourth Amendment—reasonableness test would have made in one of the circuit protest cases.

How the First Amendment’s Commitment to Religious Freedom Could Ironically Save Roe v. Wade . . . If We Let It by Abigail Sellers

Article | Consitutional Law
How the First Amendment’s Commitment to Religious Freedom Could Ironically Save Roe v. Wade . . . If We Let It
by Abigail Sellers*

From Vol. 94, No. 3
94 S. Cal. L. Rev. 691 (2021)

Keywords: First Amendment, Reproductive Health, Abortion, Roe v. Wade

On May 15, 2019, Alabama Governor Kay Ivey signed the Alabama Human Life Protection Act into law.1 The Act imposes serious punishments on doctors who perform an abortion unless it “is necessary in order to prevent a serious health risk to the unborn child’s mother,” there is an ectopic pregnancy, or the fetus has a “lethal anomaly.”2 Notably, the Act does not provide an exception for pregnancies resulting from rape or incest.3 Of particular interest to this Note are statements made by Alabama lawmakers indicating this law was passed to comport with their and Alabama citizens’ religious belief that “every life is a sacred gift from God.”4 Furthermore, Alabama lawmakers are keenly aware the law is in violation of a woman’s right to terminate a pregnancy as protected under the Fourteenth Amendment Due Process right to privacy.5 In fact, the Act was designed to challenge the cases establishing and upholding this right—Roe v. Wade and Planned Parenthood v. Casey—in the hopes that the Supreme Court will overrule these precedents.6

Even more disconcerting to reproductive health advocates, Alabama was only one of seven states that passed laws in 2019 severely restricting access to abortions.7 The six other states—Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Missouri, Mississippi, and Ohio—criminalized abortion after six to eight weeks of pregnancy when a fetal heartbeat can be detected.8 These are aptly referred to as “heartbeat laws.” The passage of these laws was marked by religious statements from state lawmakers, and some of these laws have been expressly designed to challenge Roe.9

With a challenge to each of these laws making its way through various federal courts,10 it is possible that the Supreme Court will hear a case involving one or more of these laws and will once again get a chance to reconsider its holdings from Roe and Casey.11 This Note will argue that the Court should never reach the privacy issue at the heart of Roe and Casey. Instead, exercising judicial restraint, the Court should decide only as much as is necessary to resolve the case in front of it12 and should deem the Alabama Human Life Protection Act and the six heartbeat laws unconstitutional under the First Amendment’s Establishment Clause. Under current Supreme Court precedent, when a law lacks a sincere secular purpose, it violates the Establishment Clause,13 and as the previously mentioned religious statements by lawmakers indicate, the purpose behind these laws is not secular. Thus, the Court should never reach the privacy issue.

This Note will (1) examine the history of the debate surrounding abortion in American politics to show how Roe and Casey are once again ripe to be challenged, (2) explain the need for a new approach to challenge the abortion laws in question based on the current composition of the Supreme Court, (3) argue that the laws violate the Establishment Clause, and (4) explain why an Establishment Clause claim is worth pursuing.

*. Editor-in-Chief, Southern California Law Review, Volume 94; J.D. Candidate 2021, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.S. Biochemistry & B.A. Spanish, 2018, Arizona State University. I would like to thank Melissa Sellers, Dave Sellers, Perry Vargas, and the rest of my Sellers & Vargas family members for their support throughout my time in law school. I would also like to thank Professor Rebecca Brown for her feedback. Finally, many thanks to all the Southern California Law Review for their invaluable work on my piece.

View Full PDF

A Dose of Dignity: Equitable Vaccination Policies for Incarcerated People and Correctional Staff During the COVID-19 Pandemic

Postscript | Government
A Dose of Dignity: Equitable Vaccination Policies for Incarcerated People and Correctional Staff During the Covid-19 Pandemic
by Itay Ravid*, Jordan M. Hyatt†, and Steven L. Chanenson‡

Vol. 95, Postscript (September 2021)
95 S. Cal. L. Rev. Postscript 1 (2021)

Keywords: Criminal Law, Public Health, Government

Since its emergence in early 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the lives of millions of Americans. As it so often is during times of crisis, our most vulnerable communities have disproportionately suffered and were overlooked. Among these myriad communities, incarcerated people became a particularly potent symbol of our failure to handle the spread of the virus. In December 2020, a beacon of hope emerged with the introduction of new cutting-edge vaccines which promised to bring the world back to where it was just a year-and-a-half ago. Here again, however, policy and politics have led states to adopt different distribution plans that, broadly speaking, deprioritized incarcerated populations and in some cases correctional staff as well. While vaccinations are now much more widespread, things were dramatically different not too long ago. The first goal of this Essay is to ensure we memorialize how society, once again, failed to protect our incarcerated communities when they needed it the most. To illustrate this, we offer a data-driven analysis of the early state-level policies regarding vaccinations of people who live and work in prisons. Our findings show that vaccination policies tended to systematically ignore or disadvantage incarcerated individuals. We argue that by adopting such policies, states have neglected to comply with their legal obligations, grounded in existing and emerging Eighth Amendment jurisprudence and long-standing ethical responsibilities to proactively vaccinate this population. This is particularly true given that prisons are among the high-risk “congregate settings” that are widely recognized by health experts, and often by the states themselves, as deserving of immediate distribution of vaccines. Based on these obligations, and given recent new virus outbreaks and the realization that some form of COVID-19 is here to stay (and other pandemics may be around the corner), this Essay concludes with recommendations for the future.

____________________

*. Assistant Professor of Law, Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law.
†. Associate Professor of Criminology and Justice Studies, Director, Center for Public Policy,

Drexel University.
‡. Professor of Law, Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law. The authors would

like to thank Kristi Arty and Michael Slights for their terrific research assistance, and the SCLR editorial team for their careful and diligent work. Research for this Article was conducted with support provided to Dr. Hyatt (Drexel University) by Arnold Ventures. The views expressed in this Article are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the funder or any of the authors’ respective academic institutions.